Professional Documents
Culture Documents
<yr
WO<6DS
AND BAILEY
II
VOLUME
APR 19 1909
GIFT OF
R. Tracv
A COURSE IN
MATHEMATICS
FOR STUDENTS OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE
BY
FREDERICK
AND
S.
WOODS
BAILEY
FREDERICK
H.
VOLUME
II
COPYRIGHT,
1909,
BY
H. BAILEY
FREDERICK
S.
BOSTON
U.S.A.
PKEFACE
This volume completes the plan of a course in mathematics outLined in the preface to the
first
volume.
The subject
treated in the
first
eight chapters.
Emphasis
is
fundamental processes, and the conception of the definite integral and its numerous applications are early introduced. after the
Only
student
well grounded in these matters are the more special methods of evaluating integrals discussed. In this the student s way
is
interest
is
and he
is
drilled
in those processes
which occur
is
in subsequent practice.
new
equations in close connection with integration and long before the formal study of differential
equations,,
begun.
This
is
partial differentiation
and
and rea
sonably complete.
integrals.
texts, is
is the chapter on line This subject, though omitted from generally elementary needed by most engineering students in their later work.
The
work
differential equations.
In the treatment of
many things properly belonging to an ex tended treatise on the subject are omitted in order to give the student a concise working knowledge of the types of equations which occur most often in practice.
iii
MJ2987JJO
iv
PREFACE
In conclusion the authors wish to renew their thanks to the
Massachusetts
members
of the
mathematical department
of the
Institute of Technology,
for
and
especially to Professor
H. W. Tyler,
W. H. Eoever
more
of
Washington
difficult
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
ARTICLE
1-2. Order of infinitesimals
3.
,
INFINITESIMALS
AND DIFFERENTIALS
PAGE
1 4
Q
Fundamental theorems on
Differentials
infinitesimals
4.
8
9
Formulas for
differentials
10
CHAPTER
9.
II
10.
.12
12 13 14
17
.
11.
Fundamental formulas
12. Integral of u n
Integrals of trigonometric functions 14-15. Integrals leading to the inverse trigonometric functions
13.
19
25
26
27
Integration by substitution
Integration
by
parts
30
32
20.
Possibility of integration
Problems
33
CHAPTER
21. Definition
III
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
.39
41
22. Graphical representation 23. Generalization 24. Properties of definite integrals 25. Evaluation of the definite integral 26.
43
45
by integration
....
47
Change
of limits
49
51
v
27. Integration
by parts
vi
ARTICLE
28. 29. 30.
Infinite limits Infinite integrand
CONTENTS
PAGE
52
53 54 55 59
61
of a function
and Maclaurin s series 31. Taylor 32-33. Operations with power series Problems
CHAPTER
34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39.
IV
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
64 64
67 69
bases
Element of a definite integral Area of a plane curve in Cartesian coordinates Area of a plane curve in polar coordinates
of a solid of revolution
72
.74
40.
41.
42.
....
75
77
The
differential of arc
78
79 SO
43.
CHAPTER V
44.
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
86 86 88
Work
90 92 94 96 98
99
48. Center of gravity of a plane curve 49. Center of gravity of a plane area 50. Center of gravity of a solid or a surface of revolution of con
stant density
51. Center of pressure
Problems
CHAPTER VI
52. Introduction
53-54. Separation into partial fractions 55-57. Proof of the possibility of separation into partial fractions
58. Integration of rational fractions
109 113
117
Problems
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
ARTICLE
59. Rationalization
vii
VII
60. Integrand containing fractional powers of a 61. Integrand containing fractional powers of a 62. containing integral powers of Vo
+ bx + bx n
4-
119
.
.
Integrand
bx bx
.
+
.
x2 x2
.
Va +
.
.
forms f
sin"
xdx and
x
cos"
J cos
xdx
..
..
1 sin"
x dx
...
nx
J"ctn
.124
126 127
forms C
tan"
xdx and
x dx and
I
dx
forms
J
sec"
csc n xdx
csc n xdx
128
129
70.
The
substitution
tan- =
71. Algebraic reduction formulas 72-73. Proof of reduction formulas 74. Trigonometric reduction formulas
75.
130
131
134 136
137
of integrals
CHAPTER
76. Definitions
VIII
77.
The equation
rated
Mdx + Ndy =
when the
-\-
...
144
78-79.
80.
81.
The homogeneous equation Mdx Ndy = The linear equation of the first order
Bernoulli
s
145
146
equation
148
11 9
.
.
Problems
.154
CHAPTER IX
83.
159
...
168
viii
CONTENTS
PAGE
m
ARTICLE
88. Cylinders
IQQ
170 172
174
CHAPTER X
92. Projection 93. Distance
178
.
94. Length of a space curve in rectangular coordinates 95-96. Direction of a straight line 97. Direction of a space curve
179
180
182
98.
.183
.
184
100.
Normal equation
185
186
186
Angle between two planes 102. Determination of the direction cosines of any straight line 103-104. Equations of a straight line determined by two points 105. Equations of a tangent line to a space curve
101.
.
.187
189
106. Equations of a straight line in terms of its direction cosines and a known point upon it .190
107. Problems on the plane and the straight line 108. Change of coordinates
190
193
Problems
....
.195
CHAPTER XI
109. Partial derivatives
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
198
200
of
.202
204
t
.
113. Derivatives of f(x, y} when x and y are functions of 114. Property of the total differential
115. Implicit functions
and
206
209
210 212
of
214
216
.
217
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
ARTICLE
120.
ix
XII
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
PAGE
.
222
225
226
122-123. Double integral with variable limits 124. Computation of a double integral
125.
228
229
*.
230
231
232
129.
Change
of coordinates
234
Problems
234
CHAPTER
XIII
130-132. Moment of inertia of a plane area 133-134. Area bounded by a plane curve
135.
Area
of
any surface
245
246
248 249
251
140. 141.
Volume
Moment
of inertia of a solid
142. Attraction
252 253
Problems
CHAPTER XIV
143. Definition 144.
Fundamental theorem
=
dy
263
dx
267
x
269
271
148-149.
The
integrating factor
s
150-151. Stokes
theorem
274 276
Problems
CHAPTER XV
INFINITE SERIES
279 280
281
152. Convergence 153. Comparison test for convergence 154. The ratio test for convergence
X
ARTICLE
CONTENTS
PAGE
283
155. Absolute convergence 156. The power series
284
s series
157. Maclaurin
158. Taylor
and Taylor
287
s series
....
288 290
159-160. Fourier
161-162.
163.
s series
301
CHAPTER XVI
165. Graphical representation 166. Addition and subtraction
167. Multiplication
COMPLEX NUMBERS
304
305
306
.
and division
306 307
170.
310
311
171. Functions of a
313
314
CHAPTER XVII
174. Solution
173. Introduction
by
series
318
175. Equations not of the first degree in the derivative 176. Equations solvable for_p
177. Equations solvable for y 178. Equations solvable for x
....
318
319
320
321 322
179-181. Envelopes
325 182. Singular solutions 183. Orthogonal trajectories 327 184. Differential equation of the first order in three variables.
The
185.
integrable case
first
Two
Problems
336
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
ABTICLK
187. Definitions
.
. . .
xi
XVIII
188.
The equation
341
189.
190.
The
operator
of the second order
The equation
by
with constant
coefficients
343 347
348
191. Solution
192.
partial fractions
constant coefficients general equation with 193. Solution by undetermined coefficients constant 194. Systems of linear differential equations with
The
.....
coeffi
.
350
cients
195.
The
354
8
196. Solution
by Problems
36
CHAPTER XIX
197. Introduction
198. Special forms of partial differential equations order 199. The linear partial differential equation of the first
304
8
#*.
368
37
Problems
ANSWERS
INDKX
.
A COURSE
IN
MATHEMATICS
I
CHAPTER
finitesimals
of them as not, however, necessary to think are finite quantities and microscopic or of negligible size. They division, etc., like finite all the laws of
it is
obey
multiplication,
It is generally the last step in a problem involving infinitesimals to determine the limit of some expression, usually
quantities.
a quotient or a sum,
when
it
approach
Ex.
1.
zero.
To
moving body
(I,
106)*
it is
necessary to
As
are infinitesimals and the space traversed in the time A*. Here As and the velocity is the limit of the quotient of two infinitesimals. Ex. 2. To find the area of a circle it is customary to inscribe in the into n tri circle a regular polygon of n sides and to divide the polygon vertices of the polygon. When to the drawn circle of the radii angles by
is is
increased without limit, the area of each triangle is infinitesimal, and of is the limit of the sum of the infinitesimal areas
triangles.
I refer to
* References preceded
1
by
Vol.
I.
In a mathematical discussion involving infinitesimals there will usually be two or more infinitesimals so related that as one ap proaches zero the others do also. Any two of these may be coinpared by determining the limit of their the following definitions
:
ratio.
We have accordingly
the limit
Two infinitesimals are of the same order ratio is a finite quantity not zero.
when
of their
An
infinitesimal
ft is
Let
ft
sin
a:
and 7
.
cos a,
,.
where a
is
an infinitesimal angle.
Then
T Lim
.
ft
r=
Lim
.
sin
a
1
1,
7 = T T Lim Lim a
cos a
0.
(I,
151)
Hence
ft is
of the
same order as
1) be an arc of a a with center at 0, the chord the side of an inscribed regular polygon of n sides, and CD the side of a regular circumscribed polygon. Also let
circle of radius
AB
a=
ft
= =
n
the area of the triangle OB, the area of the triangle COD, the area of the trapezoid ABDC.
is
Then
FIG.
1
if
infinitesimal.
To compute
and 7 are
draw
OE
perpendicular to
AB
n
and CD.
Then
-,
-,
OE = acos-,
#D=atan-.
From
=
2
a2
sin
cos
(
sin
OE)
i.
- +
n
tan
) (
cos -
=
COS
7T -
n/
n]
OliDEK OF INFINITESIMALS
R
Hence
Liui
= Lim
1,
cos2
TT
Lim ^ = Lim a
Therefore
2.
/3
cos 2
0.
O TT
n
is
is
of the
same order as
cr,
and y
of higher order.
of the ratio of
Particular importance attaches to the case in which the limit two infinitesimals is unity. Suppose, for example, that
a
Then, by the definition of a limit
(I,
53),
s-+
where
e
zero.
Hence
= a + ae.
Now
Lim
the term ae
is
an infinitesimal
that
j3
of higher order
than
a, for
= Lim e =
0, so
and a
differ
by an infinitesimal
of
= a + 7, =
0.
where, by hypothesis,
7 Lim -
Then
We
and
"
infinitesimals /3
ft
have accordingly proved that the two statements, "Two and a differ by an infinitesimal of higher order"
Lim 1.
=1
"
are equivalent.
Ex.
order
The
151).
infinitesimals
a and
sin
differ
by an
infinitesimal of higher
(I,
Ex. 2. The areas of the triangles and 1) differ (Ex. 4, infinitesimal of higher order, namely, the area of the trapezoid ABDC.
AOB
COD
by an
4
3.
two
of
2.
A sum
problem
sum
of a
number
infinitesimals as the
number
and each in
1
Each
there
is
of these
for
each
1. If the quotient of two infinitesimals lias a limit, that limit is unaltered by replacing each infinitesimal by another which differs
from
2.
by an infinitesimal of higher order. sum of n positive infinitesimals has a limit, as n increases indefinitely, that limit is unaltered by replacing each infinitesimal
it
If the
from
it
To prove theorem 1, let a and ft be two infinitesimals and let a and ft respectively by a, and ft, be two others which differ from infinitesimals of higher order. Then we have ( 2)
Lim
!
= 1,
l
Lim -~- =
Pi
ft
1,
whence
where
e1
= a + e av
l
= ft,+ e^ftv
ft
and
e2
approach
zero.
Then
a
Therefore
ft Lim -
al +
e1
a,
1+ e,
Lim
e + - - = Lim ft, l+e a,
aL
Ex.
1.
angle differs
3
,
of higher order,
Lim
To show
this directly,
sm -
sin 2
3 a _, = Lim 3 a = 2 2a a
a_ ~~ sin 2 a
sin 3
Therefore
_
a
2 sin 2
2 cos 3 2
cos a
-, a n be n positive infini increases indefinitely, each of the infinitesimals approaches zero and their sum approaches a limit and let /3 V /3 2 /3 3 /3n be n other infinitesimals such that
a v av as
Lim^ = l, Lim^ = l,
*i
*
Lim
-=
3
as
1,
-,
Lim
^=
an
1.
We
Now (2)
i=*i+ii>
/32
=tf 2 +e 2 tf 2
38
ft
+>
whence
Lim (
Lim(a 1
+ /3j +a +a +
. .
+a
2
n)
+ Lim (e ^ + e
1 1
tf
+
is
as +
+e
a n ).
eB
Then
whence
since
-7^
is
=s
l
7,
by hypothesis a l
positive
without change of
sign.
Similarly,
whence
!+,+ *,+
<
approaches a
finite limit
0,
and hence
Lim
(&+
is
+ ft)
The theorem
Ex.
is 2.
The
limit of the
sum
of the areas of
triangles such as
AOB
as
(fig. 1)
sum
of the areas of
n triangles such
COD,
The theorem
is
also true
if
all
negative,
simply to change since to change the sign of each infinitesimal are not all the sign of the limit of the sum. If the infinitesimals
of the
same
3.
sign,
is
Ex.
Let
ai
= JL, Vn
a
.
01
1
= --4=i
Vn
a
2
fl*
= -4=i
Vn
0,
<*4
etc
7=1 Vn
->
= a2 +
3
<r
+n
or
ft
etc
Then
<*i
<?2
+
+
+
+
and
^ =
Pn
0,
Vn
Or
01
^2
&
;
1,
=1+
according as n
is
even or odd
Lim
Lim
n= oo
4.
(<*i
+ a2 + a s + +
02
1-
<*)
= 0,
L
is
(|3i
03
+
of
Differentials.
The process
differentiation
an
illus
tration of
3. y=f(x) is a the quotient problem of and continuous function of x which has the derivative f(x), A and Ay are the corresponding infinitesimal increments of
For
if
x and
y,
then,
by
definition,
*,.
/i\ 1)
AX= o A^?
DIFFERENTIALS
It appears
from
(1) that
A# and Ay
which
same
(1)
f (x)
or
GO.
Moreover,
may
be written
where Lim
Ax0
0,
and hence
Ay=/()A + eA.
It appears, then, that
(2)
differs from Ay by an infinitesimal and of higher order than A#, f(x)&x may therefore be used in and sums. place of Ay in problems involving limits of quotients The quantity f(x)&x is called the differential of y, and is rep
f (x)&x
Accordingly
(3)
dy=f(x)*x.
Now
which y
= x,
formula
(3)
reduces to
(4)
dx
= A#.
Hence we may
write (3) as
dy=f(x)dx.
To sum
equal
to
(5)
this
the
up
The
differential
of
the
independent variable
is
the
function
to the differential of the independent variable multiplied ly the derivative of the function, and differs from the increment of the function ly an infinitesimal of higher order. is
From
this point of
is
coefficient.
The use
of differentials instead of
increments
is justified
by the
fundamental theorems
It is to be
of
3 in
are eventu
sum.
emphasized that dx and dy are finite quantities, sub laws governing such quantities, and are not to be
(5)
thought of as exceedingly minute. Consequently both sides of may be divided by dx, with the result
the derivative is the quotient of two differentials. notation already chosen for the derivative. the explains
Ex.
1.
This
Let y
=
Ay
x3
We may
On
increase x
by an increment Ax equal
to dx.
2
Then
(x
dx)
3 x dx
>2
3 x (dx)
(dx)
3.
dy
3 x 2 dx.
3 which is 2 It appears that Ay and dy differ by the expression 3 x (dx) + (dx) an infinitesimal of higher order than dx. Ex. 2. If a volume v of a perfect gas at a constant temperature is under
,
k -
where k
dp.
is
a constant.
Now
be
gas
amount Ap =
k k
in the
volume of the
_ ~
kdp
Mp /
p2
I
p + dp
The
differential of v
is,
P
however,
P(p + dp)~
dp
V
dv
=-
^
p2
differs from Av by an infinitesimal of higher order. The differential dv may, accordingly, be used in place of Au in problems which involve the limit of quotients or sums of this and other infinitesimals.
which
and the
differential
may
be
illus
represented
(fig. 2).
by
the curve
y=f(x]
Let
P(x, y) be any point of the curve, and Q (x -f- A#, y + Ay) a neighboring
.
point.
Draw
the lines
PR
and
RQ
FIG. 2
parallel to the axes, the chord PQ, and the tangent PT. Then
and
dy =f(x) dx
(tan
RPT) PR = R T.
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
Hence the increment and the
an infinitesimal
differential differ
by QT. That
QT is
:
of higher order
than
PR may
.
be shown as follows
_ lm QT
= Llm RT-RQ
___
RT -LunRQ T
The formula
dy=f (x^dx
has been obtained on the hypothesis that x
variable and
is
(I)
the independent
y = f(x).
Consider
now
the case
y=f(x), where x
substitution
=
<j>(t)
and
is
the
independent variable.
By
r
we have
Then, by
(1),
(2)
(t).
But by
I,
96, (7),
Substituting in
(2),
we have
(3)
is
<
(t),
we
have,
Substituting in
(3),
we have
dy
= f (x)dx.
Therefore
(1)
is
This
is
(1).
always true
whether x
7.
Formulas
By
preceding article, from the formulas for the corresponding derivatives. n For example, since the derivative of u with respect to
n
is
nu*~ l
d(u
= nu
~l
du,
10
8.
"
i^
By
definition
(1)
dy=f(x)dx.
But dy
is
itself
a function of
differential,
which
n
will be denoted
and may, accordingly, have a 2 2 by d y i.e. d (dy) = d y, and, 2 The differentials d y, d 3 y, d*y are
x,
;
When x is the independent variable, its increment dx may be taken as independent of x. With this assumption, applying our definition of a differential to (1), we have
d*y
= d[f(x) dx] =
[f(x) dx] dx
=f"(x)
2
dx2
.
where dx2
is
In like manner,
d*y=f>
(x)dx\
n
and, in general,
dny
=f
(n
\x)dx
11
is
now
apparent.
not the independent variable, the expressions for the If be assumed as differentials become more complex, since dx cannot
is
independent of
x.
We
have, then,
=/"(*)
tfy
= d \f(x) dx]
dx
dx*
+f(x) d\
2 i
<"W^
>
(by
(4),
7)
where,
if
=
<(*),
= * (0^
and
&x =
bein g the in ~
that the formula for the dependent variable. It appears, then, second differential is not the same when written in terms of the when written in terms of a function independent variable as it is of all differentials except the first is true This of that variable.
(see
6).
first,
Hence the higher differentials are not as convenient as the and the student is advised to avoid their use at present.
CHAPTEE
II
Definition of integration.
its
This is evi dently the same as the process of finding a function when its derivative is known, called integration in I, 110. In that place integration was performed by rewriting the deriv ative in such a manner that we could recognize, by the formulas of the function of which it is the derivative. differentiation, But this
when
differential is
known
necessary to have formulas of integration, which can evidently be derived from the formulas for differentials (7).
it is
f(x) dx
= dF(x},
= F(x).
then
Cf(x) dx
is said to be under the sign of integration, called the integrand. F(x} is called the integral of f(x) dx. and/() 10. Constant of integration. Two functions which differ
is
only
by a constant have the same derivative and hence the same differ ential and conversely, if two functions have the same differential,
;
they
differ
if
only by a constant
(I,
110
II,
30).
(1)
<7],
Hence
it
follows that
(2)
where
as formulas of integration,
we have
(3)
x)dx
and
= F(x)
= F(x) +
C.
dx
Jf(x)
(4)
FUNDAMENTAL FORMULAS
It is evident that (3) is
13
and hence that
(4),
all integrals ought to be written in the latter form. The constant C is called the constant of integration and is independent of the form
of the integrand. For the sake of brevity it will be omitted from the formulas of integration, but must be added in all integrals evaluated by means of them. As noted in I, 110, its value is
C c du = c Cdu
and
(1)
\(du
(2)
in
(1)
constant factor
may
"be
of integration
(2)
to the other.
number of functions
is the
sum of
To prove
we
I
cdu
= d(cu),
I
it
follows that
du
d (cu)
= cu = c
du.
(2), since
du
+ dv + dw +
+
dv
= d (u + v + iv +
=
I
we have
I
(du
+ dw H
d(u
-f
+w
-\
=u+v+w+ =
The
/
du
dv
dw +
is
articles.
14
Since
d
it
(%"
= mum ~
m~l
du,
.
follows that
mu
du
= um
But by
11(1),
if
m=0,
I
Placing
m = n -f 1,
/u
u m ~^du
um
~l
du
mu m ~
du
= um
we have
u du
"
the formula
= ~T^
(1)
1,
du
>
which
is
recognized as dQogu).
I
-
Therefore
= l og u
(2)
In applying these formulas, the problem is to choose for u some function of x which will bring the given integral, if possible, under one of the formulas. The form of the integrand often suggests the
function of x which should be chosen for u.
Ex.
1.
J \
bx
Applying
11 (2)
and then
11 (1),
The first, the second, and the fourth of these integrals may be evaluated by formula (1), and the third by formula (2), where u = x, the results being
respectively
32
c logx.
Therefore
2 + flax \
bx
"
+ -\dx =
x
/
-ax^
32
+ ~bx2 +
logx
-f
C.
INTEGliAL OF U*
Ex.
2.
15
2)xdx.
we have
f(x
-f
2)xdx=
in
Ex.
1,
the result
x2
-f
C.
Or,
we may
let
x2
w,
whence 2 x ox
du, so that x dx
dw.
Hence
f (x 2
-f
2)xdx
r=
fJ
J (x
-f 2)
C.
Instead of actually writing out the integral in terms of w, x dx = d (x 2 + 2), and proceed as follows
we may
note that
(V + 2 )^
d:c
x<2
2)
2 ld(x +
2)
=
Comparing the two values
I (x
2)
C.
of the integral found by the two that see they differ only by the constant unity, integration, be made a part of the constant of integration.
we
Ex.
3.
J(ax
2 6x) 3 (ax
b)dx.
Let ax 2 + 2 bx
1 du.
Hence
f (ax2 +
dx
it
du
=
Or, the last part of the
2
| (ax
+ 2 6x)* -f C.
as follows
:
f(ax
2 6x) 3 (ax
6)
dx
=
J(ccx
+
2
2 6x) 8
d (ax 2
+
+
2 6x)
2 bx)
= =
f(ax
J (ax
2
2 6x) 8 d (ax 2
2 6x) 4
C.
16
Ex.
ax 2
-f
2 bx
As
in
Ex.
+2 bx=u. Then
r 4 (ax + b) dx J ax 2 + 2 bx
(2
ax+2b)dx=du,
"
Hence
_ ~
r2du_rdu
J ~^T
2 log
~u
= =
+C
-f
2 log (ax 2
2 bx)
+C
Or
r d (ax 2 + 2 bx) J ax 2 + 2 bx
2 log (ax 2
2 bx)
+C
Ex. Let
5.
b)
e ax dx.
e ax
u.
Then
e nx
a dx
aw.
Hence
cfct
:
= --(e^ + oa
Or,
6)3
+
2
C.
f (e* +
6)
a:
dx
= f J
i(e a
6)
d(e^ +
6)
Ex.
6.
6)
u.
2
tan (ax
d*w.
Hence
(ax
b)dx
_
_ ~
rl du
-f 6)
+c
J a
1
it
/"(fat
a J u
17
=
/
6)
+
&)
c]
+ C.
c]
Or
sec2(ox
b)dx
UixT&Tc
= rl
J
a"
_ ~
a J
-
+ &) + c] + 6) + c
6)
=
The student
is
c]
C.
he acquires
facility in
the trigonometric functions. By rewriting func formulas ( 7) for the differentiation of the trigonometric tions. we derive the formulas
of
cos
u du u du
= sin u =
(1)
sin
cos u,
(2)
^ du
u du
= tan u, =
ctn u,
(3)
esc
(4)
sec
u tan u du
= sec u, =
esc u.
(5)
esc
u ctn u du
(6)
tan
u du u du
= log sec u,
= log sin u,
rj
(7)
ctn
(8)
fsec u du
+
7j
9)
jcsc
u du
= log tan -
(10)
18
To derive
that tan
and that
sin
u du
= d(cosu).
tan
u du
d (cos u)
/
cosu
In like manner,
/C
ctn
udu =
smu
u du -=
log sin u.
Direct proofs of (9) and (10) are given in 68. At present they may be verified by differentiation. For example, (9) is evidently true since d log (sec u + tan u) = sec u du.
of the integral
may
u
be found by making a
to tan
(
+ tan u
\4
+ -)
2/
Formula
Ex.
1.
(10)
may
Let ax2
bx
u.
Then
2
(2
ax
b) dx.
Therefore
j^cos (ax
bx) (2
ax
= =
Jcos (ax
sin (ax
2
bx)
d (ax 2
C.
bx)
bx)
Ex.
Let
2.
-f 6)
tan
(e
**
aa? x 6) e
dx.
e a3?
+b=
u.
Then
ax2
(e
e ay?
2axdx =
(e ay?
du.
aa? b) e
Therefore
/sec
+
1
b)
tan
+
+
b)
xdx
(e
=
=
r sec (ef** / 2a J
b)
tan
ax*
+b)d (e ax +
6)
2a
sec (ea ^
+ C.
The integral may often be brought under one or more of the fundamental formulas by a trigonometric transformation of the
integrand.
19
cos z xdx.
Since
(1 -f cos 2 x),
we have
f cos 2 xdx
% f(l
cos2x)dx
*
+ =
Ex.
If
4.
f cos2x d(2x)
x
\x
sin 2
C.
fsec 6
-
2xdx.
we
=
x,
sec 4 2 x
2 tan 2 2 x
tan 4 2
sec 2 2 x,
(1
tan 2 2 x) 2
f (1 +
Place
simplifying,
2x 2dx =
i
Making
2 u2
this substitution
and
f sec 6 2 x dx
f (1 +
u4 ) du
= =
14.
l(U
Jtt>+t*)+C
^ tan 2 x
+^
tan 3 2 x
+ TL tan5 2 x + C.
From
Integrals leading to the inverse trigonometric functions. the formulas (7) for the differentiation of the inverse trig
onometric functions
of integration
:
we
du
fVl-t
du
du
= sm _, u
.
or
cos
_T
u,
= tan~
con"
w
/
or
1
ctn"
^,
i 1
-1
These formulas are
replaced
much more
Making
serviceable, however,
if
is
by
(a>0).
this
substitution
and evident
Cb
reductions,
we have
2
du
/Va / +u
or
= sm _,u
.
,u
or
cos"
>
(1)
--^-tan" 2
or
1
eta"
-*
(2)
(3)
20
Referring to
in the
first
153,
we
1
sin"
fit
- must
ct
be taken
in
and that
1
cos"
- must be taken
1
the
esc"
first
r\i
In like manner in
(3)
sec"
and
must be taken
It is to
only by a
is
constant.
first
For
let
1
sin"
d>
and
1
cos"
~
a
^r,
where
<h
in the
and
i/r
is
quadrant.
Then
sin
d>
=-
Therefore cos
(<
^r)
= 0,
whence
<
= (2 k + 1)
>
where
is
any
integer or zero.
</>
Hence
= (2 k + 1)~ i 1
or
sm"
07 - = (2 &
a
+ 1) -^
x
i 1
cos"
-.
may
be shown to differ by
1.
dx
of
V9-4x
Letting 2 x
/
I
it,
we have du
1
/
I
2 dx,
and
or
1 .2x -cos- --\-C.
1
dx =-^^^^ 2 J -
=
V9 -(2x) 2
-4x2
- sin- 1 2
1..2x --h C
Ex.
If
2.
V3 x 2 -
we
V3 x =
r
JI
M, then du
= V3 dx,
dx r J xV3x 2
I
= == -4
d(V3x)
+ C or--c S c-
C.
V3
21
dx
\
Since
V4 x -
x2
= V4 -
(x
V4 x - x 2 - 2) 2 we have
,
/ax V4 x
_
x
2
r
*
ax
_/*(*
2)
2
*
(x
V4 -
^
or
(x
V4 -
*)
sin-i-
+C
cos-i -
C.
Ex.
4.
2 x2
4-
3x
4-
To avoid
and
radicals,
we
place
dx
8dx
16x 2 4-24x
4dx
Therefore
J 2x 2
^
+ 3x4-6
r
2
"J
4dx
(4x
=
4-
d(4x
(4
+ 3)
2
+
n 1
3)
31
4-
tan-
4x4-3
or
V31
The methods used
in Exs. 3
V31
-V31
2
3)
4-
31
1
ctn-
,4x4-3 -\/31
-=
\-C.
functions involving ax 2
bx
c.
Ex.
5.
4-
4 x4
i.e.
54-4x*
and using
11 (2)
we have
f(x*
5
J
But
and
r
/
xdx
5
J
dx
+ 4x 4
1
.
r x 3 dx
J5 +
J
5
4-
/>16x
4X4
4x
16J5 + 4x 4
r
log (5
4-
4 x4 )
16
r_xdx_^l 4
=
4xdx
4 J 5
1
(2
x2 ) 2
2 .2x 1
tan4
or
--Cto"
.2x 2
V5
log(5
V5
4
V5
"
V5
Therefore
(x8
f 5 J
+ 4X4
+ x)(fa =
10
1
**
V5
2
a- 2
+ C,
or
log(5
+ 4x4 )- J-ctn-i-l-fC. V5
22
in the
and
C
I
J
To derive
2
u2
du -= 7^1og u
1
,
; 2
2 a
*u + a
a
<f>.
<>
(1)
or
2 a
log& a
*fat
+u
a
sec*<f>d<f>,
(2)
(1)
we
<.
place
= a tan
Then
and
a2
a sec
Therefore
du
Vtr
= C sec
a
2
J/
= log (sec
-kg
+ tan +
2
<)
(by
(9),
1 3)
= log (u + Vw + a
But
log
2 )
log
a.
is
a constant,
the formula of
and may accordingly be omitted from integration. If retained, it would affect the con
of the fact that the fraction
be separated into two fractions, the denominators of which a and u + a i.e. are respectively u
may
if
a\u
a
l
+
l
(53)
-\du
\
\
,
Then
du
u
2
r,
a"
rf ==-.(/2 a
J \u a l / r du a 2 a \J u
[
+ a/
u
r du
J
)
+ a/
= 5-
lo S
2 a
[Qff
u+
LOGARITHMIC FUNCTIONS
The second form
of (2) is derived
23
by noting that
.
/du = J au =
I
C-
du -
log(a
u).
The two
and hence
and log(
1) is
log b
by a constant,
i
for
u u
=
,
-u u
a
-f-
u u
= log
1)
+ log
*u +
u
a
a
pressed in terms of i
170).
/: 3x 2 + 4x
To
avoid fractions
we
V.
Then
-g
V3 x 2 +
4x
= ^/3jfa_ = Vo x 2 + 12 x V(3x +
3 dx, and
^<fa
2)
-4
Letting 3 x
M,
we have du =
dx
3x + 4x
2
= ^log(3x +
V3
Ex.
2.
+ V(3a
/*
_-*L_.
8,
we have
J 2x 2 +
x-15~
=
J
1
(4
I)
-(11)2
11
f-
_ log
Iog
(4 x 1-
+ !)_ Z_J
5
c.
This
may
be reduced to
11
2x ~ 2x +
+ C,
or
11
2a;
Iog
log 2, being independent of x, only affect the value of the constant of integration.
~5 +3
11
log 2
it
+ C,
will
may
be omitted, as
24
^,
cosh"
^,
and
tanh"
(I,
161)
we
replace
u by
ct
>
they become
d dx
Sinn"
u a
du dx
and
tanli"
,u -
=
a
dx
ax
= smlr
.
i 1
-*
=
v<
"
cosh
_,u
:
and
r du = J d if a
/
.,"
tanh
These forms of the integrals are often of advantage in problems where the resulting equation has to be solved for the value of u in
terms
of the other quantities in the equation.
By
formulas
(2),
14,
and
-+lx + /dx
ax2
c
we
We
c
UL -^ ax +bx +
2
as
shown
in Ex.
3.
/P
(x)
dx
?
ax?+lx
+c
where P(x)
is
is polynomial, can always be found, since by division the integrand mentioned. form of the a fraction a to just polynomial plus equal
25
of
x2
15
Now
3x
may
1)
+ \3
13
4
cte
J 2x2
+ xlast integral is
integral
is
f Iog(2x
+ x -15),
44
log
by
-f
12
(2),
and the
form solved
in Ex. 2,
and
is
integral
is
Ex.4.
3x2
+4x
The value of this integral may be made to depend upon that of Ex. 1 in the same way that the solution of Ex. 3 was made to depend upon the solution of Ex. 2. For let 3 x 2 + 4 x = u then du = (6x + 4) dx.
;
Now 2 +
a;
=
-
Gx +
4)
J-.
Therefore
V3 x 2 +
== =
4x
v8 x 2 +
2
J>x
4x
=
The
11
I
4x)-*[(6z
+ 4)dx] +
y fis
first integral
cr(3
3V3
-
3V3
log (3 x
+ V9 x2 +
12 x)
C.
The formulas
(1)
e"du
= eu
and
are derived immediately
entiation.
<("du
=
lS
a
au
(2)
J
The
proof
is left
differ
26
J
flii.
+l
(2)
cos
udu =
u du
2
sin u,
(3)
sin
cos u,
(4)
sec
^ du
^
rfw
= tan w, =
rfw
(5)
csc
ctn u,
(6)
sec
u tan w
= sec u,
(7)
esc
u
^6
ctn
w ew
esc u,
(8)
/w
tan
c?^
J
= log sec u,
= log sin u,
(9)
ctn
u du
(10)
h
sec
u du
)
,
(11)
esc
= log tan
>
(12)
or
1 cos- -.
^sin"
(13)
+%
9 2
= -tan~
a
- or
a
or
ctn
-1
->
a
1
a
osc
(14)
71
i
/du
ttVt**
tfM
1 _-,u =sec
_i^
a
/}/
cx
d
2
a
2
(15)
Vit + a /flni
2
= 1nafa + V^T^
or sinh- -,
a
or
(16)
V^ /dU
2
=
a
2
ng
(7/
+ v/
9
?/
ffl
y.
11^
cosh"
->
/1 rrv
(17)
INTEGRATION BY SUBSTITUTION
27
,
^f^^^Ta /du
1
*
2^
^
a
1 r
~a
tanh
,u
a
,.,
ox
(1)
(19)
= e*
fc*d<u,
Ca u du =
18. Integration
-au
(20)
by
substitution.
integral forms.
it is
necessary to reduce it to
very important method by which this may be done is that of the substitution of a new variable. In fact, the work thus
far
we have taken
some function
In
x as
u.
is
many
cases
new
previous examples, possible by the proper choice of a variable to reduce the integral to a known form. The choice of the new variable depends largely upon the skill and the experi
is
still
all cases.
systematic discussion of some types of desirable substitution will be taken up in later chapters, but we shall in this chapter work a
few
illustrative examples.
2 flr
/i* 2x
Let 2 x
z2
Then x
(z
3)
and dx
z dz.
we have
1(1
25
_ 2z 3 +
9z)
+C
Replacing z by
its
value in terms of x,
2(?X
we have
Jf
V2x +
3 (x 2
2x
+ 6) +
C.
Ex.2.
/
=
^+
z dz,
"
dx.
and
dx
x dx
zdz
we have
l
*~
ft2
/z ^^=J
dz
r(
(
a2
trr*)
dz
=*+
a.
2 log
z-a a + ^Ta
28
Replacing z by
value in terms of
x,
we have
a
9:
/Vx
Ex.
3.
+
1-
a2
/^
Vx2 +
a2
of
f Va 2 - x 2 dx.
Let x
Then dx
a cos z dz and
Va2
x2
=
+
a cos
z.
Therefore
f Va 2 - x 2 dx = a 2 f cos 2 z dz =
a 2 f (1
z)
cos 2 z) dz
=
But
z
1 a2
(z
1 sin 2
+
a2
0.
sin- 1 -
and
sin 2 z
2 sin z cos z
Va 2
x2
a
Finally,
by
substitution,
we have
C Va 2 - x 2 dx
=
2
x2
a2 sin-i a
C.
Ex.
4.
of
f x 3 Vx 2 - a 2 dx.
Let x
a sec
z.
Then dx
a 2 dx
Vx 2
a2
a tan z.
Therefore fx3 Vx 2
=
=
2 (tan z
+ +
tan 4 z) sec 2 z
cZz
tan z
1 tan 5 z)
+
by
C.
But
sec z
whence tan z
x2
a2
so that,
substitution,
we have
a 2 dx
= TL V(x 2 -
a2 ) 3
(2
a2
3 x2 )
C.
/dx +
(x
2
a 2 )i
Let x
a tan
z.
Then dx
-
=
I
sec 2
z dz
and
I
Vx 2 +
cos z dz
a sec z.
Therefore
r
I
- dx
2
r dz
I
r
/
/
sin z
(x
a2 ) 2
a2
sec z
a2
(7.
But tan
whence
sin z
=
Vx 2 +
a2
so that,
by
substitution,
dx
2
x
a2
x2
(x
INTEGRATION BY SUBSTITUTION
Ex.
6.
29
and
V6x2
Therefore
dx,
~_
3
(2
1)
V6x 2 + 8x +
an d hence
dz r J Vz 2 + 6 z + 6
log (2
r ^
dz
V(z
5)
=_
But
z
+ Vz +
2
6z
+ 3) 2 + C.
=
2x +
-f
log (2
+ Vz 2 +
Gz
5)
==
+4 +
log-
8x + 3
2x +
log
-log 2.
2
3a
dx
(2x
2+V5x
2x +
2
+ l)V5x + 8x +
2
3x +
+V5x +
2
8x +
made
refer freely to these examples as possibly desirable in the solution of a new substitution of a type suggesting the From them following hints for substitution in similar problem.
cases
may
be deduced
as in Ex. 1. In integrals involving ~Va 4- bx try a + bx = 2 2 2 2 In integrals involving Var + a try either x + a = z as in Ex.
2",
2,
or
= a tan z,
as in Ex.
5.
Va V#
x2 try #
a try
2
a;
= a sin = a sec
0, z,
as in Ex.
3.
as in Ex. 4.
form
not to be supposed that the above substitutions are desir able in all cases. For instance, in Ex. 2 the substitution x = a tan z
does not simplify the integral
of advantage,
letter for the
;
is
though
it
is
simplification.
30
19. Integration
Another method
the reduction of a given integral to a gration ly parts, the formula for which
for the differential of a product,
known
is
d (uv)
= u dv
-f-
v du.
From
this
uv
=
|
u dv
^ du,
which
is
u dv
= uv
|
v du.
is evidently to make the orig evaluation of a simpler integral. the depend upon
Ex.
If
1.
we
u and
e x dx
dv,
we have du we have
dx and
ex .
jxe
x dx
xex xex
iex dx
ex
+C
to choose
an expression that
is
easily integrated.
Ex.
2.
Here we may
sin-ix
/r
sin- 1 xdx.
J
u and dx = we have
dv,
whence du
V1
=
x2
and
= x.
xdx
x2
x sin-ix
12
(1).
+ Vl -
+ C,
by
Ex.
3.
xcos 2 xcZx.
Since cos 2 x
/I
^
(1
cos2x), we have
2
x cos 2 x dx
r
I
(x
x cos 2 x) dx
x2
(-
1 -
/*
|
x cos 2 x dx.
t/
INTEGRATION BY PARTS
Letting x
31
v
u and cos 2 x dx
//
du,
we have du = dx and
1
^ sin 2 x.
x cos 2 x dx
- sin 2 x
2
-f
/*
/
sin 2 x
dx
=
fx
cos2 x dx
- sin 2 x
2
- cos 2 x 4
C.
.*.
=
4
+ -(- sin 2 x + 2
\2
2
- cos 2 x ) 4 /
+C
+
C.
=
Sometimes an integral
tion
|(2 x
2 x sin 2 x
cos 2 x)
may
by
4.
parts.
Ex.
Here we
x2
=u
and
e x dx
dv.
Then du
2
2 x dx
and
ex
Therefore
Cx 2 ex dx = x2 ex
Cxex dx.
x^dx may
1),
Cx 2 ex dx
= x2^
+C=
e x (x 2
2x
2)
C.
Ex.
6.
Letting sin bx
u and
eax
dx
dv,
we have
* sin 6x
/&* sin 6x dx = a e
In the integral
ax
a J
je
cos6xdx we
cos bx dx
let
cos&x
u and
-
T
e"
dx
du,
and have
/&**
- e?* cos 6x a
a J
we have
(
Co J
* sin bx
dx
-e
sin bx
- eax cos bx
a\a
member
a Jfe
ax sin bx dx)
/
Now
we have
e"*
a2 / J
sin bx
dx
e x sin
bx
e"*
cos
a2
in te
fox,
whence
C ** sin 6x dx -
"(
a2
32
Ex.
The
it is
acosbx
a2
result is
+ bsmbx
62
5.
the
work being
left to
Ex.7.
Placing
of
f Vx 2 + a 2 dx.
du,
Vx 2 +
a2
= u and dx =
whence du
=
Vx 2 +
a2
and
x,
we have
J
Since x2
J
a2 ) a2 the second integral of
,
Vx2 +
(1)
a2 be written as
(x
may
/x
J which equals
dx
a2
a?
Vx2 +
f Vz 2 + a?dx -
J\
Vx2 +
(1),
a2
we have
f Vx2
whence
a2 dx
Vx 2 +
a2
- f Vx 2 +
a2
a2 dx
a 2 log (x
+ Vx2 +
a2 ) ]
.
a2 ),
f Vx 2 + a 2 dx
[x
Vx 2 +
a2 log (x
+ Vx 2 +
20. Possibility of integration. In this chapter we have learned how to express the integrals of certain types of functions in terms
elementary functions, and the discussion of in Chaps. VI and VII. gration will be continued
of the
be noted
not always possible to express the integral For of elementary functions in terms of elementary functions.
now
f-
that
it is
example
= V1-^1-&V
it is
cannot be so expressed; in
fact,
kind. this integral defines a function of x of an entirely new func certain of Accordingly when it is said that the integration
tions is not possible,
for
integration
is
not possible
which are in only the elementary functions, In this fact the functions generally used in applied mathematics. from differentiation, which can differs
one
who knows
respect integration
radically
functions. This fact is not always be performed upon elementary to what takes place in surprising, since it is closely analogous
PROBLEMS
33
connection with other operations which are the inverse of each other. For example, the addition of positive numbers can always
tion of subtraction tion of negative
is
be expressed in terms of positive numbers, but the inverse opera is made always possible only by the introduc
numbers
numbers
irrational
2.
4.
IZ-UL^rfx.
O -f*Ls
51
.
^-dx.
19
mxdx
/sn a + &COSX
C
J
(I
20.
Xdx
.
x2 ) 3
7.
Jf(x-l)
x2 dx.
21
C 3a J (2 + 3x2 ) 2
.
/^lT^ dx
x*dx J x +
22.
r. C
+ ^ dx
*2
J
9.
f~
I
Vo + 4x +
a + bx
a
U,
23.
I
C
J v
dx.
f\
I~L
~T b
t X
11.
24
?L.
e + C *Je2x + tan2x
-/X
f/
1
25
-/^KifcT
"
13.
(1+ x^tan-ix
-1 X
-.
,u. 26.
f J ^
i
^ (tan-ix-1)^ (tan
(fa.
14
x C 1 + cos * J (x + sinx) 3
27
r J
34
28.
32.
r
J
2
-x
33
<**
-^7= 5
Vx
Vx 4
S7=
34.
31
VxM^)
36.
J"[sin
35.
Jsin3xcosxdx.
6)
(ax
6)
cos 4 (ax
cos (ax
6) dx.
37.
j*(cscbx
ctnbx)cscbxdx.
46.
f (sec3x f
/>
tan3x)
dx.
38.
f
./
^
sin 2 (ax
2
47
6)
_
sec x
tan x
on
r sec2 (z
a2 ) x dx
42)
tan 3 (x 2
.sinmxsinrixdx, (m
cos
^ ^
6
n).
W.
ft
f
J
I
sec x 2 tan x 2
2 a5
x dx
r
I
sec x 2
-f
49.
J
50.
J
/
mx
cos nx dx.
(m
ri).
41.
f (sec x
/
tan x
sec x) 2 dx.
sin (ox
b)
cos (a x
dx.
42.
J|sin J
2xdx.
51.
(tan
2x +
x2
i/
43.
Cos2xdx
,
smx
sin 2
52.
^f(sec
+
-
44.
Tcos x
x dx.
53.
J
J
cos 2 (1
2 x) dx.
45.
2 x Jf(tan
ctn 2 x)dx.
54.
\
cosx
sin2xy
55.
|
(sec 2 x
tan 2 x
1) (sec
2x
tan 2 x
1) dx.
56
esc x
dx
ctn x
"/ cos e
.
sin e
sec
d0
J sec0
>
tan0
rji!i
sin
dd
sin
J
x
i1
60.
1
cos x
35
36
dx.
Vl -
2x
x2
141
f^T~
PROBLEMS
37
x
159.
x2
a2
.
176.
ftan-iaxcfx.
f
J
X5dx
Vx 2 + a2
38
flog(x
+ Vx 2 +
a 2 )dx.
186.
J"x
sin
ax ax.
2
179.
fxsinaxdx.
187.
J (log ax)
ax.
180.
f sec- 1 ax dx.
Cxsec~ l axdx.
188.
2 d*x.
181.
189.
Cxsm z axdx.
Te 2;r cos 2 xdx.
fe^sin 2xsinxcZx.
182.
fxtan-iaxdx.
190.
183.
Cx 2 e nx dx.
f(x
191.
184.
l)
ea; dx.
192.
Te 3;c sm3xcosxdx.
185.
Tx2 cosaxdx.
193.
fX
sin-
az dx.
CHAPTER
III
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
have said in 3 that there are two impor tant problems in the use of infinitesimals, the one involving the limit of a quotient, the other the limit of a sum. have also
21. Definition.
We
We
4 that the derivative of a function is the limit of the of two infinitesimal increments, so that the limit of a quotient quo tient is fundamental in the differential calculus and its applications.
noted in
Similarly, there exists a limit of a
called a
and
is
defined as follows
If f(x)
for
as
is
all values
a function of x which is continuous and one-valued of x between x = a and x = b inclusive, then the
of f(x)dx between a and
I is defined as the limit,
definite integral
sum of n
terms,
w/iere
A =A#
1)
a
-
and x v x2 x s
,
>,
a and
such that
The sum
notation
is
where
(sigma), the
"
Greek form
and the whole expression indicates that the sum is to be taken of all terms obtained from /(#,.) A# by giving to i in succession the values 0, 1, 2, 3, - 1, where XQ = a. ., n
sum,"
. .
word
40
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
Also the definite integral
is
r f(x)dx Ja
I
where
f is
a modified form of
S.
Hence the
definition of the
definite integral
may
I
rb
Ja
<=0
b are called
definite integral. respectively of the of a definite Ex. The conception of mechanical work gives an illustration in moving a body against a constant done work the integral. By definition, which the body to the force multiplied by the distance through
force
from A(x = a) against a force which is not constant but a function of x and line AB be divided into n equal intervals, each the Let expressed by /(x). = 7.) fi g- 3, n n (I s 2 equal to Ax, by the points MI, be /(a) Ax if would to A from the MI in done work body the moving Then the interval AMi. Conse the force were constantly equal to /(a) throughout done is small, /(a) Ax is approximately equal to the work quently, if the interval and 2 is approxi between A and MI. Similarly, the work done between MI to 3 approximately equal 2 and mately equal to f(xi) Ax, that between so on. Hence the work done between A and B is approximately 2 Ax, and
is
equal
jf
JL
4 j/
MI
Al<
is
moved.
is
OX
(fig. 3)
M M
,
-\>
/(x ) equal to
^ +f ^ ^ + f{^ Ax +
A
+f(Xn _ l ) Ax.
Hence we have,
The
if
the better is this approximation. larger the value of n, and B, represents the work done between
W = Lim V
The use
of the
i=n-\
f(Xi)
Ax
= f
/(x) dx.
"^o
word
" "
integral
and
of the
symbol
suggests a
connection with the integrals of the previous chapter. This con 25 for the present, it is to be empha nection will be shown in
;
integration as previously
*
known.
word
"
limit
"
which
used
when a variable
is
is here used in a sense quite dif said to approach a limit (I, 53).
/U
Iii
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
c
a
b
I
41
f(x)dx,the integral
f(x)dx
limit of
V/(# A# always
f)
exists.
will find it
of the
be given here, but the student from the graphical representation obvious geometrically
article.
next
Let
LK
(fig.
4) be the
graph of
<
= a and OB = b. f(x), and let OA For convenience, we assume in the first place that a that f(x) is positive for all values of x between a and b.
n
and lay
off
and
find
We
the
2
equal lengths
MM
2
=MM =
1
(In
Let
,
OM = x OM _ = x
1
l9
_r
Draw
f(a),
3/5 3/6 3/7 3/8
the
ordinates
AD
the
-,
Draw
also
lines
FIG. 4
J^K 8
P _^R
n
parallel to
OX.
Then
(._!) Aaj
= the
M_
H
P _ Rn B.
n
l
The sum
is
then the
sum
and equal
is
to the
ADR^R,
n
n _ _^P
n B.
It is evident that
is
indefinitely increased
the area
42
Hence
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
Cf(x)dx
Jo.
= the
area
ABCD.
if
not vitiated
AD
or
BC
is of
length
zero.
The area
2
ABCD
etc.
is
exactly the
sum
of the areas
ADP^Mi, MiPiP 2 Ma
,
P2
P3-M"3 ,
area, for
differs
from
MiPiR 2 M2 by
of
JKi
MM
z
M<
M,
M, M,
B
"
the
is
figure
less
PiR 2 P2
which
than
MiPiR<zM2
since
PiR 2 P 2 MtPiRzMz
whence Lin
L
Ax Ay
Ay
yAx
Therefore
of
3)
the areas
FIG. 5
affect the limit of the
the
as
triangular figures
such
PiE 2 P2 do
not
sum used
all
If
f(x)
is
negative for
b(a<b),
as in
fig. 5.
Here
= f(xj &x =
f(a) A#
so that
I
r*
Ja
f(x) dx
= - the
area
ABCD.
we
In case f(x) is sometimes positive and sometimes negative have a combination of the foregoing results, as follows
:
If
the
a<b,
the integral
Ja
f(x)dx represents
the algebraic
sum of
areas bounded ly the curve y =f(x), the axis of x, and the ordinates x = a and x = b, the areas above the axis of x being
positive
and
GENERALIZATION
If
43
The only change
>
I,
A#
is
negative, since
A# =
b-a
necessary in the above statement, however, is in the algebraic and those signs, the areas above the axis of x being now negative
below
positive.
Ex. The work done in moving a body against a force may be represented is the work in moving a body along by an area. For if the force is f(x) and the axis of x from x = a, to x = 6, then (Ex., 21)
W=
of
f f(x)dx.
Consequently if the force is represented by the graph DEC (fig. 6), the equation which is y = f(x), the area ABCED represents the work W. This fact is taken advantage of in constructing an indicator diagram attached
to a
the
AB
by the
piston,
and
to
and back
is
the
curve
DECFD
ABCED
represents the
work done by the steam on the piston. The area ABCFD represents the work done by the piston on the steam. The
difference of these
which
curve
piston.
is
two
A
FIG. 6
represents the net work done by the steam in one stroke of the In practice this area can be measured by an instrument, called a planimeter, or the figure is divided into rectangles and the area computed approxi mately. The latter method illustrates the definition of the definite integral.
DECFD,
23. Generalization.
\
In the definition of
21,
where
x= a
and x
b.
The sum
may
accordingly be written
or,
more compactly,
t=0
(1)
44
This
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
sum may
be generalized in two ways a mere matter of convenience to take the
:
In the
first place, it is
i
increments xi+1
, ,
x equal
x..
In fact the n
values x v x 2 xs ",xn _ l may be taken at pleasure between the values x = a and x = b without altering the limit approached by
the
sum
(1),
provided
all
x are made to
i
approach zero as
MM
geometrically obvious from the graphical representation, for the bases V ... of the rectangles of fig. 4 may be of unequal length. 3 2
This
is
AM
D/
FIG. 7
the
In the second place, the factor f(x ) in each sum (1) may be replaced by /(&), where
t
of the
is
terms
of
any value of
x between x and xi+r The effect on the graphical representa tion of fig. 4 is to alter the altitudes of the rectangles without
i
fig.
7.
It
may
by
referred
advanced
*
treatises.*
45
The following
:
properties of
consequences
/&
of the definition
1.
cf(x)dx
=c
i/a
Ja
f(x)dx,
2-
Ja
3.
fVi(*) +/>(*)]
<**
a Jf
f,(x)dx
+ f f (x)dx, Ja
2
Ja
4.
C f(x)dx = - f f(x)dx, Jb
J
Jf a rb
I
f(x)dx =
Jo,
f(x)dx
+ f f(x)dx, Jc
where
5.
Ja
tion,
f(
The truth of formulas 1 and 2 follows at once from the defini 22. We shall and that of formula 3 follows at once from show the truth of formulas 4 and 5 graphically. A fully rigorous
FIG. 8
21 without the use of proof could be based on the definition of diagrams, but would follow the outlines of the following graphical
discussion.
4,
consider
area
fig. 8,
where
OA = a,OC=
tliQ
c,
OB = b.
CBGF,
is
C f(x)dx = t\iQ
*J a
b
ACFE, C f(x)dx =
Uc
area
c f(x)dx = the Ja
area
ABGE. The
3.
truth of formula 4
ap-
necessary, to formula
46
DEFINITE INTEGKALS
5,
b
To prove formula
.
consider
t
fig. 9,
ABCD
repre-
C
I
Ja
f(x)dx and
let
and
M respectively be the
AB
Construct also the rec
smallest and the largest value assumed by /(a;) in the interval AB. with the base and the altitude Construct the rectangle
ABKH AH= M. Its area is AB AH (b tangle ABLN with the base AB area is AB AN= (b a) m.
Y
a)
M.
AN= m.
Its
CD
FIG. 9
-X
Now it is evident that the area ABCD is greater ABLNsm& less than the area ABKH. That is,
a)m<
r f(x)dx<(b Ja
I
a)M*
Consequently
some quantity greater than m and less than M, and is represented on fig. 9 by AS. But since f(x) is a continuous function, there is at least one value f between a and b such that /( ) = and therefore
where
//,
is
//,,
c/a
//(*)<**:
= (&ABCD
ABTS
.42V
*
is equal to a rectangle Graphically, this says that the area whose base is and whose altitude AS lies between
AB
and AH.
A
I
if f(x)
k,
a constant. Then
M= m = k
and
rb
Ja
f(x)dx=
(b
a)k.
EVALUATION BY INTEGRATION
25. Evaluation of the definite integral
47
by
integration.
When
is
known
is
by a variable
(fig.
fully determined. Hence if we replace the upper x, the definite integral is a function of x.
Graphically
constant,
10),
and
OM = x,
^ (x =
)
UJa
where
OA =
a,
Let us place
area
rx
I
Ja
f(x) dx
= the
109,
6,
AMPC.
Now we
have shown in
I,
that
proof of this can be given by use of the properties of 24, and this proof has the advantage of being
really independent of the graphical representation, although for conven
-A"
A new
ience
we
FIG. 10
Take
MN=
Then
$(x
+ h) =
(/>
Ja
(x)
f(x) dx
= the
area
ANQC,
s*x + h
whence
c/>
(x -f h)
JX
f(x) dx
area
= the =
where x
< <
MNQP,
(by 3 and
4,
5,
24)
()>
(by
24)
h.
Therefore
7t
Lim
=o
^(a?)
and Lim f
a;,
we have
48
Let
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
now F(x)
be any
known
</>(#)
is
f(x).
Then F(x)
differs
from
by a constant
30), that
is,
f*f(x)dx=F(x) + C.
*J a
To determine
C, place
= a,
r*
and notice that
I
Ja
whence
f(x) dx
F(a).
= 0.
Then
Therefore
= F(a) + C,
*J a
C=
t
whence
To find
x
the
value of
r f(x)dx, Ja
\
evaluate
c
I
f(x)dx, substitute
and x
=a
successively,
and
from
the
former.
It is to
of
integration
ever,
if
to be omitted, since
is
F(a)
that constant.
How
the constant
[F(b)
added,
it
In practice
bol [F(x)] a
b
,
it is
convenient to express
sym
so that
Ex.
2.
f 2 sinxdx =
*
4-
cosx]
=
2
cos^ + cosO
= 1.
2 log 4
Ex.3, f
Jo x 2
+
x
dx
2
[2 log(x
4 x +
tan-i
2)]*
Ex.4, f J-i
=
1
x2
[tan- x]
v?=
V3 -
tan- 1 (-
1).
CHANGE OF LIMITS
There
is
1 here a certain ambiguity, since tan-
49
1)
Vs and tan-i(-
have each
If, an infinite number tan- J x is composed of an infinite values of tan- 1 ambiguity is removed by taking the
of values.
V3
^
/*
if
we consider
if
and
select
1
any value
= a, tan- 1 b must be taken equal to then zero. As b varies from equality tan- 1 a to the nearest value of value, tan-ift will vary from
of tan- a, then
1
is
tan- 1 b.
to
is
to take
-2
and
2
Then we have
r Vs
dx
l
J-i
dx
-
+#
_*_( _ ^\ _ I5 12
9
\
4/
Ex.
5.
Jo
f*
Va 2
x2
= r s in-i-1 =8in-H-Bin-iQ. a
L
-lo
J-
The ambiguity
that sin- - must
1
and sin-iQ
first
is
removed by noticing
other by continuous values must be so chosen that one comes out of the 1 is to take both sin- ^ and this to accomplish change. The simplest way
7T
,
7T
i-iQ between
2
and
2
/*2
dX
Then
7T =-
=
is
7T
Jo
Va2
x2
^
convenient to evaluate
"
26.
Change
of limits.
In case
it
Cf(x)dx by
To
see
suppose that in
f(x)dx the
t,
variable
is
replaced by a func
tion of a
new
I, t
variable
from a to
varies continuously
dx
=
C<f>
(t)
dt
<$>
(t)
= F(x),
4>(Q
where F(x)
terms
of x.
is
obtained by replacing
in
by
its
value in
Then
F(b)-F()=<t>(t l )-<t>(t ).
50
But
and
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
F(b)
- F(a) =
*) a
f f(x) dx
4>(^-4>(g=
Jt
<l>(t)dt.
Hence
Ex.
1.
Ja
Find
Jo
Place x
varies
[
f f(x) dx = f
Jt n
(t)
dt.
Va2 -x 2 dx.
Then dx = a
Hence
cos
cZ0,
a sin 0.
to
.
and when x
varies
from
to a,
from
Jo
L 2
cos /5 _
7T
d0, which
by
direct integration
-r~
= x, whence
77
= cos- 1 ^
is
and d0
/7/j
is
equal to
2.
Vi-x
found.
lies in
We
two
n
cannot, therefore,
make
cos0cZ0, since
we may
write
-?
n
cos /g _![
2
(i0
J_E
2
cos
d0
-f
cos
Jo
(Z0,
and
in the first of the integrals on the right-hand side of this equation place
cos- 1 ^,
d(f>
VI -
and
in the second
0= cos- 1 ^, eZ0 =
_
x2
Vl-z2
x2
--
Then
x2
Vl
x2
"v/1
/+!
Ex.
3.
Consider
J-i
Then, when x
dx and place x 2
t.
is
negative
= 1, t = 1, and when x = 1, would lead to error. But x = and x = $ and dx = J*~*ctt when x
=
f*
/>
1;
t* is
1
/+!
J-i
f
dz=
J-i
dx+
Jo
dx
=-
/^
jr*<tt+
Ji
Jo
ir*(tt= J
Jo
INTEGRATION BY PARTS
27. Integration
51
by
parts,
by
parts.
If it is
desired to integrate
and a and
u dv
Ua
To prove
this,
= \uv\
v du.
Ua
note that
s*b
it
s*b
/b
Ex.
1.
(I
(uv)
(u dv
+ v du] =
I
-/
u dv
a
^ du.
\J a
l
Ua
Find
r
/
xex dx.
Take x
w,
Jo ex dx r
I
dv
l
then
xe x dx
Jo
n
\xe Y
r
I
e xdx
Jo
\e
x1
1.
Ex.
2.
Discuss
1
Jo
sin"xdx.
Take
sin"-
M,
sinxdx
dv; then
7T
7T
7T
Jo
sin n xdx
=
=
cosx
1)
sin n
~1
x]
(n
1)
sin"-
x cos2 xdx
/o
(n
f
Jo
2 (sin- x
sin"x)dx.
By
transposing
we have
7T
7T
2
/
sin n xcZx
(n
i
1)
c/
Jo
2
sin"
sin"-
x(Zx,
whence
If, in (1),
C
Jo
sin n x
dx
Jo
- 2 x dx.
(1)
we
place n
2,
we have
1
psii^xdx- 2Jo Jo
If, in (1),
pdx = 2 .^. 2
7T
we
place n
7T
3,
we have
Jo
If, in (1),
sin 3 xdx
3Jo
we
place
4,
we have
3
/
C\ sin*xefx =
Jo
4Jo
sin 2 x(Zx
=
4-2
2
52
If, in (1),
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
we
place
5,
we have
4
2 T "sinozdzsi
Cl
Jo o
is wa] way, we find Continuing in this
4-2 6-3
1-3-
f Jo
Jo
isi
(2
1)
TT
2-4.6-..2A;
2-4-6. .-2ft
(2
1)
It is possible to
oc,
where by
definition
f.
f(x) dx
= Lim
f(x) dx.
The integral, then, is represented by the area bounded by the curve y =f(x), the axis of x, and the ordinate x = a, the figure being unbounded at the right hand. There is no certainty that
.
such an area
is
The
tests
by which
it
may
Ja
In
case,
however,
it is
F(x)
=
^|
f(x)dx, the definite integral can be found Iw formula the formula by flip
Ja
where
F(ao)
= Lim F (b)
EX.
1.
^=.85
Ex.2.
Jl
r^ = [X2
i] X_\l
=l.
(fig.
12)
Ex .3.
FIG. 13
r
I
oo
Jo
Binxdx=[
coex]
(fig.
= indeterminate,
13)
may
be
infinite.
INFINITE INTEGRAND
29.
Infinite integrand.
53
21
it is
infinite
between
= a and x =
Xt>
b.
It
is,
when x
=b
by means
of the definition
Ja
and
to
C f(x)dx =
Um C
h
+ oJa
/(,*-)
dx,
Ua
/
h).
The
value.
finite or
determinate
x,
the ordinate x
tote
= a, and the
asymp
b.
Ex.2,
Jo
Jo
(fig.
15)
-i
o
FIG. 14
FIG. 15
becomes
infinite for
any value
between the
limits,
the integral should be separated into two inte grals having c for the upper and the lower limit
respectively.
Failure to do this
may
lead to error.
Ex.
3.
Consider
/*
J-l
X2
Since
becomes
infinite
when x =
:
(fig. 16),
we sepa
O
FIG. 10
dx
dx
54
Had we
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
carelessly applied the incorrect formula
11+ 1
2.
of a function.
We
have seen in
24 that
/
where f
lies
r^ JCf^dx,
^
(*
(1)
between a and
J.
The value
is
called the
meaw m/^e
from a
to
5.
This
is
in fact
meaning -, y n -^ correspond y Q) y lf y 2 to n values of x, which divide the interval from a to I into n equal parts, each equal to Aa?. Then the average of these n values of y is
value of n measurements.
an extension
of the ordinary
of the average, or
-
mean,
For
let
n
This fraction
is
equal to
As
7i
limit
is
indefinitely increased,
C
I
y dx
~\.
as
C
I
fix) dx. j
of a
"
be considered as the average of an infinite number of values of the function, taken at equal distances between a and b.
function
may
Ex.
1.
The
velocity
1
is
Find the mean velocity of a body falling from rest during the time t\. is gt, where g is the acceleration due to gravity. Hence the mean
velocity
c i gtdt Jo
|
^gt\.
This
is
In using the indicator diagram ( 22) engineers use the mean effect ive pressure," which is defined as the constant pressure which will do the same
Ex.
2.
amount
and
is
indicator diagram.
as is done by the varying pressure shown by the found by dividing the area of the diagram by b a, accordingly an example of the mean value of a function.
of
It is
55
may
integral sign.
= F(x)-,
then f(x)
=F
(x),
and
(1)
becomes
b-a
or
-F(a)l
(%).
(2)
(3)
.F(a)
= (b
d)F
Formula
(fig.
For let (2) has a simple graphical meaning. 17) be the graph of F(x) and let OA = a and OB=b. Then
F(b)
LK
b-a=AB,
and
_JJ
b
DC
- the
DE.
If
now
is
any value
of x,
F (^)
LK.
and
is
Hence (2) asserts that there is for which the tangent is parallel
chord DE.
This
Formula
(3)
may be used to
namely
If
the
derivative of a function is
always zero, the function is a constant. For let F (x) be always zero and let a and b be any two values of x. Then, by (3), F(b) F(a)=Q. That is, any two values of the function are
equal; in other words, the function is a constant. From this it follows that two functions which have the same
derivative
differ
3>(x)]
ly
constant.
For
3>
if
(x)
<&
(x),
then
[F(x)
= 0;
whence
F(x) =
(x)
+ C.
31. Taylor s
special case of a
to obtain.
and Maclaurin s series. Formula (3), 30, is a more general relation, which we will now proceed
t/ a
f"(x)dx
=/ (*)_
56
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
x.
We
s*x
Ja Ja
(*) fa
n*
n
I
a,
J\a
f (x)dx- f (a)dx *J
(a).
=f(x)-f(a)-(x-a)f
.
Therefore
f(x) =f(a)
+ (x -)/ () + f
C"f"(x)d3t*.
t/a i/a
of
f"(x)
between
a,
whence
m (x-af
2~ *
Ua
C*r*ut
t/a
/
-/a
^w
,
^M(x-
~2
Hence
If
Fl*f
t/o
(x).datK-
where
is
<
/*
<
Jf
/"(a)
,
is
at least
/*
one value of
56).
x,
say
between a and
for
which
f"
() =
(I,
Therefore
we
have, finally,
/(x) Again,
let
=/() + (x -
)/ ()
^2^/"(l^
c
(!)
us take
= r
Ja
and
/"
=/ () -/ ()-(* -)/"().
m*f
whence
where a
*
<
"(x)d3t?=
ff Ja
(x)dx-
Ja
Cf (a)dx-
Ja
Clx-a)f"(a)dx
+
|2
<
^"
-/
"&>*
(2)
03.
The symbol [2 means 1 2, 3_ means 1 means the product of the n integers from 1
1
2
to
3,
TAYLOK
Similarly,
if
57
we
start
Ja
f (n+l) (x)dx, we
obtain
where 7
being
tt
= -^
_ 71 ~T~
^-L
/ (n+1
is
>
(f ),
where a
<
<
a,
tliat
the
of
+\
n
The value
but
it
in (3)
not
known
a
is
-f- 1 terms of n and this approximation (3), omitting approaches f(x) as a limit as % is indefinitely increased. In this case we say that f(x) is expanded into the infinite series
n= oo by the
Lim7?n =
that, if
may
be expressed approximately
+
For larger values
value of
of
|^/
a,
+~.
it
.
,
(4)
however,
Hence the omission of R n in (3) leaves n + 1 terms, the sum of which differs more and more from f(x) the more terms are taken.
n
may happen
increases.
that the
(4)
The determination
is,
of the values of
a for which
(4) is valid
in general, a matter involving a knowledge of mathematics which lies outside the limits of this course. In the illustrative examples
we
Here a is a known value of x for which and its derivatives are known. The series f(x) then enables us to compute the value of for values of x not f(x) too remote from a.
58
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
a
Another convenient form of (4) is obtained by placing x whence x = a -f- h. We have, then,
= k,
f(a
+ h) =/() + hf
is
(a)
+
!/"()
|/
(5)
usually expressed as
+ 1f
n+
\a +6h),
where
<
<
1.
special
form
of (4) arises
when a
/"(0)
0.
We
/"
have, then,
/(*) =/(0)
This
is
+ */ (0) +
Maclaurin s
(0)
-.
(6)
known
as
series,
x.
is
said to
ex
By
Maclaurin
s series (6),
we
ex ,
(x)
ex ,
f"(x]
&,
etc.,
and/(0)
1,
(O)
1,
/"(O)
This expansion is valid for all values of x. If we place x~= ^, we have l + J T^ + y i-^ + T ? = 1.3956, correct to four decimal places. If x has a larger value, more terms of the series must be taken in the computation,
e*
=1+
is
x.
Ex.
2.
since.
By Maclaurin
s series,
which
is
x.
change 15 to circular measure, which is T^^TT = TL TT = .2618. Then the first two terms of the series give sin 15 = .2588, cor rect to four decimal places. By Taylor s series (5), we have
find sin
first
<r
To
15, we
sin (a
h)
sin
h cos a
h2
7i
sin a
cos a
Ex.
3.
cosx.
s series,
By Maclaurin
x2
x4
59
(a
z).
s series,
By Maclaurin
This
to 0.
series
is
polynomial of
n
is
terms, since
a positive integer, the expansion is a and all higher derivatives are equal f<*+(x)
If
is
But
if
n
is
which
6.
valid
is
an
infinite
Ex.
logx.
The function logx cannot be expanded by Maclaurin s series, since its We may use Taylor s series (4), derivatives are infinite when x = 0.
placing a
1.
We
have, then,
x)
by Maclaurin
s series
This expansion
is
valid
when x
is
numerically
less
than
1.
Operations with power series. When a function is expressed power series, it may be integrated or differentiated by integrat or differentiating the series term by term. The new series will ing be valid for the same values of the variable for which the original series is valid. If the method is applied to a definite integral, the
32.
as a
limits
must be values for which the series is valid. Similarly, if two functions are each expressed by a power
sum, difference, product, or quotient
is
series,
their
Required
to
expand sin- 1 x.
dx x
We
have
= sin-ix=
rx
Jo
-=
x2
2
rx
I *^
Vl
(l-x2 )~*dx
by Ex 4
"
2-4
1
-
2-4-
<
x3
x5
1.3.5
60
Ex.
2.
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
To
find
Jo
fV
cannot be found directly.
The
Ex.
1,
indefinite integral
31.
We may expand
e-* by
Then
Ex.
3.
To expand
x)
By
division,
By
successive differentiation,
_
Therefore
(l
2 (1
(1
Ex.
4.
To expand
lo,
1-x
x)
=
J.
log(l
log(l
x)
Ex.
5.
To expand
1,
sin- 1 x
Vl-x
By
by Ex.
Ex.
sm- l x = x
!-;
+
16 x 7
-.
4,
31,
(l-x 2 )-s=l +
^+
2x 3
^+
8x 5
Hence, by multiplication,
sin-ix
33.
By means
I,
of Taylor s
given in
maximum and
;
minimum
f"(a)
values of a
first
n
0,
let
0.
f (a) =
0,
=
s
0,
=
"(a)
.,
/<*>()=
0,
f<
\a)=
Then, by Taylor
f
theorem
(5),
31,
/(+
)-f( a )-
fc-+i/<-+
+i
PROBLEMS
If
61
is
term
/
I
will be larger
i~ -L
1
?!/
<
contains h n+z as a factor. numerically than R n + v since tlie latter Hence the sign of f(a + h)f(a) depends upon the sign of
n
"
If
is
even,
sign of
of h.
h.
of
n
7*,
+1
f (a)
Therefore f(a)
is
neither a
maximum
is
nor a
minimum
value
of /(a).
If
7i
odd,
+1
is
always
positive.
Hence the
the same as the sign of / (n+1) (a). There sign oif(ali)f(a) fore if / (n+1) (a)>0, f(a) is a minimum value of /(#); and if (n+l is a maximum value of/().
\a)<Q,f(a)
PROBLEMS
Find the values of the following
definite integrals
:
is.
Jo
r
(a
2
x 2 )*
"
19.
f
t/
tj
Va 2 -
x 2 dx.
20.
/a
fVx
I
a2 o!x.
21.
xsinxdx.
Jo
22.
f x2
Ji
logxa?x.
23.
24.
Jo
f x 2 sin-!xdx.
OK
<&u.
f x r2 6 ^-^^ tix.
I
Jo
62
7T
DEFINITE INTEGRALS
W
sin 6
26. Prove
f
Jo
0d0=
f
Jo
sin 4 0d0.
77
E
sin
2 ~ xdx = n C x n l
27. Prove
Jo
f x
Jo
cos x dx,
if
>
1.
28 Show that f
29
Ji
>
1.
Show
that
f* J a (6 -
x)
<
1.
30. if
/(_ /(-
x)
J
a
f(x)dx
=
2
0.
31. If
x)
/(x)dx f(x)dx
=
=
Jf
f(x)dx.
32. If /(a
33.
x)
j^
x) dx.
*/(*)*
Show
graphically that
"/(sin
x)dx
"/(sin
34. If a
<
/2 (x), /8 (x)
all
3 (x),
prove
Ja
35. Find the
f /!(x)dx
<
f /2 ()dx
<
f*
f /8 (a;)dx.
mean
mean value
sinx between
=
37.
and x
TT.
a sin
kt.
motion defined by the formula particle describes simple harmonic Show that the mean kinetic energy during a complete vibration is
kinetic energy.
half the
maximum
is
40.
=!+
, ,og
42. 43.
PROBLEMS
44. sinhz
63
(co
<
+ +
+
+
+ +
---.
<
oc)
15
12
12
45. cosho;
46.
=l+
|2
(-co<x<oo)
[4
[6
Compute
47. Given log 2 = 0.693, log 3 = 1.099, - 0.693)? log 24 = log 2 + (1.099 48. Assuming sin 60
places.
V3 =
.8660, cos 60
^, find sin 61
to four decimal
r \ x a-l ^ Jo ol + x b
I
11 ___
a
+ 26
+ 36
CHAPTER IV
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
34.
Element
of a definite integral.
chapter
integral.
we
shall give certain practical applications of the definite Here we return in every case to the summation idea of
of
21.
proposed
to analyze
it
sum
of
an
infinite
the form f(x)dx. The expression number is called the concrete the as well object it represents, f(x)dx, as element of the sum.
of
infinitesimals
35.
Area
It
has
that the area bounded by the axis of x, already been shown ( 22) = x = b (a<b), and a portion of the a and x lines the straight the axis of x is given by the defi above lies which curve
y=f(x)
nite integral
/*>
Ua
\
ydx.
of the
(1)
It has also
= b may
a point in
dx and the altitude y. tangle with the base bounded by the axis of y, the straight lines area the Similarly, and a portion of the curve x =f(y) lying c and
y
d(c<d),
is
*xdy
(2)
as the
sum
or the difference of
64
65
Ex.
1.
ellipse
?/
1.
It is evident
required area
if
A"
is
from the symmetry of the curve (fig. 18) that one fourth of the bounded by the axis of y, the axis of x, and the curve. Hence,
is
,.-1
in-i _
a Jo
= ^06.
Ex.
2.
2x-4j>
(fig. 19).-- ,
..
The
straight line
tersect at
F IG
is
18
OX at B(2,p, 0).
the
The
figure
sum
of
two areas
OCD
and
CBD. Hence,
is
- 2x)dx
FIG. 19
Ex.
3.
(y
3)
x2
we have
y
V4 -
x-,
(fig.
20) lies
lines x
s>2
and x
=
x2
2.
from the
~
2
y<zdx, I
A CEDE =
x 2 and
ACFDB =
where
/_2
y\
J
2/0
+ v4
v4
66
Therefore,
if
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
is
CEDFC,
y*)fa
K= JC
yidx
2
C y z dx= C
2
"
(y\
2
= =F
L
4
\/4
x 2 dx
-x + 4 sin-i -T
2J-
= 4?r.
X&
2/
d# by
its
value f(x) taken from the equation of the curve. More generally, if the equation of the curve is in the parametric form, we replace both x and y by their values in terms of the independent parameter.
This is a substitution of a new variable, as explained in the limits must be correspondingly changed.
Ex.
4.
26,
and
ellipse
</>,
be
a cos
b sin 0.
:
Then
the area
K=4l
Similarly,
JO O
ydx =
/^
4\
1/7T
4ab
JQ
if
the equation of the curve is, in polar coordinates, is one of the above forms, we may place
method
FIG. 21
of
finding
the
easily as follows
:
area
is
modified,
OX and OY
=a
and intersect at the angle (fig. 21) axis of the x, by the curve y =/(#),
<w,
and x
= b.
The area
is
sum
of the areas
of the parallelograms
67
is
OX
?/Asina).
and OY. The area of one such paraUelogram Hence the required area is
sm
36.
c
ft>
Ua
I
y dx.
Let
(fig.
(3)
Area
of
22) be
the pole,
OM
system
OA and OB two
respectively,
which 6
a and 6
is
= /3
and
AB
any curve
for
r =/(#).
Required the area AOB. The required area may be divided into
n smaller
areas
into
AOB=j3a Q
which equals lines
1}
equaj. parts,
each of
= A0,
)
OP OP OP
Z)
3
where OP n _^
= A0.
8.)
The
the
sum
of
areas of these elementary areas for all values of n. The areas of these
FIG. 22
small figures, however, are no easier to find exactly than the given area, but
we may
find
them approxi
AR
-PR.
lt
Let
Then, by geometry,
the area of the sector
the area of the sector the area of the sector
= P n _ OE
l
J-
r^^
The sum
of these areas,
namely
is
as
is
68 To show
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
this
we need
to
from the corresponding elementary area (7^0P4)by an infinitesimal of higher order than either. For inter that purpose draw from P an arc of a circle with center
cular sectors
(e.g.
4)
J0LR
differs
secting
OP
3
in S.
Then
area
P OE^
3
<
area
P OP
3
<
area
80%,
area
P OP^
Z
area
area
But area
P OR= \ r A0 and
2 Z 3
area
A0.
Therefore
area>SO^
(r + Ar) - = /1 H = ^^
3
,
Ar\
r.
Now
as
A0 and
-
consequently
Ar
approach zero as a
Hence Lim
area
to
^p
= 1,
and there-
OR differs from the area 3 OP^ by an infini Z order than either ( 2), and therefore the limit tesimal of higher OE i+l equals the limit of the sum of of the sum of such areas as such areas as J?0JJ*+1 as n is increased indefinitely ( 3). But the
Hence the
area
P
t
AOB,
since
= the
i
area
AOB
=Q
Hence,
finally,
the area
J-
C r*d6 =
/
C
J*
[f(0)] d0.
=*>
=o
The student should compare this discussion with that of I, 189. The above result is unchanged if the point A coincides with 0, but in that case OA must be tangent to the curve. So also B may
coincide with 0.
69
a sin 3
(I,
177).
is
7 K= a f 2 Jo
gi
To
integrate, place
36
0;
then
/72
/>
K=
37.
TT
f OJo
si
12
Volume
plane.
of a solid of revolution.
l>y
a solid generated
in
its
the revolution
is
^4 sofoW of revolution is a of plane figure about an axis that in which the plane figure is
bounded by the axis of revolution, two straight lines at right angles to the axis, and a curve which does not cut the axis. Such a solid is bounded by two parallel plane bases which are circles and by
a surface of revolution generated by the revolving curve. Each point of this curve generates a circle whose center is in the axis of revolution and whose plane is parallel to the bases and perpen dicular to the axis. Consequently, if planes are passed perpendicular
to the axis, they will divide the solid into smaller solids with par allel circular bases. shall proceed to find an approximate
We
volume
of
solids.
23) be the revolving curve, the equation of which is x the axis of revolution, the line y =f(y), c, and the line y the volume d(c d). Eequired generated by the revo
(fig.
Let
KL
OY
CK
DL
<
CKLD.
-
CD
into
n equal
N ,-. .,jru ^ where ON, = y v ON, = y v ON = yv ^ON _, = y _ r Pass planes through the points N N N N _ perpen
-
= Ay,
lt
by the points
3
N N
lt
2,
2,
3,
lt
dicular to OY.
circles
They
with the radii x v xv x2 = 2 P --, xn _ lf where x l = Z xz = z p xn-i = -^n -!-?-! The areas of these sections, begin ^ ning with the base of the solid, are therefore TTX^ TTX?, TTX^ ., ^-i* where XQ = CK.
"
>
The solid is now cut into n slices of altitude Ay. may consider the volume of each as to of that a approximately equal cylinder with
We
70
its
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
base coincident with the base of the slice and its altitude equal The sum of the volumes of the n cylinders is
and the limit of this sum as n is indefinitely increased is, by defi revolution. nition, the volume of the solid of and in accordance with reasonable be to is seen This definition Whatever the definifollows. as volume of the common conception
I
IS
FIG. 23
tion of volume,
of the
it is
is
the
sum
volumes
is
of its parts,
of a solid inclosing
another
solid inclosed. greater than that of the be the volume of the slice Let then vol. 4 4 3 (for example) S
N N PP
P
of the plane figure 4 3 generated by the revolution and S S parallel to OY. Then evidently the lines
NN
and draw
PR
vol.
N N SE
9
>
vol.
N^N.PR
3
>
vol.
vol.
or
>
vol.
N N SP
S
vol.
N N,SP
8
But
and
vol.
Z 4
vol.
N N PR = 7rN lf N N = irx^y =
-
TT
(x s
+ Aa?)*Ay.
71
vol.
and consequently
Lim
vol.
^.
48
= 1.
vol.
Therefore the volume of the slice differs from that of the cylinder by an infinitesimal of higher order than that of either (2), and
therefore the limit of the
sum
same
as that of the
finally,
sum
of the
Hence,
vol.
x*dy.
(1)
if
either
or
on OY.
Similarly, the volume generated by revolving about OX a figure bounded by OX, two straight lines x = a and x = b(a I), and curve not OX is any crossing
<
TT
f
Ja
fdx.
(2)
To evaluate either of these integrals it is of course necessary express x in terms of y, or y in terms of x, or both x and y terms of a new variable, from the equation of the curve. The volume of a solid generated by a plane figure of other
than that just handled
to
in
shape
or
may
sum
Take the axis of revolution as OF (fig. 24) and a line through the center as OX. Then the 2 2 2 equation of the circle is (x b) + y = a The volume required is the difference between the volume generated by CLEKD and that generated by CLFKD. But the volume generated by CLEKD is 7r where xi = b + vV2 - y*, and the volume generated j_ X\dy
.
by
CLFKD
is TT
C* xfdy where
a
z2
- Va2 -
y\
72
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
is
J-a
C"
(x*
-xftdy
38.
Volume
of
Fig.
25 represents a
is drawn perpen line solid with parallel bases. The straight where at a, and A, y dicular to the bases, cutting the lower base be x of I. any line may base at 7?, where y (The axis
OY
the upper
is
is
= Ay,
and
let planes be passed through each point of division parallel to the bases of the solid. Let A Q be the area of the lower base
of
the
solid,
A^ the area
of the
first section parallel to the base, A the area of the second sec
2
tion,
and
so on,
An _
the
upper
base.
Then
^4
Ay
of a cyl represents the volume inder with base equal to A Q and volume of a cylinder represents the altitude equal to Ay, as a base and extending to the section standing on the next section next above, and so forth. It is clear that
A^y
4, Ay
is
+ ^ Ay + 4, Ay +
of
+ ^ n _iAy
the
solid,
of this
sum
as
volume
That
may
Ua
Ady.
73
terms of
variable.
find the value of this integral it is necessary to express in or both and in terms of some other y, y independent
This
is
The
a problem of geometry which must be solved solids of revolution are special cases. It is clear
that the previous discussion is valid if the upper base reduces to a point, i.e. if the solid simply touches a plane parallel to its base. Similarly, both bases may reduce to points.
Ex. 1. Two ellipses with equal major axes are placed with their equal axes coinciding and their planes perpendicular. A variable ellipse moves so that its center is on the common axis of the given ellipses, the plane of the moving
ellipse
ellipses.
FIG. 26
Let the given ellipses be ABA B (fig. 26) with semiaxes OA = a and OB = 6, ACA C with semiaxes OA = a and 0(7 = c, and let the common axis be OX. Let be one position of the moving ellipse with the center P where OP = x. Then if A is the area of
and
NMN M
NMN M
=
But from the
TT
PM-PN.
(by
35,
Ex.
1)
ellipse
ABA B
7-2
b2
ellipse
A CA C
PN
-j
a2
~~c?~
Therefore
be PM.PN=(a -x
2
2
).
is
-a a2
The
solid
is
called an ellipsoid
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
Ex.
angles.
2.
The axes
of
common
to the cylinders.
be the axes and Let (fig. 27) their common per of the cylinders, pendicular at their point of intersection 0, and a the radius of the base of each
OA
OB
OF
cylinder.
Then
the
figure
represents
one eighth of the required volume V. A plane passed perpendicular to OF intersects at a distance 0^ y from the solid in a square, of which one side
is
NP = VoP - ON =
2
2
a2
2
.
Therefore
and
39.
F=
a simple and important result in those cases in which A can be not greater than 3. Let expressed as a polynomial in y of degree
r -4% leads to Ja
I
us place
A=
a
of the solid.
and take 0, for convenience, in the lower base if h is the altitude of the solid,
Then
= p
J
(a Q y*
+a
a 8 ) dy
If
now we
place
base,
of the
and we have
midway be
The formula
for
V then
becomes
V = -(B6
This
is
known
75
a given solid,
The most important and frequent quadratic polynomial in y. In this way the student may show that the formula applies to frustra of pyramids, prisms, wedges,
cones, cylinders, spheres, or solids of revolution in which the gen erating curve is a portion of a conic with one axis parallel to the
and also to the complete solids just named. The formula takes its name, however, from its applicability to the solid called the prismoid, which we define as a solid having for its two ends dissimilar plane polygons with the same number of sides and the corresponding sides parallel, and for its lateral
axis of revolution,
faces trapezoids.*
is applicable to a more general solid, faces are plane polygons lying in parallel planes and faces are triangles with their vertices in the vertices
of these polygons.
Finally, if the number of sides of the polygons of the last defined solid is allowed to increase without limit, the solid goes
over into a solid whose bases are plane curves in parallel planes and whose curved surface is generated by a straight line which
To such a
solid the
formula also
91, Ex.
is
5).
The formula
tangular coordinates. To find the length of any curve AB (fig. 28), assume n l
%_ lt between A and B and connect each pair of consecutive points by a straight line. The length
points, JJ, 7J,
,
FIG. 28
of
AB
is
sum
n
is
P^ P
of
2 P^>
.,
J^^B
as
104).
*
The
ih:it
definition of the prismoid is variously given by different authors. solid most closely with the prism.
We
adopt
76
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
Let the coordinates of J? be
(x.,
y^ + Ay).
of the
y ) and those of J?+1 be (x.+ Aa;, chord 7^+1 is V(Aa;) 2 + (A?/) 2 and
z
the length of AB is the limit of the sum of the lengths of the n chords as n increases indefinitely. But V(A) 2 + (Ay) 2 is an infini
tesimal which differs
infinitesimal of higher order.
Lim
>l
Now
if a; is
Lim
-
-7-
=1
Hence Lim
= 1.
Therefore
length of the curve, we may replace V(A^) Therefore if s is the length of AB, we have
2
_
^x
(4).
(
dx (4);
if a; is
not
in
finding
the
.
+ (Ay)
2 1 by ^/dx + dy
(1)
where (J) and (5) denote the values of the independent variable for the points A and B respectively. If x is the independent variable, and the abscissas of A and B are a and b respectively, (1) becomes
d y\ = \c \^ + / dx \dx/ Ja N
)
( v
2)
If
are c
y is the independent variable, and the values and d respectively, (1) becomes
of
y at
and
-jR
If a? and y are expressed in terms of an independent parameter t, and the values of t for A and B respectively are t and t lt (I) be comes / \ 2 TTTi
,>/
77
to the
= 4px
(A, k).
Formula
(2)
gives
= =
\
I
Jo
s
\
r
k
----- dx. c
.
Formula
(3) gives
| 2p Jo
vy
Ex.
2.
ellipse.
x2
If the
is
--
7/
\-
1,
we have
where
then
-s=
4
,
ra
I
Jo
-\
a2
- && ^ dx. - x2
Let us place x
asin</>;
a f
t/O
Vl-
e2 sin 2
d0.
The
We
(
therefore expand
31,
Ex. 4)
Vl-
_
thus
e2
indefinite integral
Vl
-i
cannot be found in terms of elementary functions. into a series by the binomial theorem e2 sin 2
sin 2
0= 1-
-e 2 sin 2
--<
all
<
1;
then
f\\n*<t>d<t>
--i^-e6
2-4-6
Jo
f sm60d0 ---- \
J
The length
accuracy.
of the ellipse
may now
The formula
= r
I
(/?)
,
-Jdof+dy*
J(A)
of
= r cos 6,
= r sin 6.
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
Then
dx
and
Therefore
=/
/3
(1)
J(A)
If 6 is
and
are a
and
becomes
I
ft
=1
If r is the
NT
U
A
(r
dr.
/dr
(2)
are
a and
b respectively, (1)
and
dr
(3)
42.
The
differential of arc.
From
it
follows
9) that
ds
=
t
(1)
This relation between the differentials of x y, and s is often rep resented by the triangle of fig. 29. This figure is convenient as a
device for memorizing formula should be borne in mind that
rigorously equal to dy
rigorously equal to
ds.
(
(1),
but
is
it
RQ
nor
not
5),
In
fact,
PQ RQ = Ay
is
and PQ = As, but since Ay and As differ from dy and ds respectively by infinitesi mals of higher order, the use of RQ as dy and of PQ as ds is justified by the
theorems
used as a plane right triangle, we have an easy method of recalling the formulas
of
3.
If
now
the triangle of
fig.
29
is
dx
as
= cos
</>,
79
=
u
2
,
we
find
is
(2)
which
is the arc where suggested by the triangle of fig. 30, This OP=r. radius with circle a of arc the and curve of any formulas the also a as used gives straight-line figure, figure, if
PQ
PR
tan
^=
rdO
>
cos
dr
. .
Y = as
dr
sin
= rdd
ds
of revolu
is
43.
tion.
Area of a surface
A
AB
surface of revolution
FIG. 30
surface generated
of
its
plane
37).
Let the
curve
-, P n _^ P^ consecutive of each connect and points by between A and B, pair since the in omitted are lines they figure a straight line. These are so nearly coincident with the arcs. The surface generated by
OY
n
as an axis.
1 points, J^,
To
2,
AB
the
is
sum
by
as
n chords
AP
lt
J?JJ,
PP
2
3
P B n_
v
n
of
X
of Pi
t
may
mentary geometry. be (x it y ) and those of Jf+l be (x + A#, y + Ay). Then the has for the radius of the frustum of the cone generated by i+l lower base N^, and for of the the radius for base upper i+l lf +l) is therefore area lateral Its J-P slant its equal to height i+r
i
t
%P
1^PP
But
=x
80
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
This
is
an infinitesimal which
differs
from
= 2 Trx.ds
by an infinitesimal of higher order, and therefore the area gener ated by A B is the limit of the sum of an infinite number of these terms. Hence, if we represent the required area by S we have y
,
/(
\
xds.
(1)
J(A)
To evaluate the
x, or express x
integral,
we must
and ds in terms
of y, or express both
x and ds in
terms of some other independent variable. Similarly, the area generated by revolving
yds.
AB
about
OX is
(2)
XCB)
.
[>
37.
The equation
is
2
6)
+
2
z/
a2
and
ds
= Jl + (^} dy = V /
the
a
2
dy.
2
LFK (fig.
sum
by the arcs
dii y
LEK &nd
Sy
27T
va(xi +
ra
CL
a;*)
-v//-2
_ 1/2
dy
fa
4 irab
I
"
= 4 7T2 a6.
0/2
->Jri^.
PROBLEMS
1
.
2.
Find the area bounded by the axis of x and the parabola x 2 - 16 x + 4 y = 0. Find the area included between a parabola and the tangents at the ends
(The equation of the parabola referred to these tangents
(I,
as axes
3.
is
x*
y*
a*
69).)
Find the
total area
= ~7 2
2 ^~
and
its
asymptote
PROBLEMS
a Find the area bounded by the catenary y - (e 4- e = h. lines x the 2 4 = a 2& 2 x 2 4 2 5. Find the total area of the curve a y + &
81
n
f
-\
j,
4.
the axis of x,
and
6.
x,
8.
units
circle of radius
a cut
off
by a chord h
9.
y2
2
= X 2 (a its
x).
10.
11.
(x
2
)
a x2 and
asymptotes.
Show
by the hyperbola
is
^ ^
log f
I
1,
the axis of x,
+
-^j.
y-|2
= - log -*y
-y
J"2
^ 2-z
i
2
>
= +
y
i
a(<f>
Find the area between the axis of x and one arch of the cycloid - sin0), y = a (I cos<).
14. Find
the areas of each of the two portions into which the circle
is
X2
divided
2 by the parabola y
2x
2
15.
= -
0.
4y
line
3x-2y
- 4=0.
bounded by the parabolas
y*
18 x
and
and two
19. In the hyperbolic spiral r6 = a show that the area bounded by the spiral radii vectors is proportional to the difference of the length of the radii.
of the spiral of
Archimedes
from
ad in the
first
revolution.
r=asec<9
21
+ cos0). + 6 when b a. Find the area bounded by the curves r = a cos 30 and r = Find the area of a loop of the curve r2 = a2 cos nO. Find the area of a loop of the curve r = a sin n0. Find the area of a loop of the curve r cos0 = a cos 20.
a(l
a cos0
>
a.
82
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
=
2 2
)
by
28. Find the area of the loop of the curve r2 the initial line. 29. Find the total area of the curve (x 2
a2 cos 2
cos
which
is
bisected
=
+
4 a 2x 2
4 6 2 ?/ 2
(Transform (Transform
to polar coordinates.)
2 30. Find the area of the loop of the curve (x 2 3
?/
)
4 a-x 2 y 2
to polar coordinates.)
31. Find the volume generated by revolving about OY the surface bounded by the coordinate axes and the curve x* + yl = ai 32. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about OF the plane surface bounded by OF and the hypocycloid x* + y$ a*.
33. Find the volume of the solid formed
by revolving about
OX the
OF
figure
(e
e~
),
h.
x2
--
the plane
and the
line
4 a2
bounded by the
cissoid
2
?/
2a -
by revolving about
OX the
plane
the line x
a,
of x
36. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about of the circle x2 + y 2 = a2 cut off by the chord x = h.
OF a segment
37. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving a semicircle of radius a around an axis parallel to the boundary diameter of the semicircle, (1) when the arc of the semicircle is concave toward the axis; (2) when the arc is convex toward the axis.
38. Find the volume of the solid formed
by revolving an
ellipse
around
its
major
axis.
by revolving the
ellipse
a2
=
62
around OY(d
>
a).
by revolving about
line
OX the
OF the
=
sur
by the hyperbola
^L
and the
a2
62
h.
sur
y.
a2
62
1,
the lines y
h.
42. Find the volume of the solid formed the figure bounded by the curve y
line
= sin x,
the lines
and x = -
and the
y=
a.
43. Find the volume generated by revolving about the axis of x the figure bounded by the parabola y 2 = 4 px and the line x = h.
44. Find the volume of the solid formed by revolving about OF the bounded by the parabola y 2 = 4_px, the axis of y, and the line y=h.
figure
PROBLEMS
the figure bounded
83
a
h.
45. Find the volume of the solid formed by revolving about the line x 1 by that line, the parabola y = 4 px, and the lines y =
"by
46. Find the volume of the solid formed the figure bounded by the parabola y 2 47.
= Ipx and
its
Find the
section of the
axes being 6 and Vc in. respectively, the greater being parallel to the axis of the boiler. The diameter of the boiler is 48 in. What is
band
the
is
volume
band
49. Find the volume of the solid generated a(l + cos0) about the initial line.
50. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about bounded by the axes of coordinates and the tractrix. 51. Prove
OY the
figure
by the method
of
is
equal to the product of one third the altitude by the area of the base.
52. Prove that the volume of a right conoid is equal to one half the product and its altitude. (A conoid is a surface generated by a moving straight line which remains parallel to a fixed plane and intersects a fixed straight line.
of its base
moving line is perpendicular to the fixed line, the conoid is a right conoid. The base is then the section made by a plane parallel to the fixed line, and the altitude is the distance of the fixed line from the plane of the base.)
If the
53.
On
x2
\-
2 y -
=1
an
a2
ft
isosceles triangle is
constructed with its altitude equal to the length of the ordinate. Find the volume generated as the triangle moves along the axis of the ellipse from vertex to vertex.
54. Find the volume cut
from a right circular cylinder by a plane through making an angle with the plane of the base.
55. Find the volume of the wedge-shaped solid cut from a right circular cylinder by two planes which pass through a diameter of the upper base and are tangent to the lower base. 56. Two circular cylinders with the same altitude have the upper base in common. Their other bases are tangent at the point where the perpendicular from the center of the upper base meets the plane of the lower bases. Find the volume common to the cylinders. 57.
Two
parabolas have a
common
axis but
lie
in per
moves with its center on the common axis, its plane perpendicular to the axis, and its vertices on the parabolas. Find the volume generated when the ellipse has moved to a distance h from the com
pendicular planes.
ellipse
An
mon
58. cylinder passes through great circles of a sphere which are at right angles to each other. Find the common volume.
84
59.
APPLICATIONS TO GEOMETRY
A
variable circle moves so that one point
is
always on
OY
its
center
is
always on the
x2
ellipse
\-
y2
-
1,
and
its
plane
is
60. Two equal four-cusped hypocycloids are placed with their planes per pendicular and the straight line joining two opposite cusps of one in coinci dence with a similar line in the other. A variable square moves with its plane
its
vertices in the
two curves.
61.
Two
equal ellipses are placed with their major axes in coincidence and
their planes perpendicular. straight line moves so as always to intersect the ellipses and to be parallel to a plane perpendicular to their common axis. Find
by the surface generated. moves so that one side has one end in OY and the a?. The ratio of the other side of the rectangle to the one mentioned is - and the plane of the rectangle is perpendicular to OF.
64. Find the length of the semicubical parabola y 2 the point for which x = h.
65. Find the length of the curve y
log
ex
from x
I
1 to
2.
66. Find the total length of the four-cusped hypocycloid x 5 67. Find the length of the catenary from x
68. Find the length of the tractrix y
y*
= at.
=
a
to
h.
log
~
\b,
= htox =
a.
- Va 2 -
x2
f-V + (-\*=1.
(aj
(x
2
y"
2 p) 3
from x
= 2p
=
a(0
to
h.
to cusp of
the cycloid x
sin0),
a(l
72. 73.
to cusp.
circle
a cos
+ a0
sin 0,
74.
If the
From a
thread
is
unwound.
is
by
its
end
of a suspension bridge hangs in the form of a parabola. The lowest point of the cable is 50 ft. above the water, and the points of suspension are 100 ft. above the water and 1000 ft. apart. Find the length of the cable. 75.
The cable
PROBLEMS
is
85
76. Show that the length of the logarithmic spiral between any two points proportional to the difference of the radii vectors of the points.
f\
77.
a sin 8 -.
3
Find the length of the cardioid r = a (I + cos0). 80. Find the area of a zone of a sphere bounded by the intersections of the sphere with two parallel planes at distances ^i and h from the center.
79.
2 portion of the parabola y
81. Find the area of the curved surface formed by revolving about = 4 px between x = and x = h.
OX the
82. Find the area of the curved surface of the catenoid formed
by revolving
h and x
about
(e"
+e
between x
h.
log 2 a
.
u.
a
u,
x2 fr + Va - - v a2 2 - Va - x 2
-f *
i*
by revolving about
OY the
tractrix
x2 .
84
OY the hypocycloid
by revolving an arch of the cycloid sin0), y = a (I a(0 cos0) about OX. 86. Find the surface area of the oblate spheroid formed by revolving an ellipse about its minor axis.
by revolving an
initial line
around
its
major
axis.
(I
cos 6).
initial line
the lemniscate r 2
2 a 2 cos 2
0.
CHAPTEE V
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
44. Work. The application of the definite integral to determine the work done in moving a body in a straight line against a force 21. Problems for the in the same direction has been shown in
student will be found at the end of this chapter. The case of a body moving in a curve, or acted on by forces not in the direction of the motion, is treated in Chap. XIV.
45. Attraction.
Two
and
respectively, separated
(YY)
by
a distance
is
r,
force equal to
Jc
^
wyi
>
where k
the units of force, distance, and mass. units are so chosen that k = 1.
We
shall
Let
of
it
now
mass
be required to find the attraction of a material body upon a particle of unit mass situated at a point A. Let
the body be divided into n elements, the mass of each of which may be represented by Am, and let J? be a point at which the mass of
one element
may
be considered as concentrated.
Then the
>
attrac
on the particle
at
A
of
is
where r
cos
= P A,
L
and
6[
its
OX
is
it
where
the angle between the directions JF*A and OX. The whole body, therefore, exerts upon the particle at A an attraction whose
is
OX is
equal to
-*
{
Lim
7i
= co
V
i=\
Am.
If
now
cos 6[., r
.,
and
Am may
\
independent variable,
-.-
we
^
Lim
W=C
tr=l
V ^ Am = J
80
ATTRACTION
where the limits
87
of integration are the values of the independent variable so chosen that the summation extends over the entire
body.
The manner
in
which
this
may
is
Find the attraction of a uniform wire of length I and mass on a par unit mass situated in a straight line perpendicular to one end of the wire and at a distance a from it.
Ex.
ticle of
Let the wire OL (fig. 32) be placed in the axis of y with one end at the origin, and let the particle of unit mass be at A on the axis of x where A Divide OL into a.
Ay.
Then,
if
p is the
of length of the wire, the mass of each element is pAy A?M. shall consider
We
//.
,-
first
point,
and
shall
in
way
obtain
an approximate ex-
pression for the attraction due to the element, this approximation being the
better, the smaller
is
A
l
Ay.
The
is
then approximately
The component
OX is
in the direction
Y is
i
m sin
Then,
the total
if
rMir = (JAM
(a
2
is
the total
component
parallel to
parallel to
OX, and
y
To
verify this
^Ay
2
=
)
2 3
2/
^o(
we may show
MiM
+l
,
differs
from
the approximate attraction, which we have used, by an infinitesimal of higher order. Let I be the true x-component of the attraction of 7X the approx { Mi + 1 imate attraction found by assuming that the whole mass of 31,-3/i .V,. 1 is at
88
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
and J2 the approximate attraction found by assuming that the whole mass of I /i; that is, -2 1. But is at Jfi + i. Then, evidently, I2
< <
<
<
*1
Ay
-
pato
,
and
(a
Vi 1
Ay )2] |
^= [
Jj
*t
J + Ay )2]!
Therefore
La2
4"
(Vi
Lim
and Lim
1.
Hence
Ii differs
from I by an
infinitesimal of higher
order ( 2), and may therefore be used in place of I in finding the limit of a sum (3). A similar discussion may be given for the y-component. To evaluate the integrals for X and F, place y = a tan 6. Then, if
a = tan- x - = OAL.
a
X
since
If
cos a Jo
i I
dd
- sin a
P
at
sin
or,
P T=a
Zp
=
is
ra sin0d0 Jo
-(1 av
cos a)
wi
:(! ar
cos a),
m.
the magnitude of the resultant attraction and
/3
the angle
which
its
line of action
/3
tan- !
F=
tan- 1
cos
sin
- a. 2
uniform depth
Consider a plane surface of area A^4 immersed The of h units below the surface.
of liquid of
submerged surface supports a column the weight of which is wh&A, where liquid) is the weight of a unit volume is the total pressure on the immersed
unit of area
is
volume h&A,
(a
of the liquid.
surface.
then
which
is
independent of the
size of
AA We
may
accordingly
think of
&A
as infinitesimal
and define
point h units below the surface. By the laws of hydrostatics this pressure is exerted equally in all directions. may accord
We
ingly determine the pressure on plane surfaces which do not lie parallel to the surface of the liquid in the following manner. Let be in the surface of the liquid, and OH, for which (fig. 33)
OX
the positive direction is downward, be the axis of li. Consider a surface bounded by a portion of OH, two horizontal
ABCD
PRESSURE
lines
89
AD (h = a)
Divide
and BC(h
= b),
x=f(h).
AB
into
-
n segments,
AMV
M^M^
MM
Z
S,
-,
_l
each equal to
= AA,
and
draw a Hue
parallel
to
M^ through
OX.
Consider
i
each point
now
the ele
i
ment
of area
I?J?+ l
M + v where M^ = x
i+l
=/(/*,).
Its area is
{
between
is
M P and M
t
MM
{
and
altitude
some
24),
and
<
+ ej AA, where
c Ax. The pressure on the element would be wh (x + e.) AA, if all points of FIG. 33 =h the element were at the depth and would be w(k -\- Ah)(x -j-e^AA, if all points were at the depth Consequently, the pressure on J^Jf+1 i} 1 is plus an infinitesimal of higher order. Therefore the total pressure P on the area ABCD is
i
t,
P = Lim Y
==
=n-l
s*b
s*b
^ajrfA
=w
7if(h)dh.
*/a
it
The modification
to areas
is
on a verti
cal circular area, a being the radius of the circle and 6 the depth of the center.
and the pressure on the strip LKIG is 2wh\/a 2 -(h -6) 2 AA, except for an infin
itesimal of higher order. Therefore the total pressure on the circle is
_a
Va 2 -
(h
6)
Mh.
<f>
To
integrate, place h
JT
a sin
then
= 2w C ^
90
If the
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
equation of the curve
c
CD
(fig.
33)
is
x =f(y), referred to
OX
of A and B respectively. being the y coordinates circle in .the used is example, the center of the formula If this of coordinates, we have being taken as the origin
a and
=2w f
J
a
(6
47
of masses z lt Center of gravity. Consider n particles P P -, y ), s at the points P^(x v y^ 2 (% 2 y z ), 8 (x 8 -, n placed form these of The weights particles 20 (fig- 35 ) respectively. a system of parallel forces equal to
,
m m
Pi
where g is -, n g, s g, 2 g, mtf, the acceleration due to gravity. The resultant of these forces is the total
weight
W of the n
>
particles,
where
H-----h
mg
n
ff
=a
m...
FIG. 35
This resultant acts in a line which about tion that the moment of
is is
sum
of the
moments
weights. that gravity acts parallel to OY, and thatthe line in a point the abscissa of which is x. Then cuts of action of and the moment of one of the is about the moment of f
of the
first
Suppose
W
g
OX
gx^ m
n weights Hence
is
m^.
g*^>i=*9
to OX, the line of action of the Similarly, if gravity acts parallel in a point the ordinate of which is y, where resultant cuts
OF
CENTER OF GRAVITY
These two lines
of
91
which
are
Furthermore,
to either
OX
XO Y plane,
its
through G.
This
may
be shown by
and respectively, two components parallel to particle into of each set of components in the manner just resultant the finding
shown, and then combining these two resultants. plane, it may still If gravity acts in a direction not in the the but acts proof requires be shown that its resultant through G,
OX
XOY
of gravity of the n imrticles. If it is desired to find the center of gravity of a physical body, the problem may be formulated very roughly at first by saying that of an infinite number of particles of matter is made the
The point
body
up
each with an infinitesimal weight hence the formulas for the co ordinates of G must be extended to the case in which n is infinite.
;
More
in question
solution of the problem is as follows. The body precisely, the is divided into n elementary portions such that the
may
is
be considered as concentrated at a point the total mass of the body, the mass of each
t ,
element
coordi may be represented by Aw. Then if (x ?/,) are the nates of the point at which the mass of the iih element is concen the equations trated, the center of gravity of the body is given by
= Lim and
= Lim
Am
can be expressed in forms of a single inde values become these pendent variable,
In case x it
y.^
I
Am
L_,
I
x dm
dm
y^-dm
I
dm
(2)
92
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
of integration are the values of the independent so chosen that the summation extends over the entire body. variable
It is to
be noticed that
it
i
is
possible, to
Lim 2* (#i +
.)
Am = Lim V x
--j3
-ns
zero.
Am,
if e^
approaches zero as
Am
approaches
The manner in which the operation thus sketched may be car ried out in some cases is shown in the following articles. Discus sion of the most general cases, however, must be postponed until
after the subjects of double
and triple integration are taken up. 48. Center of gravity of a plane curve. When we speak of the center of gravity of a plane curve we are to think of the curve as
the axis of a rod, or wire, of uniform small cross section.
Let
(fig. 36) be such a curve, and let p be the amount of matter per unit of
LK
length of the wire which surrounds LK. That is, if s is the length of the wire
and
o
is its
mass,
we have
for a
homo-
Am = = a p
As
for a
constant
and
nonhomogeneous wire
Lim -T
.
Am = dm -=p=a
As
ds
function of
s.
its
47 may be
whence
x = --I
pxds
>
---y=
I
py ds
p ds
(1)
pds
The
for
and K.
93
is
become
sx
x ds,
sy=
y ds,
(2)
where
Ex.
s is
the length of
LK.
circle
1.
x2
lies in
the
first
quadrant.
dy*
We
have
ds
= Vdz2 +
x ds
= -dx =
I
-dy.
/r /n
=
(I
Jm
a dy
a2
yds=
s
a dx
a2
and
ira
i
a quarter circumference.
Hence
= 2a
of the
also be solved
a cos 0, y
a sin
0.
Then
fx ds
a2 f
cos
d0
= =
a2
f y ds = a2 f
Therefore
x
a2
=
7T
as before.
Find the center of gravity of a quarter circumference of a circle when of matter in a unit of length is proportional to the length of the arc measured from one extremity. We have here p = ks, where k is constant. Therefore, if we use the para
Ex.
2.
the
amount
__
/r
pxds
I
sxds = = J__ _ a =
!
c
J_o
a 3 0cos0d0
(* TT
8)
/.Csyds
|
/;
2
ipyds
a
**
fpds
fsds
94
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
49. Center of gravity of a plane area. By the center of gravity of a plane area we mean the center of gravity of a thin sheet of
matter having the plane area as its middle section. We shall first assume
is of the form of fig. 37, bounded the axis of x, the being by curve yf(%), and two ordinates. Divide the area into n elements by n l ordinates which divide AB into n parts each equal to A#. We de
note by p the mass per unit area. That is, if A is the area and the
mass,
we have
for a
Am = = a p
and
for a
constant
nonhomogeneous sheet
.Lim
T
.
of
matter
.
Am = dm = = a p
dA
,,
variable.
Hence
in (2),
47,
we
place
dm = p dA = py dx,
since for the area in question
dA = y dx
((1),
35).
Consider
of the
elements
MNQP,
where
lines
OM = x,
PR
>
ON = x + Aa?, MP = y, NQ = y + Ay,
QS
parallel to
and
of the rectangle
MNRP
x
-
may
y\ }
be con-
+ (A
Accordingly the mass of
at a point
x
-
and the
A?/\
(A^c
MNQP may be considered
2>
#H
- vH
as concentrated
nates
MP
which lies above G v below G and between the ordi and NQ. The coordinates of any such point may be
(
expressed as
-f-
p&x,
where
-)>
0=^>=1,
0=^ =
/ \
?/
1.
from those
of
(x,
~) by
of the
same order
as A#.
95
as con
mass
of
MNQP
become
(x,
|Y
Hence formulas
(2),
47,
r
I
pydx
If
is
\xydx
\
,
(2)
\
y dx
ydx
Ax = Cx dA,
If it is
Ay =
\y dA.
(3)
of gravity of a plane area of required to find the center the that other shape than preceding method may be just discussed, 2. Ex. illustrated modified in a manner by
If
dently
upon
it,
and
if
may
OX or OF, be written
down
Ex.
at once.
Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the parabola the axis of x, and the ordinate through a point (h, k) of (fig. 38), ?/ the curve. Here
1.
= 4px
Ax = f xydx =
Jo
r Ay =i * Jo
I
y^dx
2p
c Jo
t
and
A=
Jo
r!
/i
Therefore
;3
h,
fc.
96
Ex.
(fig.
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
2.
ellipse
a2
^=1
b2
by the chord through the positive ends of the axes of the curve. Divide the area into elements by lines parallel to OF. If we let y 2 be the ordinate of a point on the ellipse, and y l the ordinate of a point on the chord, we
have as the element of area
dA =
may be
(y z
2/1)
dx.
The mass
of this element
considered as concentrated at (x
\
r
Hence
x = ^
I
/.a
/ Jo
(yz
"*"
yi)xdx
y\)
(2/2
dx
y
FIG. 39
From
2/i
"^a
(a
- x).
nO,
The denominator
ellipse
(y z
- y$ dx
is
minus that
of a right triangle,
i.e. is
--
Hence
E_l\
2/
3(:r-2)
OF
Consider a solid of revolution generated by re the plane area bounded by OF, a curve x =/(y),
Y. The solid may be resolved into elements by passing planes perpendicular to at a distance dy apart (37). The same planes divide the surface of revolution into elements ( 43). If the density of the solid is uniform, it is
and two
lines perpendicular to
OY
evident from the symmetry of the figure that the mass either of an element of the solid or of the surface may be considered as Y at the point where one of the planes which fixes the lying in element cuts OY.
97
O Y,
so that
Now
face,
if
V is
we
have, by
37 and
7TX
2
43,
dV=
dy
and
dS=2Trx ds.
we have
of gravity of the solid Consequently, to find the center 47 (2) by p-jrtfdy with the result to replace dm of
piracy
dy
7rI
-=-TT\
x*y dy
(1)
p-n-rfdy
x*dy
and to find the center of gravity 47 (2) dm = have to place in 2 Trpx ds with the result
I
we
2 Trpxy ds
xy ds
(2)
2 Trpx ds
x ds
I
Find the center of gravity segment of one base generated by revolving the area BDE OF. (fig. 40) about
Ex.
1.
of a spherical
Let
OB = a and OE = c. The is x 2 + y 2 = a 2
equa
and
Ex.
of Ex.
2.
1.
we have
ds
and therefore
JI c
xyds
Jc
ydy
ft
Xa
The center
of gravity lies half
way between
and
7>.
98
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
of a
The pressures acting on the elements a system of parallel forces perpen form area submerged plane dicular to the plane. The resultant of these forces is the total
51. Center of pressure.
pressure
P( 46) and
To
it
find the center of pressure of an area of the type pressure. considered in 46, we may proceed in a manner analogous to that
used in finding the center of gravity of a plane area, only we have now to consider, instead of the weight of an element, the weight
of the
column
of liquid
which
it
sustains.
be the coordinates of the center of pressure. Then (x, h) the moment of the total pressure about OX is Ph, and the moment Also the pressure on an is Px. of the total pressure about
Let
OH
force equal to wh^Ah plus an 33) is infinitesimal of higher order ( 46). By symmetry this force acts at the middle point of the element, the coordinates of which are
(fig.
a"
and h if except
Zi
49).
Hence
the
moment
of this force
about
OX is whfx^h
Hence
s*l)
about
Now
of higher order. ^wli^f^li, except for infinitesimals the momentj of the resultant must be equal to the sum of the
ON is
moments
of the
component
t
forces.
1
=M
i
Ph = lAm^whfXi&h = w I n=a = Ja
>
h x dh,
,rb
= n-l
t
= oo =
i
J-
hx2 dh.
46.
Ja
Find the center of pressure of the circular area of the Ex., By symmetry it is evident that x = 0.
Ex.
Erom
TT
= 2w
C
t/
2
7T
a 2 cos2
7T
(6
a sin 0) 2
d(f>
(where h
7T
a sin 0)
7T
C cos 2 J _n
""
dtp
4 a s bw
J _1L
cos 2
sin
dQ
-- w
2
2
\
sin 2 2
d<}>
v_2E
But
P = vaPbw
(Ex.,
46).
Therefore h
a2
.
46
PROBLEMS
PROBLEMS
1.
99
positive charge
of electricity
is
is
fixed at 0.
The
repulsion on a unit
Find the
from
infinity to a distance
a from 0.
2.
Assuming
proportional to
find the
work done.
A =
piston
is
on the piston
ing pv
4.
fc,
free to slide in a cylinder of cross section S. The force acting p is the pressure of the gas in the cylinder. as the volume of the cylinder changes from vi to u 2 (1) assum
is
assuming pvy
k,
of area.
to
bag of radius a contains gas at a pressure equal to p per unit Assuming that the pressure per unit of area is inversely proportional the volume occupied by the gas, show that the work required to compress the
& is 4 7ra 3p log .
A spherical
The
resistance offered
by any conductor
in the con electricity is proportional to the distance traversed by the current ductor and inversely as the area of the cross section of the conductor. If a
source of electricity is applied to the entire interior surface of a cylindrical shell, and the current flows radially outward, what resistance will be encountered ? The length of the shell is h, the right circular section of the interior surface is
of radius a
and
is
of radius
6,
of the
made
offers
a resistance
6. A particle of unit mass is situated at a perpendicular distance c from the and length 2 I. Find the force center of a straight homogeneous wire of mass of attraction exerted in a direction at right angles to the wire.
7. Find the attraction of a uniform straight wire of mass upon a particle of unit mass situated in the line of direction of the wire at a distance c from one end.
8.
of unit
lines
Find the attraction of a uniform straight wire of mass upon a particle mass situated at a perpendicular distance c from the wire and so that drawn from the particle to the ends of the wire inclose an angle 6.
9.
upon a
10.
Find the attraction of a uniform circular wire of radius a and mass particle of unit mass situated at a distance c from the center of the ring
upon a
Find the attraction of a uniform circular disk of radius a and mass particle of unit mass situated at a perpendicular distance c from the center of the disk. (Divide the disk into concentric rings and use the result of Ex. 9.)
radius of
Find the attraction of a uniform right circular cylinder with mass Jf, its base a, and length Z, upon a particle of unit mass situated in the axis of the cylinder produced, at a distance c from ono end. (Divide the cylinder into parallel disks and use the result of Ex. 10.)
11.
100
12.
circle
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
Find the attraction of a uniform wire of mass bent into an arc of a with radius a and angle a, upon a particle of unit mass at the center of
the circle.
13. Prove that the total pressure on a plane surface is equal to the pressure at the center of gravity multiplied by the area of the surface. 14. Find the total pressure on a vertical rectangle with base 6 and altitude a, submerged so that its upper edge is parallel to the surface of the liquid at a distance c from it.
Find the center of pressure of the rectangle in the previous example. Find the total pressure on a triangle of base 6 and altitude a, submerged so that the base is horizontal, the altitude vertical, and the vertex in the surface
15. 16. of the liquid. 17.
lies in
Show that the center of pressure of the triangle of the previous example the median three fourths of the distance from the vertex to the base.
Find the
total pressure
is
18.
on a triangle of base 6 and altitude a, submerged in the surface of the liquid and the altitude vertical.
Show
the
2 b and alti submerged so that the base is horizontal, the altitude vertical, and the vertex, which is above the base, at a distance c from the surface of the liquid. 21. A parabolic segment with base 26 and altitude a is submerged so that its base is horizontal, its axis vertical, and its vertex in the surface of the liquid. Find the total pressure.
median half way from the vertex to the base. 20. Find the total pressure on an isosceles triangle with base
a,
tude
22. Find the center of pressure of the parabolic segment of the previous
example.
23.
its
base
is
parabolic segment with base 26 and altitude a is submerged so that in the surface of the liquid and its altitude is vertical. Find the
total pressure.
24. Find the center of pressure of the parabolic segment of the previous
example.
25. Find the total pressure on a semiellipse submerged with one axis in the surface of the liquid and the other vertical.
26. Find the center of pressure of the ellipse of the previous example.
27.
An
immersed
is
ft.,
with its base horizontal and vertex downward is Find the pressure on the triangle if the length of the base the altitude 3 ft., and the depth of the vertex below the surface 5 ft.
isosceles triangle
in water*.
28.
The centerboard
sides are 1
is
of a yacht
two parallel
and 2
3
ft.
is in the form of a trapezoid in which the respectively in length, and the side perpen in length. Assuming that the last-named side is
ft.
parallel to the surface of the water at a depth of 2 sides are vertical, find the pressure on the board.
*
ft.,
parallel
The weight
may
be taken as 62|
Ib.
PROBLEMS
101
29. Find the moment of the force which tends to turn the center-board of the previous example about the line of intersection of the plane of the board with the surface of the water.
is
30. Find the pressure on the centerboard of Ex. 28 if the plane of the board turned through an angle of 10 about its line of intersection with the surface
of the water.
31.
A dam
ft.
is
in the
its
two horizontal
sides
respectively, the longer side being at the top and the height 20 ft. .Assuming that the water is level with the top of the dam, find the total pressure.
moment
its
of the force
line.
which tends
to overturn the
dam of
Ex. 31
by turning
it
on
base
33. A circular water main has a diameter of 6 ft. One end is closed by a bulkhead and the other is connected with a reservoir in which the surface of the water is 100 ft. above the center of the bulkhead. Find the total pressure on the bulkhead.
pond of 10 ft. depth is crossed by a roadway with vertical sides. whose cross section is in the form of a parabolic segment with horizontal base on a level with the bottom of the pond, runs under the road.
34.
culvert,
of the
altitude 4
ft.,
segment of the parabolic segment is 6 ft. and on the bulkhead which temporarily
x2
a2 which
x*
+ y* =
36. Find the center of gravity of the arc of the four-cusped hypocycloid a* which is in the first quadrant.
x$
+ y* =
37. Find the center of gravity of the arc of the four-cusped a 3 which is above the axis of x.
hypocycloid
38. Find the center of gravity of the arc of the curve 9 ay 2 - x (x between the ordinates x = and x = 3 a.
39. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded
- 3 a) 2 =
by a parabola and a
axis.
40. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded = x s and any double ordinate.
by the semicubical
41. Find the center of gravity of the area of a quadrant of an ellipse. 42. Find the center of gravity of the area between the axes of coordinates and the parabola x* + y^ = a*.
43. Find the center of gravity of the area contained in the upper half of the loop of the curve ay2 = ax 2 xs
.
44.
Show
lies
on the
line
2 bisecting the angle of the sector at a distance a is the angle and a the radius of the sector. 3
a Sm ~9
.
102
APPLICATIONS TO MECHANICS
= sinx
e- h
45. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the curve y and the axis of x between x = and x = TT. 46 If the area to the right of the axis of y between the curve y =
^
?
VTT
and the
axis of x
is
what
is
= 4px
and the straight line y 49. Find the center of gravity of the plane area bounded by the two parabolas = 4 px, and x 2 = 4 py. 7/2 50. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the two parabolas _ 6) = 0, x2 4py = 0, the axis of y, and the line x = a. X2 _ 4_p
mx.
51. Find the center of gravity of the plane area 2 2 32 p 2 = 0. X 2 _ 4.py = o and the circle x + y 52. Find the
common
to the parabola
a2
y
62
=i
the circle x 2
y*
a2
of y.
53.
54. Find the center of gravity of the portion of a spherical surface bounded from the center. by two parallel planes at a distance hi and h^ respectively 55. Find the center of gravity of the solid formed by revolving about OX 2 line x = a. the surface bounded by the parabola y = 4px, the axis of x, and the 56. Find the center of gravity of the solid formed by revolving about 2 = 4px, the axis of y, and the line y plane figure bounded by the parabola y
OF the
=
k.
the 57. Find the center of gravity of the solid generated by revolving about the parabola line x = a the surface bounded by that line, the axis of x, and 58. Find the center of gravity of the solid formed by revolving about bounded by the parabola x 2 = 4py and any straight line through 59. Find the center of gravity of the solid formed
OY
the surface
the vertex.
by revolving about
lines
OF
~jp
and the
y=
and
y=b
61. Find the center of gravity of the surface of a right circular cone. 62. Find the center of gravity of the surface of a hemisphere when the
density of each point in the surface varies as the circular base of the hemisphere.
its
CHAPTEE VI
INTEGRATION OF RATIONAL FRACTIONS
52. Introduction.
The sum
is
a rational fraction in
its
known by elementary
.
^-\>
J?
where
F(x)
(X)
and
(A 3
(a s x
x2 + l z x + c 3 )
2 ).
sum
Here the linear polynomial a^x + & x appears both in the first and the second powers as denominators of fractions which have the same form of numerator, a constant also the quadratic polynomial 2 a^x 4- b 3 x + c 3 appears both in the first and the second powers as
;
sum
(a,x
is
denoted by
bz)
>
then
F(x)
= (a,x + ^)
(aj*
+ b,x + c,)\
and f(x), when determined, will be of lower degree than F(x). In both examples, f(x) and F(x) have no common factor and
f(x)
is of
104
We
possibility of separating
is of
in
which f(x)
F(x)
we have
53.
sum
Consider
fraction
are
no common
the degree of f(x) is not less than that of F(x), we can separate the fraction, by actual division, into an inte of the numera gral expression and a fraction in which the degree
factor.
tor is less
+ x +x - 18 x 2
x*+ x*+
Accordingly,
of f(x) is less
we
than that
is
Now
(I,
always equivalent to the product of linear factors F(x) and if the coefficients are not necessarily real which 42),
;
equivalent to the product of real linear shall limit ourselves in this and quadratic factors (I, 45). and shall assume coefficients real with to chapter polynomials
We
that the real linear and quadratic factors of F(x) can be found.
We
shall
make two
Case
I,
cases
is
repeated.
Case
II,
CASE
I.
As an example
F-(x)-= (a^x
& 2 ) (a 3 x*
lzx
+c
3 ).
May we
article, that
A
,
A
,
F(x)
where
A lt A v A and B
3
,
are constants
105
sum
is
member
denominator of which
is
F(x) and
t
is
of
lower degree than F(x). It will be proved in 55, 56 that A v A 2 A s and B s exist. As suming this, we may multiply both sides of (1) by F(x) with the
, , t
following result
f( x )
= A(
V+
+ (A
z
& 2)
a if*?+ \K + C s )+ A i( a i x +
3)
b i)
a ^*+
\ x + c a)
(2)
+B
(a,x
all
+ bj (,* + 6
values of
x,
2 ).
As
(2) is to
hold for
powers of
left-hand
x on the two
is
sides of the equation must be equal.* of degree three, and by hypothesis the
member
of degree
x*,
the coefficients of
x2
x,
no higher than three. Hence, placing and the constant term on the two sides
we have
which
unknown
constants
A v A A By
,
Solving these equations and substituting the values of A lt A 2 A 3 and 3 in (1), we have the original fraction expressed as the sum of three fractions, the denominators of which are the factors
,
of the denominator of the original fraction. said to be separated into partial fractions.
The
fraction
is
now
way
number
of the factors of
F(x) in ho
and there
will always be
the same
number
of the
unknown
_jz
+ an = b
,
xn
1
bix"
+ & M _ ia; + b n
(1)
are identical, so that (1) is true for all values of x, the coefficients of like powers of x on the two sides of (1) are equal, i.e. a Q 6 a 1 an i n Writing (1) in the equivalent form
=b
=b
(a
xn
(<*!
1
&!)*"-
4- (a B
_1
- &_!) x + (a n - &) = 0,
(2)
we have an
-,=&
ai
=b
a^
= bi,
Then (2) is true only for a certain number of values of x, since the number of roots of an algebraic equation is the same as the degree of the equation. But this is contrary to the hypothesis that (1), and therefore 6 (2), is true for all values of x. Hence a
= &i
>
&n
106
Ex.
1.
3) (x
4)
we assume
..**_.(x
A
x
3) (x
4)
B
x
r>
n C +3
2
(x -f 3) (x
4),
we have
(2) (3)
x2
+ +
11 x
11
a;
14
14
Since
(3) is to
hold for
must be equal.
Therefore
A + J5 + C = 1,
whence we
find
2,
B=
1,
and C
(1),
=
2
2.
we have
1
x2
(x
+ 11 x + 14 _ ~ + 3) (x 2 - 4)
2
2
3*
denominator are
all linear
and
different, as in this
ex
ample, the following special method is of decided advantage. In (2) let x have in succession such a value as to make one of the factors of the denominator of
the original fraction zero,
When
comes whence
= 4 = C=
x
2, (2)
4
2.
3.
when x =
becomes
2, (2)
be
5 C,
3, (2)
10
just used may seem to be invalid in that (2) apparently holds for all values of x except 2, 3, since these values make the multi 2, and
The method
plier (x
is
3) (x
4),
by which
(2)
(1), zero.
This objection
(2)
met, however, by considering that the two polynomials in and therefore equal for all values of x, including the values 2,
are identical
2
and
3.
Ex.
x3
2.
-I-
4 x2
-f-
1 x3 Since the degree of the numerator is not less than that of the denominator, we divide until the degree of the remainder is less than the degree of the
divisor,
and thus
find
x3
=1+
1
x3
2
The
real factors of
are x
-1
x
and x
+
x2
+
x
1.
Hence we assume
Bx+ C
x3
-I-
107
we have
4x2
C).
(3)
Equating
coefficients of like
we
A +B=
whence
A=
4 X2
2,
1
5=
2
2,
C=
2x +
X2
l
1.
Hence
X3
-l
2
X-l
x x
2
+ +
and
f4x + x3 - 1
2x4
1
x2
The values of A, 5, and C may also be found by assuming arbitrary values Thus when x = 1, (3) becomes 6 = 3 A when x = 0, (3) becomes l = A C; and when x = 2, (3) becomes 19 = 1A+2B+C; whence A = 2, C = 1, B = 2.
of x.
;
54.
CASE
II.
We
will
now
2
1)
For example,
2
3)
.
let
F(x)
= (ajc + &
(a z x
+ 6 (a^ + \x + c
2)
We
assume
2
,
ff+VH-y
(i)
by the work of 52. Multiplying (1) by F(x), we have an equation of the 6th degree in x, since the degree of f(x) is, by hypothesis, less than that of F(x). & b 2 Equating the coefficients of x x x*, x*, x x, and the constant term on the two sides of the equation, we have seven equations from which to determine the seven unknown constants, A v A[,
as suggested
,
,
It is evident that, granted the existence of these constants, the above method for determining them is perfectly general.
108
Ex.
1.
6 x2
-}-
16
we
We now
assume
X*-6X2
is
not
less
16
2X2
2)(x2-4)
2
3*2
(x
2) (x
----- --A
7?
(z
+ 2)(x2 -4)
C
1
4)
(x
2)2
(2)
Clearing of fractions,
we have
2)
2x 2 =
A (x (E
=
Equating the
C)x2
Q.
(3)
coefficients of like
we
B+C-
2,
whence
J.
=-
2,
B=
2x2
C=
Therefore substituting in
(2),
we have
2
2 (x + 2) (x
4)
(x
2)2
-+
x
2
so that finally
x*
-6x 2 +
16
_^
3
2)2
2
(x
(x+2)(x2-4)
Ex.
2.
2(x
2)
2(x-2)
3 x7
6_4-21
By
division
we
first find
~2
We now
assume
X
2
x3
-4x2 -7x +
x3-l2
B
3
Cx
1
2
(X
I)
(X
I)
(X
+D + I) 2
(2)
X2
Ex + F +X+1
and
clear of fractions.
The
result is
-E +
-B- 2C + D- E)x*
)
(3)
109
powers of x
in (3),
we
B+#=
0,
A+B-E + F=0,
2A+B+C -F=l, 3A-B-2C + D-E = - 4,
A
(4)
whence
--,# =
(X-l)2
0,
C=
3,
D=
4,
E=
0,
F=
jj.
(2),
we have
3(X-1)2
so that finally
2 (x 3
I)
3 (x 2
+
(x
3x
2
I)
l)
we have assumed that the given fraction can be separated into partial fractions, and proceeding on this as sumption we have been able to determine the unknown constants which were assumed in the numerators. We will now give a proof
In the last two articles
that a fraction can always be broken the types assumed in 53, 54.
>
up
f(x) Let the given fraction be J ^ where f(x) and F(x) are polyF(x) nomials having no common factor.
Let x
r be a linear factor of F(x) which occurs ra times, of the remaining factors. Then F(x)
F(x)
Now
the equation
(x
is
- r) m F^x)
A
(x
- r) m
(x
- r)
identically true,
110
If
f(r)~AF (r)=0,
then f(x) noted by (x
(3)
AF (x)
l
=
is divisible
by x
(I,
r)fv (x).
t
But by hypothesis neither f(x) nor F^(x) is divisible by (x-r) and hence f(r) and FJr) 0. Therefore, from (3),
=
a constant,
which
is
not zero.
With
this value of
A we
have
Applying
this
same method
i()
to
^_
yi r
y
>
y-i^^
,
we have
A
(f-
/.(^
where
A=
;
and
be zero
however, that A l may be zero, since f^(r) be infinite since F^(r) = 0. cannot t this method times in succession, we have Applying
It is to be noted,
may
but
m
r)
A
m
A
m-1
(x
-
A
(x
*
1
A
2
F(x)
(x
y
r)
r)"
F^x)
where
A Av A
z,
Am
which
is
the
only one which cannot be zero. By the above reasoning it is evident that corresponding to any times we may linear factor of the denominator which occurs
assume
fractions, the numerators of which are constant, and the denominators of which are respectively the mth, the (m l)st,
1st powers of the factor. After these fractions have been removed, the remaining frac,
tion,
i.e.
fmV (x} J
>
may
FAx)
111
In the above discussion r and the coefficients of f(x) and F(x) may be real or complex. Consequently, the method may be applied successively to each factor of F(x), thus making a complete separa
tion into partial fractions.
coefficients
If, however, /(#) and F(x) have real and we wish to confine ourselves to real polynomials, we apply the method to real linear factors only, and proceed in
will
the next article to deal with the quadratic factors. 56. Proceeding now to the case of a quadratic factor of F(x) of 2 2 the form (x which cannot be into +b real linear a) separated
y
,
factors,let
Then
/()
the equation
/(*)
2
Now
- a) + tifF^x) [(x
is
- of + b [(x
and
Ax + B
f(x)-(Ax + B)F
2
m
]
"*"
[(x
- a) + VfF^x)
2
(x)
identically true,
If
we can determine
f(a
and
so that
0,
0,
and
then f(x)
(I,
U and x
2
+U
and
(x
a)
+b
2
,
we can
place
f(x)
By
is
divisible
by
(x
a)
2
;
hence f(a
bi)
and
F^a
by
bi)
^ 0.
and
Doting
shall
have
&+
^i( a
P+
Qi)
^)
=*$F^a-li)
Qi,
by
P - Qi,
we
and
where
A(a
bi)
J>=P
and
zero at the
same
112
Therefore
+ B = P,
two equations from which A and values which cannot both be zero.
With
A
2
and
we have
f(x l_
F(x)
Ax + B
- a) + &}** [(x
- of + tf} m [(x
f,(x)
FJx)
we
F(x)
Ax + B m af + tf] [(x
Ax+B of + [(x
l
l
*"
fm (x)
time,
added that A and B may not be zero at the same and that any or all of the other constants may be zero. The same method may evidently be applied to each one of the
It should be
To sum
up,
if
F(x)
= (x
m r 1 ) (x
-r
n
z)
[(- a) + tf]
.
.".,
and we apply the above methods to the linear factors in succession and then to the quadratic factors in succession, we have finally
f(*)
f(x)
Cx + D _ a )*+ V]
2
+D [(x- a) + 6
C^x
2
-1
]
(x
a)
+b
where / is either zero or an integral expression in x. But if the degree of f(x) is less than that of F(x), and we
always reduce the fraction to this case by actual division,
shall
f(x\ z--*-
and
113
the fractions on the right-hand side of the equation are zero when x = co hence I is zero and the fraction is separated into
;
the partial fractions noted. 57. In the discussion of the last article the quadratic factors of the denominator are only those which represent the product of two
all
factors may be previously removed. But some of these real linear of the of determination the work case the in which surd, algebraic
numerators
tor is of the
53, 54)
is
burdensome.
If,
form x
work
I,
may
(1)
be avoided in the following manner It may be shown by a method similar to that used in
if
is
a ^/b F(x) has only rational coefficients, and x a + V& is also a factor, and hence that a factor of F(x), then x
44, 45, that
F(x) contains (x
(2)
If
2
of
n
b as a factor.
is
[(#
a)
b]
Then the
rational fraction
f(x]
"-^
may
be proved equal to
F(x)
[(a-
_ of- b]
[(x
- of- by^F^x)
to
The
the student.
Accordingly,
if all
type just noted, the fraction will be separated into partial fractions, the denominators of which 2 n 2 2 n n shall be of the forms (x and [(x a) b] a) + & ] r) [(x
factors, if any, are of the
,
58. Integration of
rational fractions.
rational fraction in general consists of ration of the fraction into partial fractions
the integration of each partial fraction, and the subsequent addition of the integrals. There will then be four types of integrals to consider
(2)
:
Adx
CAdx
f(Ax + B}dx
(*
(Ax+B}dx
114
The first three, however, have already been discussed. then to the fourth, we may put that in the form
which
is
equal to the
sum
of the
two
2
integrals
A r
and
(
_n
+ a^)f
J
\(
-a
,
The
first of
these integrals
is
readily seen to be
1
A
2{
= I tan 6.
Then
/dx -) +y
[ (a!
y
3,
When n =
case
n>2
2, this integral is
evaluated as in Ex.
practice,
13.
The
occur,
rarely
occurs
in
but
if
it
does
cos*
-2
C
gral
of
may
f du J (u*+c?r
which
Ex.
!
\
2( n
__
73.
8
,,
-la<u>+<t>-^
will be derived in
1.
3)
<*
-z-2
l)(x
7?
Since x*
2x2
-x-f
=
3
(x
1) (x
2),
we assume
8x
+
x
2x2
~
2
x-1 + aT+T
^L
115
we have
and
C by
"
x4-2*
2
3 3 \
dx
2/
2 log(x
1)
2 log(z
1)
31og(x
2)
+ C
( J
8ic
4-
2 x2
4- Ox + 18)dx 8x 3 4-27
By
8 x4
division,
4-
2 x 2 4-
6x4- 18
27 27 are
8x 3
= x4
3
2 x2
- 21x4-
18
(1)
8x 3 + 27
and 4x 2
1
The
assume
real factors of
8x 3 +
2x+
- 6x +
^t
9.
Therefore,
we
(2)
~
8x 3
t 27
=
2x +
3
4x
iJ
-6x +
3z
Determining A, B, and
Cby
we have
(8)
2z 2 -21x + 8x 3 + 27
"
2x +
4x 2
2
2x +
___
3 9 r
-6x +
3z 4x 2 - 6x4-
But
/
Cxdx =
/
\x*, z
r
/
/x
4-
<5
and
3 X dx x
3 r (8 x
6)
dx
9
J 4x 2
-6x + 9~
=
J 4 x 2 - 6x44?log(4x
2
dx
4J 4
4
4x 2 _
-6x +
9) 4-
V3
finally
V3
(4),
we have
r J
(8
"
x4
4-
x2
4-
6x
4-
18)
dx
8x 3 4-27
= -x 2 41 2 = -x
,
log(2x
+ 3)-?log(4x 2 -6x +
2x +
3
9)
-4
-
-tan-*
4
*"!
8
4-
V3
4-
3
C.
V3
4-log
--^tan- ,4z-3
3
1
(4x
-6x4-9)
4V3
3V3
116
C
J
X*
6 **
~
3
~ Ux +
54,
2(x -l)2
as that of Ex. 2,
we have
the
first
step of
(3a?
x6
J2
Now
4
rrtan- 1
the
first,
r dx- c
J3x-l2 + Jr
2dx
(8x+4)dx
x2
+ x+l2
+ Jr
uated by
the second, the third, and the fifth integrals are readily eval8 1 2 previous methods, their values being respectively -x 2 -x, ,
9^0-1
423
,
(x
1)
and
3
V3
V3
^
X
2
^-
(x
+
2J
I)
2 2
to
(x
+x+
I)
The
first
integral
is
2 (x2
+
-f-
may
be
1)
,
[(2
1)2
-(-
3]2
+ = V3 tan 0.
1
The
result will be
40
2x
,=
"
V3
^
3
V3
3\/3
V3
l)
6 x2
Hence
(x
^++ ^ +
2
dx
l)2
___tl
2(x2
6
+x+
2x
6 x2
Finally, substituting the values of the integrals in (1) and simplifying, have, as the value of the original integral,
we
Vs
PROBLEMS
PROBLEMS
Separate the following fractions into partial fractions
1
-f x - 4 6x3 + 6x 2 -6x*
:
117
a2
x2
-x +
2x 3 + x 2
1Q
x*
+ 2x * + x
-1-
3x 2
-4x
4x 8 + 8x 2
4 x3
x8
-x-2
12
"
3x 4
2x
x5
8
2
-2x 2 -l
5x
- llx-1
-x +
4
+
4
+ 2x 2
x4
3x2
x2
-5x-6 -x-3
+
7
x4
+ 3x 2 +
x3
-x
-2
3 x2
x3
x4
+
6
x4
+ 5x2
x4
2x
4 x2
x3
-x2 -12x-8
x(x
+ x3 +x+
6x
8 8
2)3
x5 x3
8x4
-4x3 -2x2 + 7x
C (14x J 4x 2 + r (3x
lg
J
/-
x3
27
2g
(6-12x)dx
2
19
(8
g- 10) dg
/^(3x
-10x-
3x
22
j ^
3-2x-x
23.
-8
24.
J
25.
9x 2 4-12x + a + 2x 2 + 3x
x2
2
-2x-l
dx
r2*
-Hx-6^ 6x
+ 17x 3 _3x 2 -Ox B J 2x 3 + 7x2 -f 2x-3 x + + L rJ 4x 3 + 8x 2 -9x-18 + * r J 4x 3 -4x 2 + x 2 (x + 2x + 33 J x 3 + Ox 2 + 1 + 10x + 9)d ^(fix2
/*6x 4
x-x-x x-x
/.
J 4x 3
+ 8x 2 -3x-
118
,*
J 4 z3
45
2
r (15z 2
(3
z2
- 29z - 17)dz 2 - 2 z + 3) 2) (z
J z3
37 38
+2z2 -4z-8*
x4
(x
+3)(2z 2 +
x
z+
5)
J
9
+ 2z 3 +
ic
^
-
47.
J4x4
~ dx
"4^4"
4x3
48.
x2
13x
8
dz.
/
r 9z 3 r
3 z(z-l) (x-l)3
T 2_
49
i
(z (
X2
2
16z4
4i.
-8z2 +
6
dx.
l
-
r
r
I
xZ
+ Qx ~
2
/i*
51.
-
K
(to.
9 42.
(*
-13z)dz
J
j ^
^z +
z
i)^
z4
44.
-12z + - 16
(a
8^
ab
52.
/z
53.
6)
z2
CHAPTEE
VII
By
a suitable substitution of a
new
is
vari
may
function of the
new
variable.
We
this
now
is
60-63 some
of the
cases in
which
method
possible, together
of
bx
= zn
where n
For
if
is
the least
common denominator
then x
of the fractional
expo
Also,
,
+ bx =
one
z",
= \ (z* - a]
x,
and dx
=-z
b
n~l
dz.
(a
p bx) is
is
of the fractional
where pn
an
integer.
Since
a bx can all be expressed rationally in terms of z, it follows that the integrand will be a rational function of z when the substitution has been completed.
Ex.
1.
C
(1
X * dx
.
2 3)*
Here we
2x
z*
then x
J-
(z
1),
and dx
= *z z dz.
Therefore
C
J
(1
X * dx
=
J
2x)
? f 27 ( %J
2 z*
z)
dz
~
uitf
z<2
5 z6
16 2 3
20)
C.
Replacing z by
its
value (1
+
3
x*dx
^J
320
119
120
Ex.2.
2
>*
>
-<*
+
2
*)*
f
(x
+
2,
2)^
common denominator
z*
;
is 4,
we assume x +
integral
then x
z4
and dx
4z 3 dz.
On
substitution, the
becomes
/(
4
z3
- 2z +
2)
- - tan-iV V2
C.
Replacing z by
its
value (x
2)*,
we have
(x
+
x
2)*
+2 - * (x +
2)3
4(x
2)4
8 (x
2)*
+ 8 log(Vx +
2)
V2
61. Integrand containing fractional
powers of a
+ bxn
If
the
integrand
is
the product
two cases
in
which
rational
possible.
CASE
I.
When
is
an
a
integer or zero.
+-
Let us assume
lxn
=z
Then
--i
H
r-a)
n
,
and
dx
(sra)
rib*
~l
dz.
Therefore
r
sf>
+ r -l
sr
5il-i n
dz.
But
if
rib*
is
an integer or
2,
zero, this
new
integrand
is
is
rational function of
ive one.
an
effect
RATIONALIZATION
Ex.
1.
121
fx 5 (l + 2x 3 )*dx.
,
k
Since
The new
= 2 we assume 1 + 2 x 8 = z 2 whence x 3 =: -(z 2 - 1), and x 2 dx=-zdz. - z*)dz, which reduces to integral is ^ z 3 (3z 2 _ 5) + C
^
&V
Replacing z by
its
value,
we have
1)
yV(l +
CASE assume
II.
JFfte^
--
C.
^^
n
integer or zero.
n
Here we
will
+ bx = x
*
r
.
Then
and
Therefore
This
Ex.
2.
new
expression
is
a rational function of
x2 )
z.
f (2 +
J
dx
let 2
x2
Here
stitution
^~n~ +
we
=
r
lj
and accordin S lv we
x2
= x 22 2
,
have, as the
new
integral,
-2
Z * dz
Replacing z by
its
value,
we have
62.
Integrand containing integral powers of ^/ a + bx + x2 If the integrand contains only integral powers of x and of Va + bx + or it may be rationalized by the substitution
.
2
V +
for
fa?
+x =z-x
2
The
z.
122
j-
dz,
Replacing
by
its
value x
+ Vl +
+
x
x2
we have
original integral
1
f(
x 2) 2
3 (x
+ Vl +
2
x2 )
(
log
2x +
Vl +
x2)
C.
is any positive it factor we than constant other out, thereby bringing may unity, the expression under the case just discussed.
If the coefficient
of
Va +
bx
x*.
In
x could not
z.
Ix
(x
lx)
an expression which can be factored into two linear factors ^ when the form (7^+ x) (r 2 x), which are real except
of
0.
But then
values of
it is
evident that
-x2
is
(x
-}
is
negative for
all
x,
and hence
+ Ix
always imaginary.
Now
place
Va +
bx
x2
= vVi +
x,
x) ( r 2
x)
= z (r
x}.
we have
new
integrand
is
evidently a rational
TRIGONOMETKIC FUNCTIONS
Ex. Find the value of f
J
Since 2
123
dx
x2
(2
V2 The
to
=
the integral 2
f/
which
is
za
equal
+c. iog^Z+V2
its
Replacing z by
value
V2 + Z+V2 -2z
64. Integration of trigonometric functions. There are certain types of trigonometric functions for which definite rules of pro
cedure
may
is
be stated.
The simplest
3
case
is
integrand
sin
may
be integrated by one
of the
fundamental formulas.
functions.
65.
Some
65-70.
lsm n xdxand.
lcos n xdx.
We may
CASE
place
I.
n an odd
sin
integer.
In the integral
sin
xdx we may
n-l
xdx =
d(cos
sin
x sin x dx.
1
sin""
Now
is
sin
x dx
x),
and
n_ -
=
is
(1
cos ^)
integer.
2
,
which
an
2
Then
8ii\
xdx
(1
cos
In like manner
/P
we may
n
prove
n-l
(1
I
cos
xdx=
sin
124
Ex.
1.
fsm^xdx =
C(l
cos2 x) 2 d(cosx)
cos 3 x
=
Ex.
2.
cos x
1 cos5 x
C.
f-*L.
J COS 3 X
= /dx J cos x
3
C
(1
d (sin x)
To
sin 2 x) 2
=
1
z.
Then
1 1
/_d(smx)_ = r
dz
(1
- Bin**)* (1
g
1
22)2
2
1
z2
^
&
g
z
_ ~
CASE
II.
1 sin
sin
2 cos 2 x
g
1
sinx
n a positive
we may
evaluate
the integral by transforming the integrand by the trigonometric formulas Sm2 = J (1 cos 2 x),
cos x
as
2
1(1
4-
cos2#),
shown
Ex.
3.
cos4 x dx
dx
cos 2 x dx
|
cos 2 2 x a?;,
Applying
this
Tcos 2 2 x dx
^ C(l
cos 4 x) dx.
finally
Completing
all
the integrations,
we have
|x
1 sin 2 x
+ ^L sin 4 x +
C.
CASE
sin
III.
n a
x by
CSCX
and cos x by
SQCX
I
and proceed
x
cos"
form
sin
x dx. There
are
two
cases
in
which an
may
be readily evaluated.
If
CASE
is
I.
m,
for example,
m-l
2
(1
cos #)
cos
# d (cos
x).
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
Since by the hypothesis
that the
125
it is
is
a positive integer,
evident
new
Similarly,
n
x.
is
function of sin
Ex.
1.
= f Vsinx(l
sin 2 x)d(sinx)
C.
Sometimes when one of the exponents is a negative integer the same method is applicable, but it is apt to lead to functions the
integration of
Ex.
2.
which
is
laborious.
sin x)
= - sm x +
CASE
II.
is
- log
,
1
1
+ sin x
:
- sm x +
C.
even integers. In this case the transformed into functions of 2 x by the two formulas
Both
m and n positive
x cos x
= \ sin 2 x.
3.
cos* xdx.
Placing
= = =
(sin
x cosx) 2 cos2 x,
2
we have
Therefore
^sin 2x(l
cos2x).
f sin 2 x
cos 4 x dx
2 J f sin 2 x dx +
Jsin
Completing
all
2 x dx
=
J*(l
we have
T*g.
cos 4 x) dx.
finally
the integrations,
2
ysin
x cos4 x dx
+ \ sin 3 2 x -
sin 4
C,
126
tan n * dx and
ctn"
x dx.
Since tan x
and ctn x are reciprocals of each other, we need consider only the case in which n is a positive quantity. Accordingly, if n is a
positive integer
we may
tan
w
a?
proceed as follows.
Placing
= tanw ~
2
x tan 2 ^,
and substituting
for tan
its
we have
tan #
Therefore
I
= tanw
= =
n
I
^(sec
n~2
ic
1).
tann x dx
tan
x sec x dx
w -1
tan
~2
~*xdx
tan
I
tan"
x dx.
may
ctn"
be completely evalu
x dx.
ftan*x<tc.
Placing
tan 3 x tan 2 x
tan 3 x (sec 2 x
1),
we have
ftan 5 xd5x
ftan 3 xdx
ftan 3 xdx.
Again, placing
tan 3 x
=
=
tan x (sec x
2
1),
we have
ftan xdx
3
= Ttanxsec
2 \ tan x
xcZx
-J^tanxdx
log cosx
C.
Hence, by substitution,
Ttan 5 xdx
Ex.
2.
1 tan 4 x
4
2 ^ tan x
log cosx
C.
of
|ctn
2xdx.
Placing
ctn 4 2 x
= =
= = =
ctn 2 2 x (esc 2 2 x
1) ,
we have
fctn 4 2xdx
fctn 2 x
esc 2
2xdx
fctn 2 2 x dx
3 ^ ctn 2 x
fctn 2 2 x dx.
Again, placing
ctn 2 2 x
esc 2 2 x
1,
we have
fctn 2 2xdx
T(csc
2x - l}dx
x
=
Hence
Tctn 4 2 x dx
l ctn 2 x
3 J ctn 2 x
C.
=-
^-
ctn 2 x
C.
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
68. Integrals of the
127
forms
sec"
We
an
shall
is
integer.
CASE
I.
If n
/
is
we
place
SQc
xdx =
/
where the integrand
is
is
/r
xdx=
I
we may show
(1-f
that
n
~2
2
ctii ^)
d(ctnx).
Ex.
1.
j*sec*3xdx
= =
i f(l
tan 2 3x)d(tan3x)
(3
tan 3 x
tan 2 3 x)
C.
CASE
is
II.
If n
is
any
is
when
esc
is
replaced by
sin
maybe.
Ex.
2.
as the case
fsecxdx= J cosx J
f-
dX
-=
cos 2 x
1
d (sin x)
sin x
**
}
2
.
sin 2 x
sin x\ 2
/
1 /I + = rlog(-
cosx
- +C
+
C.
=
In like manner
it
log (sec x
tan x)
may
log (esc x
ctnx)
C.
128
69
.
CASE
If n
is
a positive even
integer,
we may
2
write
tan m x SQcn x
w w ctn x csc x
dx=
dx
and
where -
+ ctn
is
Zi
a positive integer.
Ex.
1.
4 Placing sec 2 x
sec 2 2 x sec 2 2 x,
we have
f tan* 2 x
sec 4
2 x dx
= =
^ f tan^ 2 x (1 i tan*2x
tan 2 2 x) d (tan 2 x)
C.
tan2x +
CASE
II.
If
is
a positive odd
integer,
1
"
we
1
place
tanm # secn x
dx=
i
(tan"
sec""
^) (tan
2
x sec x dx)
and
m ctn x cscn x
dx
where
m2
2.
/m-l /m-l
sec
n~1
2
ic(sec
1)
d(sec#),
""
(ctn
csc""
^) (ctn
a;
esc
# c?a;)
csc
w~1
^(csc ^
1)
is
a positive integer.
f
Ex.
ftan 3 3 x
sec*
3xdx=
2 f(tan 3 x
sec"
I)d(sec3x)
C.
CASE
III.
If
,
m
.
is
an even
sin x = --
integer
and n
is
an odd
integer,
the integral
sec
may
66 by placing
and tan x
cos
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
70.
129
The
1
tan"
substitution
z,
tan=z.
if
The
substitution tan -
= z,
or
is
tanthen
,,
.
= 2,
= =
.
sin
2 sin
x x cos 2 2
1
=
1
i
2z
->
+z
t
cos x
2 cos
y>
>
m
and
2tan
, tan
2,
->
When
it is
x, cos
a?,
tan
x,
a rational function.
Ex.
Placing tan ?
*
= z,
or x
= 2 tan<**
z,
we have
cos x
+
Z2
and dx
=
1
2dz
Therefore
f1
=_
f_^.
J
z2
2 cos x
2V3
tan
= i,log
+v^
+ C.
This method
t
is
applicable to an integral of
es
C J a
dx
-h b
cos
C J a+
dx
b
sinx
C J a cos x + b sin x
any one dx
of the three
130
was shown
in
is
61 that
a rational
zero or an
an integral
of the
form
,.
xm (a
j
.
+
n
m+1
l^ydx, where p
or
if
m+1
n
\-
is
In general, however, an integral of this type is evaluated use of the so-called reduction formulas, by means of which the by original integral is made to depend upon another integral in which
the power either of x or of the binomial a decreased.
lxn
is
increased or
are
+ lxn
(np
p dx
r
\
+ m + l)b
(np
b J + m + 1)1
)
xm
(a
+ o^ydx,
(1)
Cxm (a
&*)
npa
np
(a
+
n
np + m + 1 J
lx
ydx
(m
(m
+ 1) a
n m l + np + + + T + W(^ l)fl J
;
be verified by differentiation their deriva tion will be given in the next article. but in that case Formulas (1) and (2) fail if np -\-f 1 =
These formulas
may
we proved
Formula
Formula
in
(3) fails if
m+1=
;
p+1=
it is
evident that
60.
the integration
may
131
71,
x m (a
+ bx
n
)
p dx
=-
(a
nb
+ bx
n
)
p nbxn - 1
dx
and integrate by
~,m
parts, letting
4- 1
nb
= u,
and
(a
+ bx
n
)
p nbx" ~ l
dx
v
= dv.
+l
Then
du
and
nb
p+
As
a result,
fxm (a
ixm - n (a
=a
xm
~n (a
+ btf) p dx + b
xm (a
+ bxn p dx.
)
we have
xm (a-\-bxn ) p dx
=x
m - n+l
(a
+ bx
n
)
m-n+l{ --p+l
J
p
C
I
nb(p+l)
I
nb(p+l) \ J
It?)
"(a
bxn ) p dsc
+b
x m (a
dxlp
(2)
bx")
dx,
we have formula
(1),
71.
we
71, for
n by m, the
71.
132
and xm dx
To derive
71,
we
integrate
= dv.
du
by
parts, letting (a
+ bxn p =u,
)
Then
l
= pnbxn ~ +
(a
+ bxn
p ~l
)
dx,
and
Then
/
xm (a
bxn ) p dx
m+
To bring
m+ 1J
form we place
=J
x m (a
+ lxn
n
p
)
axm (a
whence
r m+n
_l
J
-
ir
i
/v>
hyf } P dx
1
C
I
(a
bxn } p
dx
t>J
bj
(3),
we have
/m
np
["
r
a
m+
a
+ \J
1
r
I
V
Solving (4) for
If
xm (a
+ bxn
p - l dx
~]
-
(4)
J
x m (a
bxn ) p dx,
we have formula
71, for
(2),
71.
we
r
I
x m (a + bxn ) p
71.
~l dx,
and replace p
73.
by p, the result
apply
these
is
formula
reduction
of
(4),
We
will
of
now
a
formulas can
the
to also
the
evaluation
few
integrals.
Many
the
these
of
be
evaluated
formulas.
by
substitution, without
use
reduction
133
+ x 2 dx.
the given integral depend
Applying formula
71,
we make
upon
f x Va
mulas.
-f
The work
is
fx
VoM^dx =
x 2 (a 2
x 2 )*
)
2 I a
J"
x (a 2
44-
+
C.
x 2 )* dx
= I x 2 (a 2 + x 2 - ^ a 2 (a 2 = TV (3 x 2 - 2 a 2 (a 2 + z 2 )*
)
x2 )*
+C
Ex.
2.
* x2
l
Va2 - x2
a2
x2 )*
Applying
(3),
we have
dx r J x 2 Va2 - x 2
Ex.
3.
_ x~
(a
/*
dx
2
^Va
- dx
_ _ Va 2 a 2x
x2
x2
Applying
(3),
71,
we have
a2 a2 J
right-hand
J
Applying
x2
(2),
2
member
of (1),
we have
(2)
/(a
Applying
J
x 2 ) 3 dx
2 i x (a
x 2 )^
a2 /(a 2
x 2 )* dx.
(2),
2
71, again,
we have
f (a r
I
x2
)*
dx
= =
-x 2 (a 2
.
x2 )*
C.
+ - a 2 /f
2
A/ a 2
== _
(3)
X2
and
dx
sin-i -
Va2 _
X 2\i
x2
Substituting back,
we have
dx
finally
(^2
_
2
X 2~j
//(j2 x 2
2
x
C.
a2 a
dx
/C/T
Applying
(4),
where n
is
a positive integer.
71,
we have
/dx +a
2
=
2
)"
x(x
"
4-
a2
+1
)~"
(x
2(-n+
1 _i
l)a
T r
l(x2
+
2(x
n
)
2n4-3
dx
n+
,
2 2 l)a J (x
2(n-l)a2
This formula
fractions.
is
+ a2
-1
(2n
>x
3)
r J (x 2 4-a2
a2 dx
)"-
1
)"-
is
sometimes
134
Ex.
5.
J V2 ax -
xdx
x2
If
we
becomes
ing
(1),
V2a-x
71,
divide both numerator and denominator of the integrand by x*, it x* 1 a form to which we can apply a reduction formula. Apply-
we have
f
V
-x/O
""
=f,>(2g-
0-2
Ex.
6.
<
(2
ax
a)
2
x2 ) 5
Writing 2 ax
apply
(4),
a2
(x
= d(x
a),
we
can-
71, to
advantage.
The
2
result
dX
J
f^ (2 ax
~ 3
x2 ) 2
= f ^
(x
a) ]-
MX
r
^ [a
.
2 = _(x-a)[a -(x-an^ + 2
-a
(x
_ a)Tidx
>
x a2
a x2
V2 ax
It
was proved in
-2
67
that
n
^^ =
71
1
tan"-
Ct&n n
xdx.
~2
/tan
Similarly,
J
ctn n
~1
(1)
/ctn n xdx=
fctn"
x dx.
(2)
(1) and (2) are evidently reduction formulas for the of this particular type of integrand. There are four integration
Formulas
others
which we
shall derive,
i.e.
135
cos"
* dx
1
sin
7"-*-
1
cos""
//
sin
*cos n *d*
sin m+1 *cos"
+
i
n
sin
sin
* n+2 xd*,
(4)
*cos"*
sin
7""
* cos n+1 *
m1
-s
m m
and n are
m
m+n
/
sin
* cos n xdx
sin m+1 a;cos n+1 ^
xcosx
(6)
(3) and (5) fail if + % = 0; but in that case the can be placed under integral or (1) (2), by expressing the integrand in terms of tan x or ctn x. Formula fails when =
Formulas
formula
(5) fails
when
m+1=
(4)
and
tion can be performed by the methods of To derive (3) we place sm m x cos" xdx
= cos n -
and
let
1
cos"-
m x(sm x
cos x dx)
As
a result
/
integration by parts.
cos
xdx
1
cos""
in m+1 *
nl
form we place
2
To bring
14 2
"
sin"
2
cos"-
*
2
= sin m *(l-cos
I hen
*)
cos"-
*=sin m *
2
cos"-
*-sin w *cos n *
sin
2
cos"-
* dx
jsin
x cos n xdx.
136
we have
siu
mx
cos
xdx
smm+l xcos*~ l x
nl
1
m+
^
1
^
s* /
m H- 1J
n
r. m sm x
co$
~2
xdx
(2)
m+ 1J
Solving (2) for
If
I
smm x
cos xdx.
sin
cos* x dx,
I
we
obtain formula
(3).
we
solve formula
for (3)
By
formula
sin 3 x cos2 x
|
dx dx
=
=
sin 2 x cos 3 x
sin
% cos 2 xdx,
and
|
sin x cos2 x
integrals.
3 ^ cos x,
by the elementary
Therefore
I
sin 3 x cos 2 x
dx
1 3 2 y ^ cos x (3 sin x
-f 2) -f
C.
of
fcos4 xcZx.
(3),
m=
0,
we have
f
cos 2 xdx.
/
cos4 x dx
sinx cos 3 x
Applying formula
|
(3)
again,
we have
cos 2 x dx
sin x cos x
dx
sin
x cos x
-f
^ x.
Therefore, by substitution,
/cos
75.
4x
dx
3 i 4 sin x cos x
sin x
cosx
ft
4-
C.
Use of tables of integrals. In Chap. II we have evaluated simple integrals by bringing them under the fundamental formulas collected in 17, and in Chaps. VI and VII methods of
many
dealing with more complex integrals have been discussed. But in the solution of problems involving integration it is found that
PROBLEMS
some
integrals occur frequently.
137
with the fundamental integrals, it is evident that the work of inte gration may be considerably Lightened by reference to such a table.
Accordingly the reader
a table of integrals.
table of integrals will be inserted here, but the reader is referred to Professor B. 0. Peirce s Short Table of Integrals."
"
is
No
PROBLEMS
Find the values of the following integrals
:
14.
l.f-jj*L.
2.
C^dx
^ x
r
I
15
*
>
-1 Vx +
r
16.
1
I
dx
t/
*/~T
dx.
/~
4.
n-2)*-(,-g)_> fa
x-2i--
5.
7.
- Vl
25.
12.
/
/(2
-3x-
2x2 ) 3
-.
x 2 (3
x 8)
26.
r
|
138
+ a2
PROBLEMS
87. Find the area
139
X2
2
2 V y
(x
6)
(a
<
6).
x 3 (2 a
=
)
+ + y) 2
x2
y%
cfi.
W+W=
(
area included
=
2 a
x3
and
its
asymptote.
96. Find the area of the loop of the strophoid y 2
97. Find the area
x*
^ + x)
a x
and
a cos n9
)
its
asymptote,
+
(
b sin nd.
W +W=
)
1.
100. Find the area of the loop of the Folium of Descartes, x 3 by the use of polar coordinates.
+ y3
3 axy
= 0,
spiral of
Archimedes, r
= ad,
to the
x4
6 a2x2
to the
2 a.
103. Find the volume of the solid formed by revolving about OX the figure bounded by OX and an arch of the cycloid x = a(0 sin0), y = a (I cos0). 104. Find the volume of the solid bounded by the surface formed by revolving the witch y
=
x2
8 a3
-|-
about
its
4 a2
asymptote.
of the cissoid y 2
105. Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the asymptote 3 = x the plane area bounded by the curve and the asymptote.
first
A right circular cylinder of radius a is intersected by two planes, the which is perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder, and the second of which makes an angle Q with the first. Find the volume of the portion of the cylinder included between these two planes, if their line of intersection is tan gent to the circle cut from the cylinder by the first plane.
106.
of
107.
An
ellipse
and a parabola lie in two parallel horizontal planes, the is ft, and are situated so that a vertex of the ellipse is
vertically over the vertex of the parabola, the major axis of the ellipse being parallel to and in the same direction as the axis of the parabola. trapezoid,
140
having for its upper base a double ordinate of the ellipse and for its lower base a double ordinate of the parabola,generates a solid, whose upper base is the ellipse, by moving with its plane always perpendicular to the two parallel
planes.
solid, the
semiaxes of the
ellipse being
.
a and
6,
a(0
sin0),
a(l
first
two
cusps.
first
109. Find the center of gravity of the plane surface bounded by the arch of the cycloid and the axis of x.
circles,
110. Find the center of gravity of the plane surface bounded by the two x 2 + ?/ 2 = a 2 and x2 + 2/ 2 - 2 ax = 0, and the axis of x.
111. Find the center of gravity of that part of the plane surface bounded by the four-cusped hypocycloid x$ + y$ a-, which is in the first quadrant. 112. Find the center of gravity of the surface generated by the revolution about the initial line of one of the loops of the lemniscate r2 = 2 a 2 cos 26.
CHAPTER
VIII
A differential equation is an equation which con Such an equation can be changed into one which contains differentials, and hence its name, but this change is usually
76. Definitions.
tains derivatives.
first
derivative only.
of y equation containing x, y, with respect to x, is said to be solved or integrated when a relation between x and y, but not containing the derivatives, has been
differential
and derivatives
found, which,
it
if
to
an
identity.
tice
The manner in which differential equations can occur in prac and methods for their integration are illustrated in the two
:
following examples
Ex.
1.
to its intersection
Required a curve such that the length of the tangent from any point with OF is constant.
(fig. 41) be any point on the required the equation of the tangent at is
Let P(x, y}
curve.
Then
Q
FIG. 41
and
is
The coordinates
of U,
are then JT
0,
Y=y
PR
is
-\/z
xz ( \dx have
+
,
Jdy\* =a
(dx)
or
dy
Va2 - x2
(1)
141
142
which
is
y=
=
r
J
x2
-f
a 2
a a
log
T v a2 Va2 -
x2 x2
C.
(2)
The arbitrary constant C shows that there are an infinite number of curves which satisfy the conditions of the problem. Assuming a fixed value for C, we see from (1) and (2) that the curve
is
dx.
approaches zero.
the defining
property the curve is easily sketched, as shown in fig. 42. The curve is
called the tractrix
(I, p.
299).
y=0
uniform cable is sus pended from two fixed points. Re quired the curve in which it hangs.
Ex.
2.
Let
point,
A
and
(fig.
43)
be the lowest
in
equilibrium,
we may
forces,
consider the
portion
t
AP
as a rigid
body acted
the
on by three
at
tension
acting along
PT,
the ten
sion
h at
AP
is ps, where s is the uniform, the weight of of unit the of the cable of and Equating the length. per p weight length horizontal components of these forces, we have
is
AP
AP
cos
=
=
h,
vertical components,
t
we have
sin
ps.
-
From
these
or
dy dx
FIG. 43
where P
a,
a constant.
DEFINITIONS
This equation contains three variables, with respect to x we have (I, 105, (4))
x, y,
143
and
s,
but by differentiating
(1)
To
ax
= p. Then
(1)
becomes
dx
dp
*
-
whence
log
(p
+ Vl + p 2 ) =
C.
(2)
Since ^4
is
Hence, in
(2),
C=
0,
and we have
p + Vl + p 2 = e,
*
_
v
we know
that
when x =
0,
p =
0.
or
p=
Ve
_\
e
"J,
whence, since
= -*,
dx
of
\e"
e~
"J
4-
The value
x
C depends upon
if
0.
We
can,
we
wish, so take
=
x
+ C when
0,
OX
x
C =
and we
have, finally,
2/
a( -Ve
-*\
e
/,
(I, p.
281).
The order
first
of a differential
equation
it.
is
Hence
order, and (1), Ex. 2, is of the second order. The simplest differential equation is that of the
order and
is
of the first
or
Mdx + Ndy =
(1)
where
of
x and
y, or constants.
144
We
solved.
1.
which
They
are
2.
separated.
same
3.
When
the equation
is linear.
77.
+ Ndy =
(1),
when
76, is in the
form
it is
The solution
is
then
evidently
where c is an arbitrary constant. The variables can be separated if If and can each be factored into two factors, one of which is a function of x alone, and the other a function of y alone. The equation may then be divided which contains y multiplied by the factor of by the factor- of which contains x.
Ex.
1.
dy=f(x}dx.
this follows
From
= C f(x) dx +
may
c.
Any
indefinite integral
Ex.2.
Vl -
2
7/
dx
+ Vl -
x 2 dy
0.
dy
x2
1
a;
VI whence, by integration,
sin-
VI + sin\f/
y
1
?/
c.
(1)
This solution can be put into another form, thus: Let sin- 1 x = sin- 1 ?/ = + = c, whence sin(0 + ^) = sine Equation (1) is then
\j/.
and
;
that
is,
sin
cos
\f/
-f
cos
,
sin
\f/
cos
= Vl
In
x2 cos
= Vl
&,
where k
2
?y
;
is
a constant.
But
sin
x, sin
\f/
y,
hence we have
2
xVl-^ + T/Vl-x ^.
(1)
(2)
and
(2)
solutions, but two forms of the same solution, It is, in fact, an important theorem that the differ
constant.
the
same
145
(1
x2 )
^ + xy
(1
ax.
This
is
readily written as
x 2 ) dy
or
+ x (y dy ~ r
a) dx x dx
--
= _ =
0,
_
-
"\
whence, by integration,
log (y
a)
- %
log (1
x2 )
c,
which
and
is
the
same as
be written
log
this
may
The homogeneous equation Mdx + Ndy = 0. A polynomial sum of the expo in ,c and y is said to be homogeneous when the ax 2 + bxy + cf Thus same. the is term each in letters nents of those
78.
+ bx*y cxf ef homogeneous of the second degree, a polynomial, we such in homogeneous of the third degree. If, the n is where = vx, it becomes x"f(v) degree of the poly place y nomial. Thus as * + C = 3*(a + bv + cv*),
is
ax*
is
lv
cv
ev
).
to This property enables us to extend the idea of homogeneity functions which are not polynomials. Representing by f(x, y) we shall say that/(ar, y) is a homogeneous a function of x and
y,
j^ y^ = x
since
2
F(v).
Thus
W+
2
if is
when we
V^ + if = #Vl
log
4- v
2
,
and log x
v.
is
homogeneous
of
degree
0, since
= log v = x
log
When
of the
same
degree,
the equation
is
said to
Place y
tion
or
If /!
(i?)
= vx.
Then
becomes
^
z
dy = vdx + ^^
and
the differential
0,
0.
equa
(1)
+ vf
(v)
0,
146
where the variables are now separated and the equation may be
solved as in
If /! (v)
+ vf
)
(v)
= 0,
(1)
becomes dv =
0.
0,
Ex.
(x
Place y
- y2 = vx.
dx
+ 2 xy dy =
v 2 ) dx
There results
(1
2 v (x dv
= ^+^ +
X
1
v dx)
0,
0.
V2
Integrating,
we have
logx
log (1
v2 )
2
whence
or
x(\ + v ) x2 + y 2
(aix
= = =
c
c,
ex.
biy
it
Ci)
dx
(a 2 x
b2 y
-f c 2 )
dy
=
:
(1)
is
so, as
follows
k.
x
(1)
=x +
A,
(2)
Equation
becomes
(aix
+ +
&i2/
(agx"
c 2 )dy
0.
(3)
If,
+ +
(3)
b2 k
+ +
ci c2
= =
+
(H
0j
62 2/0
becomes
is
(aix
+
if
b\y
dx
+
2 &i
(a2x
in
0.
= 0,
which
k
is
78.
Now
(4)
In this case,
ttl
=
1
= k, where
(5)
some constant.
(aix
Equation
so that,
if
we
place
fax
biy)
c2 ]
dy
0,
(x
+
+
which
is
dx
- ~
ci)
(5)
dx
(61
becomes ^X/
)
ai(Zx
0,
Ol
dx
0,
aic 2
and the variables are separated. Hence (1) can always be solved.
80.
The
The equation
(1)
!;
where f^ (x) and
y, is called
+ /,(*)*=/,<*),
first order.
2
(x)
may
of
Mdx + Ndy =
where
M=f (x)yf
1
(x),
N=
It is a special case
1.
147
we
= uv,
later
where u and v are unknown functions of x to be determined in any way which may be advantageous. Then (1) becomes
dv
du
f
_
dv av
au
or
\
,
v\
+/i(J5)^|
+ ^ dx =/
i
-P
2 (
a5
\ )-
/o\ 2
( )
Let us
be zero.
now
deter mine
We
have
or
U
which the general solution
is
of
(x)dx
c.
we need
is
a particular function
which
c
will
0.
make
equal to zero,
I
we may take
Then
log
u=
u
/, (x) dx,
or
=e
(3)
With
becomes
and
Wlience, finally, since y
I
(x)dx
c.
(4)
= wv,
j
/*
ff^d
(5)
148
Ex.
(1
^+
dx
x?/
ax.
dy
dx
r-
+
,
x
T-
y 1-&*
t
- =
ax
1-x2
we
Then
Hence
f/i (x)dx
=y
log
Vl x2
z2
and
eJ
fl(x)<lf
= Vl -
f
(1
2.
eZx
+ cVl-x 2
_
e
- log
VT^ _
Vl -
x2
x2 )*
=
This example
is
+ Vl
c
3, 77, showing that the methods of solving an equation are not always mutually exclusive.
81.
Bernoulli! s equation.
The equation
while not linear, can be
+ /i (x) y = /2 (x) y n
made we have
so, as
follows
Dividing by
?/",
and placing y l ~ n
= z,
and multiplying by
n,
we have
a linear equation.
That
is,
-3 y-4_, dx x
/
I
z,
x2
or
=
x
3^2
where
dx
y~ s
We
have now
JCfi(x}dx
= f J
= =
x*.
=
x
Iogx3,
whence
Jf^
dx
Hence
and
x3 J
C(- 3x 5 )dx +
.
x8
v3
= --x +
2
x3
We
>
3 -A*
direct integration
By
This method
is
^
Ctd}
=/(#).
Ex. 1. Differential equations of this type appear in the theory of the bend ing of beams. Each of the forces which act on the beam, such as the loads and the reactions at the supports, has a moment about any cross section of the beam equal to the product of the force and the distance of its point of application from the section. The sum of these moments for all forces on one side of a given section is called the bending moment at the section. On the other hand, it is shown in
the theory of
is
equal to
I,
its
where E, the
of inertia
elasticity of the material of the beam, of the cross section about a horizontal line
modulus of
and
the
moment
and
R is
through
by
I,
191,
[
where the axis of x
is
O
in
horizontal.
But
in practice
~y
is
150
we may
first
Hence the
bending moment
taken to be
EI^
CIX
We
Take the
metry,
is
between the supports, and w the load per foot-run. at the lowest point of the beam, which, by sym coordinates of origin at its middle point. Take a plane section C (fig. 44) at a distance x from O and consider the forces at the
right of C. These are the load on CB and the reaction of the support at B.
x
FIG. 44
the center of gravity of
The load on
CB
is
w I- l__ x
2
x\
acting at
CB, which
is
at the distance of
2
from
C.
Hence
the
acts
moment
of the load
is
--
taken negative, since the load wl The moment supports half the load equal to
-
which
is
is
therefore
-/
]
Hence we have
2 \2
EI rl Vy_wl(l
5?
TVS
/Z_ x SVS I
is
Y_^_ ~iU
The general
But
beam,
since,
when x
0,
both y and
are 0,
we have
0, c 2
0.
is
dx2
fix ^
\
dx/
is
dy
and
d 2y
>
we
place
= p, we
which
^-f
first
=
-j-
>
-^
=/(, p),
is of
order in
p and
76.
a?.
If
we can
find
p from
this equation,
we can then
find
2,
y from -^
= p.
The
As
before,
we
d
place
)
~ and dx
dp
dx2
^,
= dpdpdy =
is
dp
_*
write
which
p and
y.
If
we can
find
from this
equation,
Ex.
2.
we can
find
-~ y from
= p.
Find the curve for which the radius of curvature at any point is equal normal between the point and the axis of x
The length of the radius of curvature equation of the normal is (I, 101)
is
-^
X
X/ J
(I,
192).
The
This intersects
therefore
OX at the point
of the
,_
(x
oV
The length
of the
normal
1 + ( V. y\ \ \dx/
The conditions
equations
satisfied
by
/rfi,\ 2
(1)
or
(2)
Placing
dx
=p
and
dx 2
=p
dy
in (1),
we have
whence
dy
The solution
is
Cl
whence
p=
c ~^
"
152
Replacing p by
This
is
we have
Cl
y
c
2
dx
dx
Vy2~
of hyperbolic functions.
We
have
15)
cosh-iy
= x-c 2
=
Cl
or
cosh
ei
This
If
is
its
(c 2 ,
we place -^
cZz
= p,
and ^-= p -^ dx 2 dy
1
in (2),
we have
,
dp + p2 _ _ py -. dy y
whence
= ^pdp
The
is
whence
Replacing
1
2/
p by
we have
dx
Vc
.
dx.
7/2
Integrating,
we have
.
V<
or
(X
c2 ) 2
2/2
2
8
This
is
its
center on
OX.
>$-
<*
If
we multiply both
Integrating,
we have
V/
(
<
J
M
f_ V2
dy O
3.
45) of
Consider the motion of a simple pendulum consisting of a particle mass m suspended from a point C by a weightless string of length
P
I.
6,
I,
where
AC
AP
is
equal to
The weight
Hence the
acting in this direction is the component of gravity. of the pendulum being mg, its compo
AP
=
is
equal to
mgs m6.
is
motion
m
We shall
sis
mg sin 6.
on the hypothe
pendulum swings
is
so small that
we may
place sin 6
6,
Then
since 6
ds
Multiplying by 2
at
dt,
and
integrating,
we have
where a2
is
new
arbitrary constant.
we have
whence
where
t
sin-i -
J.(tg
),
is
an arbitrary constant.
s
From
this, finally,
=
8in*/|
(*-*,).
maximum
value of s
t
it is
of the arbitrary constants can be given. therefore the amplitude of the swing.
For a
is
the
t
,
When t =
s=0;
hence
is
the time at
vertical.
We
mg sin 6
is
small.
Placing
10,
multiplying
by
dt,
2 g cos 6
+ GI.
\dt)
154
If,
support port C,
=
dt
which we will
call a.
Hence C
2 g cos a,
whence
/
2 (cos 6
t
cos a)
where
to is
the value of
for
which
,
=
cos
0.
To bring
1
=
e
2 sin 2 2
a=
2 sin 2
have, then,
r
Jo
22
- and
,
= sin
We
T
=
r^
,
2
/A:
-sin 2 2
Place, now,
sin -
k sin 0.
There
results
^0
^]
If
V1
k2 sin 2
\Q n = = V7
* \
*"
*<>)
(*
we measure
0,
we have
The integral can be evaluated by expanding (1 A; 2 sin 2 0)~^by the binomial 2 2 1, and a table for the value theorem, the expansion being valid since & sin of this series is found in B. O. Peirce s Tables, p. 118.
0<
of a complete swing
when
varies
from
to
from
to
If 4
T is
as
may
2,
27.
PROBLEMS
Solve the following equations
:
x dx
"
y dy
l
_
0.
-
4. sec 2 x
5. 6.
7.
dx
tan x tan y dy
0.
+y
+ x~
dx
8.
x*
(x
2.
2xsinydx + cosydy =
3.
x^l + y-
+ yVl + x*dy = Q.
(
+ y)dx - xdy = 0. 2 dx - x 2 dy ) (y + Vz +
2/
0.
Vx2 -
y2
y sin-i - dx
x/
)
x sin-i - dy x
0.
9. sin
x sin y dx
0,
PROBLEMS
10.
(
155
x sin X
Q
y cos - ) dx
X/
x)
x cos - dy X
0.
11. \Q x
_j_
(x
dy
y dx) x2
+
y
\e x
2
e
2/ )
x) x
dx
0.
= 0.
12. (2 y
13.
(
3 xy) dx
?/
3)
dx
+ (3 + (2 x y
xy
+ dy - 1) dy = =
0.
=
0.
14.
15. (x 16.
35. _^
?/
= x2
e<
+
\-
2/)
dx
(x
1)
dy
dx
36.
dy dx
y
1)
=
dy dx
sin x.
^ - ay =
dx
-
17. (x
2y
37.
sin ax.
18.
dx 2
19.
x (x-ycos^i
-ycos)dx + +
y
xcos-cfy x
39.^ =
40
y -^ dx 2 dx
dy 20. x dx
21. (y
22.
xex
+ (x xy 2 dy = 0. Vx 2 + y 2 dx = 0. + ydx xdy +
x2 y) dx
x
1
)
41
d *V
23.
dy
d.x
+
l
x2
^_
dx
x.
24.
x2
x2
25.
dx
26.
27. _fL
y tan x
sin 2 x.
_|
dx
28.
x2
dy_tf
dx
S
dx 2
dx
29.
dx
30.
dx
31. 32. (x 2 \/z 3 4- y 3
3
7/
)dx
-f x?/
dy = 0.
49
x !l^__Li)^
dx 2
dx/dx
33.
dy
dx
ex
dx 2
34. 3
dx
dx2
156
52. Solve
u&
|
=8
2
7/
,
1,
and
dx
=
y
53. Solve
- sin 2
y,
1,
and
^dx
1.
54. Solve
= sin 2
dx 2
?/,
0,
-dx
0.
55. Solve 2
dx 2
=
y
2
-
=
dx
when y =
<x>.
56. Solve
dx 2
and
dx
is
1.
5 7. Find the curve in which the slope of the tangent at any point the slope of the straight line joining the point to the origin.
that the load on the chain
n times
58. Find the curve in which the chain of a suspension bridge hangs, assuming is proportional to its projection on a horizontal line.
59. Find the curve in which the angle between the radius vector and the is n times the vectorial angle.
tangent
of
60. Find the curve such that the area included between the curve, the axis a fixed ordinate, and a variable ordinate is proportional to the variable cc,
ordinate.
61.
Show
is
that, if the
circle.
normal
to a curve
the curve
62. Find the curve in which the length of the portion of the normal between is proportional to the square of the ordinate.
tangent
63. Find the curve in which the perpendicular from the origin is equal to the abscissa of the point of contact.
upon the
constant.
65. Find the curve in which the length of the arc from a fixed point to any is proportional to the square root of the abscissa of P. point
a fixed ordinate, and a variable ordinate arc which is part of the boundary.
67. Find the deflection of a
other.
is
beam loaded
and weighted
at the
beam
fixed at one
beam loaded
at its center
and supported at
its
is
constant.
which the radius of curvature at any point varies as the normal between that point and the axis of x.
PROBLEMS
A
157
72. particle moves in a straight line under the influence of an attracting force directed toward a fixed point on that line and varying as the distance from
the.
point.
particle moves in a straight line under the influence of an attracting force directed toward a point on the line and varying inversely as the square of the distance from that point. Determine the motion.
73.
74.
friction,
Find the velocity acquired by a body sliding down a curve without under the influence of gravity.
75. Assuming that gravity varies inversely as the square of the distance from the center of the earth, find the velocity acquired by a body falling from infinity to the surface of the earth.
CHAPTEE IX
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES
more than one variable. A quantity z is said a function of two variables, x and y, if the values of z are determined when the values of x and y are given. This relation is
83. Functions of
to be
= F(x, y), etc. expressed by the symbols z =f(x, y), z u of three is a function x, y, and variables, Similarly,
values of
given.
z, if
the
are determined
is
when
the values of
x, y,
and
z are
y, z),
This relation
y, z), etc.
= F(x,
Ex.
1.
its altitude,
and
its
2 volume, v = ^ Trr h, and v is a function of the two variables, r and h. Ex. 2. If /denotes the centrifugal force of a mass m revolving with a velocity
v in a circle of radius r,
u,
/=
and
/ is
v denote a
volume of a perfect
k
,
its
absolute temperature,
and p
pressure.
Then
where k
:
is
a constant.
t
This equation
1
t
-pt>,
may
be
p = k-,
k-,
by which each
and
is
tion
function of a single variable is denned explicitly by the equa y =f(x), and implicitly by the equation F(x, y) = 0. In either case the relation between x and y is represented graphically by
Similarly, a function of
t
a plane curve.
denned explicitly
t
= 0. In either case the graphical representa equation F(x y, z) tion of the function of two variables is the same, and may be
made by introducing the conception
84.
of space coordinates. To locate a point in in coordinates space. Rectangular three number scales, assume of we three dimensions, space may ZZ mutually perpendicular, and having their
r
XX YY
,
They
158
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
XOY, YOZ, ZOX,
two.
lines,
159
each of which
is
The planes
XX YY
,
are called the coordinate planes, and the three and ZZ , are called the axes of x, y, and z
is
called the
and through P pass planes perpen and ZZ intersecting them at the points L, M, and respectively. Then if we place x OL, y = OM, and z = ON, as in I, 16, it is evident that to any there point corresponds one, and only one, and that to set of values of x, y, and z any set of values of x, y, and z there cor responds one, and only one, point. These values of x, y, and z are called the coordi nates of the point, which is expressed as
Let be any point in space, dicular respectively to
,
XX YY
P(x,
y, z).
From
and
the definition of x
it
follows that x
is
equal, in
magnitude
coordinate
It follows
from the
z.
plane YOZ.
that a point may be plotted in several different ways by construct ing in succession any three nonparallel edges of the parallelepiped (fig. 46) beginning at the origin and ending at the point.
In case the axes are not mutually perpendicular, we have a system of oblique In this case the planes are passed through the point parallel to the coordinate planes. Then x gives the distance and the direction from the plane
coordinates.
YOZ
to
to the point,
z.
measured parallel
to
OX, and
y and
coordinates.
85.
Graphical representation of a function of two variables. y) be any function of two variables, and place
,
Then the locus of all points the coordinates of which satisfy (1) is the graphical representation of the function f(x, y}. To construct this locus we may assign values to x and y, as x x l and y y lt
(1)
z.
There will
160
and
if
(1) defines
an algebraic
points all
at the point
function, their
number
will be finite.
The corresponding
an d these points alone of this line are points of the locus, and the portions of the line between them do not belong to the locus. As different values are assigned to x and y new lines parallel to OZ are drawn on which there are, in general, isolated
i>
on a pi( x
lie
line parallel to
OZ
and intersecting
XOY
2/i)>
It follows that the locus has extension in only two dimensions, i.e. has no thickness, and is, accordingly, a surface. Therefore the graphical representation of a function of two variables is a surface.* If
f( x y)
>
is
y,
the
and
Since the equations z =f(x, y} and F(x, y,z)=Q are equivalent, their graphical representations are the same, it follows that
the locus
x, y,
and
z is
if
a surface. we demand
that the
There are apparent exceptions to the above theorem, surface shall have real existence. Thus, for example,
x2
is satisfied
z2
=-
by no
it
It is
however, to speak of
imaginary
lie
surfaces."
Moreover,
tion
may happen
For
may
that the real coordinates which satisfy the equa upon a certain line, or are even isolated points.
x2
+
_i_
v2
(0, 0, z)
is satisfied
by the points
2
which
lie
upon the
axis of z
x2
zz
is satisfied, as far as real points go, only by (0, 0, 0). In such cases it is still con venient to speak of a surface as represented by the equation, and to consider the part which may be actually constructed as the real part of that surface. The
imaginary part is considered as made up of the points corresponding to sets of complex values of x, y, and z which satisfy the equation.
86.
its
The appearance of any surface can be thus determined from equation by assigning values to any two of the coordinates and
computing the corresponding values of the third. This method, however, has practical difficulties. In place of it we may study
* It is to be noted that this method of graphically representing a function cannot be extended to functions of more than two variables, since we have but three dimen
sions in space.
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
any surface by means
of the sections of the surface
If, for example, we place z parallel to the coordinate planes. the equation of any surface, the resulting equation in x and
161
made by planes
in
y is from the surface cut curve of the the by plane equation evidently the plane XOY. Again, if we place z = z l9 where z l is some fixed finite value, the resulting equation in x and y is the equation of the plane curve cut from the surface by a plane parallel to the new plane XOY and z^ units distant from it, and referred to
axes
and O Y which are the intersections of the plane z = z with the planes XOZ and YOZ respectively for by placing z = z instead of z = 0, we have virtually transferred the plane XOY,
parallel to itself,
through the distance z r In applying this method it is advisable to find = plane sections made by the coordinate planes x
of the surface,
first 0,
the three
0, z
y=
0.
These alone will sometimes give a general idea of the appearance but it is usually desirable to study other plane sec tions on account of the additional information that may be derived.
The following
it is
Ex.
Ax + By +
Cz
+D=
(fig.
0.
Placing z
0,
we have
47)
0.
Ax + By + D =
(1)
Hence the plane XOY Placing and then x = 0, we find the sections of this surface made by the planes and YOZ to be respectively the straight lines
cuts this surface in a straight line.
y=
ZOX
and
Placing z
Ax + By + =
Zi,
Cz Cz
0,
0.
(2)
(3)
we have
Czi
0,
(4)
Ax + By +
which
is
the equation of a straight line in the plane z = z\. The line (4) is parallel to the
line (1), since
they
make
and lie in parallel planes. To find the point where (4) intersects the plane XOZ, we place shows that this point is a point of the y = 0, and the result Ax + Cz\ + D = linn (2). This result is true for all values of z\. Hence this surface is the locus
with the parallel lines
&X
and
OX
162
of a straight line
line
always remaining
hence
it is
a plane.
Ax + By+ Cz + D =
a
0, 6
we have proved
,
is the most general linear equation in that the locus of every linear equation is a plane.
Ex.
2.
Placing
= ax 2 + by z where z = 0, we have
>
>
0.
ax2
by
0,
(fig.
(1)
XOY plane
48).
Placing y
0,
(2)
we have
which
rabola
is
ax ^
and
its
Plac
ing x
=
is
we have
z
by
2
,
(3)
which
and
form
with semiaxes
-\
and
a
As
FlG 48
-
If
we
place z
is
Zi,
the result
may be written
in the
form
Zl
x2
-\
y2 =
Zi
1,
no part of
this surface
The surface
moving an
ends of
its
is
on the negative side of the plane XOY. and evidently may be generated by
.
ellipse of variable magnitude always parallel to the plane XOY, the axes always lying respectively on the parabolas z = ax2 and z = by 2 While the appearance of the surface is now completely determined, we shall, nevertheless, find it of interest to make two more sections. In the first place, we
note that both the coordinate planes through OZ cut the surface in parabolas and their axes along OZ, and hence arises the question, with their vertices at
Do
all
planes through
OZ
To answer
this question
XOZ
about
0>
OZ as an axis. The
formulas
y, sin
x sin
<
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
for z will not be changed at all, and x and y will be changed in the ner as in I, 115. The transformed equation is
z
163
same man
a (x cos
<f>
y sin 0) 2
Placing y
0,
we have
(a
cos 2
+ b (x sin + + b sin 2 0) z 2
,
y cos 0) 2
(5)
which
a parabola with its vertex at and its axis along OZ. But by chang we can make the plane OZ any plane through OZ, and hence every ing and its plane through OZ cuts this surface in a parabola with its vertex at axis along OZ.
is
we will place and write the result ing equation in the form
Finally,
y\
=.
which
allel
is
parabola with
to
OZ and
vertex
at a distance by*
from the
plane
XOY.
a2
Ex .S.
Placing z
_
&2
0, c2
we have
(1)
FIG. 49
a2
which
y
is
(fig.
49).
Placing
0,
we have
22
which
its
is the equation of an hyperbola with its transverse axis along conjugate axis along OZ. Placing x = 0, we have
OX
and
62
(3)
which
its
is the equation of an hyperbola with its transverse axis along conjugate axis along OZ. If we place z = z\ and write the resulting equation in the form
,
OY and
.1
OM 1 +
we
see that the section
is
(4)
-=.
an
ellipse
with semiaxes a
c2
>
c2
which accordingly increases in magnitude as the cutting plane recedes from the origin, and that the surface is symmetrical with respect to the plane JTOF,
the result being independent of the sign of
z\.
164
of one sheet,
Accordingly this surface, called the unparted hyperboloid or the hyperboloid may be generated by an ellipse of variable magnitude moving and with the ends of its axes always lying always parallel to the plane
XOY
and
on the hyperbolas
If
=
a2
c2
=
62
c2
1.
now we
XOZ
sin 0,
about y
OZ
as
x cos
is
/
=
+
x sin
y cos 0,
(x
cos0
-y
a2
sin0)
(x
sin0
y cos0) 2
z2
"c
_
"
62
Placing ,
= 0, we
have
,_
1,
(6)
and have thus proved that the section made by any plane through OZ
hyperbola with
Finally,
its
is
an
we
conjugate axis along OZ. place y = y, and write the resulting equation in the form
a
a2
?_ 2l-l_^l ~
c2
52
whence we
is
To
we
symmetrical with respect to the plane XOZ. shall have to make three cases according to
6,
we put
*!
(-I) -(-59
which
2 a
is
its
- and
parallel to
OX. Hence
as the cutting plane recedes from the origin. If y\ = 6, the equation may be put in the form
which
is
If yi
>
the equation of two straight lines which intersect on 6, we write the equation in the form
*"
OY.
1.
which
2 c
is
the
1
its
Ca
V-l v-- -
and parallel
Hence the
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
.?*"-*
This surface
cone, with
its
(fig.
165
50)
is
OZ
as
its
axis
and
vertex at 0.
This surface
ellipsoid.
(fig.
51)
is
the
Ex
62
(fig.
c2
This surface
52) is the
50
The discussions
of the last
three surfaces are very similar to that of the unparted hyperboloid, that reason they have been left to the student.
and for
Ex.
7.
ax 2
by
2
,
where a
>
0, b
>
0.
Placing z
= 0, we
ax 2
i.e.
by
0,
(fig.
(1)
two straight
53).
Placing y
0,
we have
(2)
ax 2
its
vertex at
and
its
Placing x
= 0, we
2
,
have
z
=-
by
(8)
O and
its
axis
=
by
2
,
Xi,
we have
z
ax?
FIG. 51
b
l
a parabola with
the plane
its
axis parallel to
OZ and
its
XOY.
It is evident,
symmetrical with
respect to the plane FOZ, and that the vertices of these parabolas, as different values are assigned to xi, all lie on the parabola z = ax 2
166
Hence
always
may
be generated by the parabola z=-by2 moving 2 FOZ, its vertex lying on the parabola z = ax
.
The surface
called the
hyperbolic paraboloid.
where
z\
>
0,
2
we have
by 2
,
zi
ax
an
to
hyperbola
axis
with
its
transverse
parallel increasing in
--
zi,
we may
form
JV-
1,
(0)
an hyperbola with
its
OF and
increasing in length
/r\
GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
Ex.
8.
167
kxy.
As
XOY
(fig.
the algebraic sign of the constant k merely shows which side of the plane we take as the positive side, we will assume fc>0, and discuss the surface
on that hypothesis. = 0, we have xy = 0, which is the equation of the axes OX and OF. Placing y = 0, or x = 0, we have z = 0, and gain no new information about
54)
Placing z
the surface.
Placing z
z\,
where
z\
>
0,
we have
its
asymptotes as axes
(I,
117, Ex.).
Placing z
z,
Hence all sections made by planes parallel to are hyperbolas with OX and OF as their asymptotes, and lying in the first and the third quadrants or in the second and the fourth quadrants according as the cutting plane is on the
positive or the negative side of the
XOY
XOY plane.
z
Placing x
Xi,
where x\
>
0,
we have
kx iy
(3)
which
the equation of a straight line intersecting plane FOZ. If x = Xi, we have the straight line
is
OX
and
parallel to the
=>
kxiy.
(4)
Similarly, placing y
y\,
where y\
z
0,
we have
(6)
fc?yiz,
168
which
is
ZOX.
the equation of a straight line intersecting we have the straight line y = ?/i,
As
it is
lines revolve
about OX and OY respectively as they move along them, but remain parallel to the planes YOZ and ZOX respectively. always
about
Finally, we will revolve the plane OZ as an axis, the transformed equa
XOZ
tion being
?/
cos0).
Placing y
0,
we have
z
kx
cos0
sin 0, (7)
Hence
all
we keep OZ
swing OX
FIG. 55
and
and
OY into
I,
new
the formulas of
117,
=
2 a.
4ab
a
xy.
b
as in the illustrative example of angle 2 that article, the equation z = ax2 by Here the coordinates are oblique unless b = a
;
a, the
we
sidered,
where k
of this surface on which the coordinates are all positive shows relations between the pressure, the volume, and the tempera the graphically ture of a perfect gas ( 83, Ex. 3). This part of the surface is shown in fig. 55.
The portion
made
are circles with by planes parallel to one of the coordinate planes is which of coordinates axis on the their centers perpendicular to the
revolution (37) with that cutting planes, the surface is a surface of coordinate axis as the axis of revolution. This will always occur
= the equation of the surface is in the form F^x^+y*, z ) the in which means that the two coordinates x and y enter only
when
>
combination
^x + y
2
2
;
for
if
we
place z
=z
in this equation to
CYLINDEES
169
find the corresponding section, and solve the resulting equation for 2 e have, as a result, the equation of one or more circles, aj -f y*
t
the equation F(y, z) = 0, which is the equation of the generating curve in the plane YOZ. = 0, we have F(x z) = 0, which is the Similarly, if we place y XOZ. It should be equation of the generating curve in the plane noted that the coordinate which appears uniquely in the equation shows which axis of coordinates is the axis of revolution.
according to the
number
place
x2 + y 2
Again,
if
we
x=
we have
= Conversely, if we have any plane curve F(x, z) XOZ, the equation of the surface formed by revolving
an axis
2
it
is
F(^/x?+ y
z)
0,
which
by
is
2
x in the equation
Ex.
,
.
of the curve
V# + y
a2
1.
Show
this
-^L + 2
o
=
a2
1 is
a surface of
revolution.
Writing
a2
b*
we
see that
it is
OF as the axis.
curve.
Placing z
0,
we have - -
= 1,
its
conjugate axis.
2.
= 4tpx
=
88.
Replacing y by ~Vy
z2
we have
4px.
If a
= 0, given equation is of the form F(x, y) involving only two of the coordinates, it might appear to represent a curve lying in the plane of those coordinates. But if we are
Cylinders.
dealing with space of three dimensions, such an interpretation would be incorrect, in that it amounts to restricting z to the value 2 0,
any simultane ous values of x and y satisfying the equation F(x, y} = may be anything whatever. Hence, corresponding to every point of the curve F(x, y} in the plane XO Y, there is an entire straight line,
whereas, in fact, the value of z corresponding to
parallel to
0.
Such a surface
is
170
in the cylinder, its directrix being the plane curve F(x, y) the axis of the to and its 2 elements OZ, 0, being parallel plane
= a* is the equation of a circular cylinder, elements its being parallel to OZ, and its directrix being the circle 2 = a in the plane XOY. x*+ 2 In like manner, z = ky is a parabolic cylinder with its elements
2 For example, x -f-
2/
parallel to
If only
OX.
one coordinate
is
is
2 =Q (a + l}x + ab planes. For example, the equation x = which form in the written be 0, represents I) a) (x (x may a = I = 0. Similarly, any equation and x the two planes x
number of
involving only one coordinate determines values of that coordinate only and the locus is a number of planes.
of
which the
directrix is a
we may
coordinates represents a cylinder. If the axes are oblique, the elements of the cylinders are not perpendicular to the plane of the directrix.
89. Space curves. The two surfaces represented respectively by the equations /x (x, y,z)=Q and /2 (x, y, z)=Q intersect, in general, in a curve, the coordinates of every point of which satisfy each of
the equations. Conversely, any point the coordinates of which satisfy these equations simultaneously is in their curve of inter
section.
in
x, y,
and
the locus
In particular,
of
the two
is
a straight
line,
since
it
is
planes respectively represented by the two equations. = 0, fz (x, y, z) = 0, If, in the equations f^(x, y, z}
we
assign a
value to one of the coordinates, as x for example, there are two equations from which to determine the corresponding values of y and z, in general a determinate problem. But if values are
assigned to two of the coordinates, as x and y, there are two
SPACE CURVES
171
a single unknown z, a prob equations from which to determine is only one independent there Hence lem generally impossible.
variable in the equations of a curve.
the independent variable and place the equations of the curve in the form y = <M#) z = $z( x by curve for y and z in terms solving the original equations of the
In general, we
may make x
}>
of x.
The new
(
surfaces, y
are cylinders
tively.
= fa (x), z = 2 (x), determining the curve, elements parallel to OZ and OY respec with 88),
<
The equation y
= ^(z)
=
<
XOY is
the equation of the projection ( 92) of the curve on that plane. in the plane ZOX, is 2 (x), interpreted Similarly, the equation z
the equation of the projection of the curve on that plane. In particular, if we solve the equations
for
y and
z in
terms of
x,
we have two
z
= px + q,
same
= rx +
was represented by
any variable parameter, and we make x a function of t, as x=fl (t), and substitute this value of x in the equations y ==&(*), * = &(*) (89), we have
90. If
t
is
*=A(0>
y =/,(
),
*=/.(
)>
More
in represent a curve, the equations of which may be generally put t from the first and the form y = $ 1 (x),z eliminating 2 (#), by
<
first
Ex. The space curve, called the helix, is the path of a point which moves around the surface of a right circular cylinder with a constant angular velocity and at the same time moves parallel to the axis of the cylinder with a constant
linear velocity.
172
Let the radius of the cylinder (fig. 66) be a, and let its axis coincide with and the constant linear velocity OZ. Let the constant angular velocity be be v. Then if 6 denotes the angle through which the plane Z OP has swung from its
initial position
ZOX,
the coordinates of
given
=
6
a cos
0,
a sin
0,
vt.
But
x
t
wt,
a cos u,
sin at,
vt,
we may
regard 6 as
a cos 0,
is
a sin
0,
kd,
where k
the constant -
91.
~
Ruled surfaces.
surface
generated by a mov ing straight line is called a ruled surface. The plane, the cone, and
\vhich
may be
FIG. 56
of ruled surfaces,
and
in
the cylinder are simple examples 8 6, Ex. 8, it was shown that the hyper
Ex. 1. Prove that the ruled surface generated by a straight line which moves so as to intersect two fixed straight lines not in the same plane and at the same time remain parallel to a fixed plane is an hyperbolic paraboloid. Let the fixed straight lines have the equations y = 0, z = 0, and y = c, z = kx, and let YOZ be the fixed plane, the axes of coordinates being oblique. Then the = mz is a straight line which is parallel to the plane YOZ straight line x = a, y and intersects the line y = 0, z = 0, for all values of a and m. If this line
intersects the line
c,
z
a,
=
y
kx, evidently
z.
ka k c equations satisfy their product xy = -z, or z = -xy. Hence the line always ^ k lies on the surface z = -xy, an hyperbolic paraboloid ( 86, Ex. 8). z2 x2 y2 = lisa ruled sur Ex. 2. Prove that the unparted hyperboloid ~^+^ ^
face having two sets of rectilinear generators,
i.e.
Any
two straight
lines
of
which
RULED SURFACES
If
173
we
I-?- 1 -*
it is
is
any value of ki. But (2) are the equations of a straight line ( 89). More over, this straight line lies entirely on the surface, since the coordinates of every point of it satisfy (2) and hence (1). As different values are assigned to k\, we
for
Conversely,
if
PI (xi,
yi z\)
t
is
any point
of
(1),
Therefore PI determines the same value of ki from both equations every point of (1) lies in one and only one line (2).
(2).
Hence
We may
two equations
(3)
whence
it is
is
of
a second set of straight lines lying entirely on which may be drawn through any point of
Equations (2) and (3) are the equations of the rectilinear generators, and every point of the surface may be regarded as the point of intersection of one line from each set.
Ex. 3. The conoid (Ex. 52, p. 83) is evidently a ruled surface, since it is gen erated by a straight line moving always parallel to a given plane and at the same time intersecting a given curve and a given straight line.
Ex.
4.
is
the cylindroid,
i.e.
the surface
generated by a straight line moving parallel to a given plane and touching two given curves.
Ex. 5. Show that the prismoidal formula ( 39) applies to the volume bounded by a ruled surface and two parallel planes. The equations x = pz + q, y = rz + s represent a straight line. If p, q, r, and
s are
surface.
174
If
=
g,
0,
we have x
rzi
q,
by the plane
the sec
Zi,
we
have x
the parametric equations of a section parallel to XOY. Suppose now when t varies trom t to ^, the straight-line generator of the surface traverses the perimeter of the section z = z\. Then the area of this
= pzi +
s,
section
is
dp
t
dt
Jto \
dq ^+ ^
r
dt
r tl da
Jt
dt
dt
is a quadratic polynomial in z\. Hence the prismoidal formula holds for a portion of a ruled surface bounded by parallel planes. The prismoid itself is a special case of such a surface.
This
PROBLEMS
1.
Show
is
T/,
?/,
z)
+ fc/2 (x,
?/,
z)
0,
where
all
the points
common
to the
and /2
Show
that the
= 0, and meeting them at no other points. 3 = a xyz by means of plane sections. = surface z a Vx 2 + y* is a cone of revolution, and find
(x, y, z)
+
-f-
by
= =
2
cz 2 is a cylindroid,
and discuss
its
plane sections.
5.
6.
+ y*
z*
a?
by means
cz
is
of plane sections.
its
+ +
6y)
=
eft
plane sections.
7.
-f
y%
z%
by means
of plane sections.
is
Find the equation of a right circular cylinder which plane XOZ and has its axis in the plane YOZ.
8.
tangent to the
9.
planes
XOZ
is
tangent to the
10. Describe the locus of the equation z 11. Describe the locus of the equation
(y
+
by)
I)
=
3
0.
2y 2
5y
0.
c 2z 2
0.
an
ellipse revolving
Find the equation of the oblate spheroid, about its minor axis.
of
i.e.
by
14.
OY
by
as
its axis.
15.
i.e.
PROBLEMS
16.
175
= 4px
17.
Find the equation of the surface generated by revolving the parabola about OF as an axis. Find the equation of the ring surface generated by revolving about + (y - b) 2 = a 2 where a 6.
,
<
OX
the circle x2
18.
xy
Write the equation of the surface generated by revolving the hyperbola about either of its asymptotes as an axis.
Find the equation of the surface formed by revolving the four-cusped 8 an axis. hypocycloid x + y* =a* about OF as
19.
20. 21.
22.
What
surface
surface
is
is
What What
Show
is
+ (y2 + z 2 )* = a* ? x 2 + z 2 - y6 = ? +
z2
the
line
2 by the equations y
- 6x = =
0,
z-3=0?
23.
is 2 that the line of intersection of the surfaces x
a2 and y
an
ellipse.
OX through 45.)
24. Show that the projections of the skew cubic x = t, y = P, z = t* on the coordinate planes are a parabola, a semicubical parabola, and a cubical
parabola.
- a cos0, y = asinfl, z = kd 25. Prove that the projections of the helix x and YOZ are sine curves, the width of each arch of on the planes
XOZ
which
is
k-rr.
e{ ,
y=e~
f
,
= tV%,
on
XOY
is
is
an equilateral hyperbola.
f
27. Turn the plane XOZ about OZ as an axis through an angte of 45, and e~ z = t V2 on the new show that the projection of the curve x = e, y
,
XOZ plane
28.
a catenary.
that the curve x
2
,
Show
1,
is
bolic cylinder.
29. Prove that the skew quartic x = t, y = 3 z = t* is the intersection of an hyperbolic paraboloid and a cylinder the directrix of which is a cubical
,
parabola.
30.
its
The
is
90,
its
vertex
is
at 0,
and
starting from the vertex, moves in a spiral path along the surface of the cone so that the measure of the distance it has traveled parallel to the axis of the cone is equal to the circular measure of the
axis coincides with OZ.
A point,
it
cos
sin
t,
t.
CHAPTEE X
PLANE AND STRAIGHT LINE
92. Projection. The projection of a point on a straight line denned as the point of intersection of the line and a plane through the point perpendicular to the line. Hence in fig. 46
is
are the projections of the point M, and and z respectively. The projection of one straight line of
L,
P on
the axes of
x, y,
second
straight
line
is
the
of the
part
of
ends of the
direction
of the
projection of the terminal point of the first line. In fig. 57, for ex
and
M
R
FIG. 57
_ N on
MN
on
MN
BA
MN
is
If
MN and
AB
lows that
and
is
respectively of these lines, it fol is positive when it has the same direction as negative when it has the opposite direction to MN.
AB
MN
and
OXoi the
z 2 ) is
I,
straight line
from P^x v y^ zj
OL 2 = x2
But
P (x L L =x
to
2 2
1
2>
y2 x 1 by
,
L^L zt
13.
where
OL = x
1
drawn 2 P^P
l
Hence the
projection
of
im
If
on
OX
is
x2
x1
and
and
OZ are
we
on
OY
any two
common
is
the
PROJECTION
product of the length of
angle between
the first line
177
the cosine
lines.
and
AB
and
MN
(fig.
57),
To prove
by
I,
this proposition,
ST
at C.
to
</>,
Defining the projection of a broken line upon a straight line as the sum of the projections
of
segments, we may prove, as in the projections on any straight that 15, line of a broken line and tht
its
I,
We
will
now
*
^fe^o
show that
projection
the
of any
FIG. 58
Let
<
is the product of that area and of the angle between the planes. OY (fig. 58) be any plane through OY making an angle
XOY.
Let
AB
be any area in
intersects its
X OY such
boundary
that
and
OX let AB
f
in not
be
r
its
projection on
XOY.
(1)
Then
35)
area
AB =
C(x2
- x[) dy
In like manner,
area
AB =
(x2
x^
dy,
(2)
178
of y are the same in both planes, since they measured parallel to the line of intersection of the two planes and hence the limits in (1) and (2) are the same. Since the x
are
coordinate
is
<,
x2 = x2 cos
line of intersection,
area
AB =
(x2
I
x[) cos
<
dy dy
).
cos
<p
r
(x2
x^)
(/>)
= (cos
93. Distance
(area
AB
yz
z 2 ) (fig.
between two points. Let P^x^ y v zj and P^(x2 be any two points. Pass planes through P^ and P 59) 2
,
to
a diagonal.
OX, OY, and OZ, and having Pfc as Then the edges are equal
x v yz
respectively to x2
(
y v and
z2
zl
on OX, OY,
Hence
59 If the
2/ 2
PI
%=
(*2
,)
+ (y
as, for
two points have two coordinates the same, z yv 2 = z v the formula reduces to
1.
example,
Ex. Let
Find a point Vl4 units distant from each of the three points
1, 1),
(3, 1, 2).
P (x,
y, z)
Then
(y
(y
( (
Z Z
_ -
3)2
1)2
14,
we determine
the
two points
and
its
(4,
2, 4).
Ex.
If
2.
of
radius r with
center at
P (x,
any point
(x
of the sphere,
xi)2
(y
yi )2
Zl )2
r2.
(i)
Conversely, if P(x, ?/, 2) is any point the coordinates of which satisfy (1), is at the distance r from P Therefore 1? and hence is a point of the sphere. (1) is the required equation of the sphere.
179
Length of a space curve in rectangular coordinates. The method of finding the length of a space curve is similar to that of 40 may finding the length of a plane curve, so that the proof of
be repeated. the given curve, we assume n l points A between and and each connect B, , JJ_j pair of JJ, JJ, JJ consecutive points by a straight line. The length AB is then
If
(fig.
AB
60)
is
defined
as
the
limit
of
the
sum
Al[,
^
|J
n chords
is
~^~*-^5^
Pf^
I^_ 1 B, as
increased
without limit
each chord
limit
(I,
FIG 60
104).
y it
l
zt)
and those
of 7? +1 be
2
(
+ Ay,
z.-f Az).
Then
PP +
>
= ^/~Kx*+ Ay V Az
t
2 ( 2
93).
Now
if
x, y, z are
90),
2
and
-/
For we have
A,
rf^y dt)
Since
t
/^y
\dt)
/dz*
(dt
(
is
A = dt
,
4)
also
_ ~
dt
etc
Hence
Therefore
T Lim
1.
3), in
we may
denotes
A^+A/
by
V^
2
cZ?/
+ dz
2
.
Hence,
if s
we have
=/
J(A)
180
where (A) and (B) denote the values for the points A and B respectively.
follows
(
From
9) that
a cos0, y
a sin0, z
kd,
Here dx
a sin e
dd,
dy
= k dd.
+ 2TT
Therefore
95.
The
direction of
line in space is
determined by means
of the angles
with the positive directions of the coordinate axes OX, OY, OZ, We denote these angles by a, /3, and
7 respectively
cosines,
i.e.
(fig.
61).
Then
of
their
cos a,
cos
/3,
cos 7,
are
called
line.
the
direction
cosines
the
It
is
to
straight line av 7 X or TT
coordinate
rection in
.axes,
which the
coso^,
Hence
coscTj,
its
direction
cosines
cos
are
either
cos^,
7r
straight line in
tion
is
The
fixed has only one set of direction cosines. three direction cosines are not independent, for they satisfy
Cos
2
the equation
that
is,
+ cOS /3 + cos
of
1;
the
sum of
the squares
the
direction cosines of
any
straight line is always equal to unity. To prove this theorem, let the line
line
angles
a, j3,
Jf^ (fig. 59) be any straight and 7 with OX, OY, and
PP *-*
cos
181
we have
-f cos /3
cos
But
2 Therefore cos * 4- cos
2
/S 4-
cos
1.
(fig.
96. If Pt(x v
y v z x ) is
any
fixed point
be denoted by z may any second point P where Arc, Ay, and Az are arbitrary.
If cos *, cos
y8,
(x^-\- Arc,
y x 4- Ay,
z x 4-
Az)
cos
of the straight
line P^P^
we
have,
cos
Ay
for
and
Hence,
rection
if Aa?,
+A
Ay, and Aa; are given, the direction of a straight but the particular straight line having that di
line is determined,
is not determined, for the values of A#, Ay, and Az in no x v y v and z v the coordinates of the initial point of determine way the line. Moreover, the ratios of Are, Ay, and Az are alone essen tial in determining the direction of the line. Accordingly we may
speak of the direction A# Ay Az, meaning thereby the direction of a straight line, the direction cosines of which are respectively
:
:
Arc
Ay
Az
Furthermore, if A, B, and C are any three given numbers, we may speak of the direction A\B\C. For we may place Arc = A, Ay = B, Az = C, and thus determine a direction, the direction
cosines of
which are
+ B* + C
A + 7/ + C
2
A + B + C*
2 2
182
we
point P (x, y, z)
of a curve as
determined by
the curve from some fixed point of the curve, y, and z are functions of s, i.e.
105, x,
Then
if
is
Q(x+ A#, y
+ Ay,
increased by an increment As, a second point z -f Az) of the curve is located, and the direc
PQ
2
are
VA + Ay + Az
2
vA + Ay + Az
As
A
VA^+ Ay + A/
are the direction cosines of
The
0,
,-yt
Now
whence
for
lim
_ way with
=L
the other two
(I,
104)
ratios,
we have
point,
dx >
dy
>
dz ds
,.
ds
ds
any
at
the same.
Instead of giving the direction cosines,
direction of the curve as the direction
we may speak
dz, since
dx:dy.
dz
2
.
ds
= \^dx + dy +
2 2
94)
a cos 0,
a sin 0,
A:0,
which 0=0.
asin0d0, dy
Here dx
for which
a cos0d0, dz
kde.
:
0=0,
the direction ^ a
is
the direction
add
cosines are 0,
Va 2 +
A;^
183
98. Angle between two straight lines. Let the directions of any two straight lines be respectively A^ A^ AjZ and A 2 # A 2 ?/ A 22, where the subscripts are used merely to distinguish the two direc tions. If two straight lines having these directions are drawn from any point P(x, y, z) they
: :
will
pass
z x y,
4-
A^,
2
y +A
(fig.
+A
2)
and ^(a;
+A
2 ^,
y+A
z 2 y,
+ A z)
FlG 62
-
62) respectively.
if
Then
is
we
have, by
trigonometry,
x
-
But
- A,*)
whence, by
substitution in (1) and simplification,
2
,
93)
a v cos ^, cos y l are the direction cosines of any straight first direction, and cos a cos /32 cos y 2 are the direc 2 tion cosines of any straight line with the second direction, the above formula becomes
or
if
cos
line
with the
cos 6
If the
(2)
= cos
cos
a2
+ cos /3
cos
/32
+ cos 7
:
cos
72
(3)
:
:J^ i
Cv and A Z :BZ C2
evidently becomes
A^A 2 + B^B2
since cos 9
;
+&=
0,
(5)
and
if
since
cos a^
= cos a
cos
:H=t =
/3 1
cos
2,
cos7
=cos7
184
If
we
have,
from
P (x + A#,
2
l
yv +
A?/, z l
normal
.
(1),
we have
(2)
+
Subtracting (2) from
(3),
Z>=0.
(3)
we have
-
A
whence, by
tion
:
A^c
(5),
:
98,
(4)
normal
is
to the direc
Ax Ay
A2.
But the
to the
latter direction
the direction of
any straight
Hence
plane
the direction
direction of the
normal
Ax + By +
Cz
A B C is + D = 0.
:
:
the
that the equation of any plane is a linear For let the given plane pass through equation of the form (1). a fixed point JfJ (x v y v 2^ and be perpendicular to a straight line C. having the direction A
We may
now show
Now
the equation
Ax + By +
Cz
+D =
A B
: :
C.
This
whence
Therefore
D=- (Ax^ + By
A(x
x^)
CzJ.
zl
+ B(y
y^)
+C(z
)=Q
(5)
and to the direction represents a plane perpendicular one But plane only passing through the fixed point : (x v y v zj. these conditions hence the given plane has the equa can
A:B:C
satisfy
Any
plane
185
(1, 2,
1)
and
The equation
or
is
2(x
l)
(y
2)
3y
z z
1)
2x
= =
0,
0.
100. Normal equation of a plane. Let a plane be passed through the point J^(x v y v 2^) perpendicular to the straight line OP l (fig. 63). 96, the direction By z
of
OP^
is
the
direction
x^. y^. z v
(5),
+ *,(*-
*,)=<),
(1)
in the
~( x i+yi+Zi)=Q
(-)
r/
FIG. 63
01^ are denoted respectively by I, m, and n, i.e. / = cos a, = cos 7, and the length of OP^ is denoted by p, then
m = cos
and
Accordingly,
if
2 p = V#
2
-f- ?/
+ zf.
V,/2
we
-f
y*
+2
,it
becomes
(3)
+ my 4-
nz
p=
0,
which
is
known
(3)
as the
normal equation
of the plane.
Equation
Let P(x,
is
may
y, z) (fig.
z.
LM=y,MP =
m>
be derived geometrically as follows: 63) be any point of the plane, and let OL = x, Draw OP. Then the projection of OP on OP l
also
line
OLMP
on
OP
l
is
I-
OL + m
LM+ n MP - OP^= 0,
186
may
evidently be
made
2
V^
assume the normal form by dividing the +(7 since the direction of the normal to
to
2
,
The sign of the radical must in order that the constant term be taken opposite to the sign of may be the negative of the distance of the plane from the origin,
A\B\C.
as in (3).
Ex Find the direction cosines of the normal to the plane 2x-3i/ + 6z+14=0,
.
from the
origin.
Dividing by
- V2 2 +
32
we have
Hence the direction
the plane
is
+ 6 2 i.e. - 7, - fx + %y - f z ,
0.
f and
,
two
planes.
(1)
0.
(2)
is the same as the angle between of which are respectively directions the their respective normals, is the angle Hence if A C and the directions A 1 B l Cl 2 2 2
.i
VJ + Bl + C?
A
(4)
9g)
T/
The conditions
are respectively
for perpendicularity
and parallelism
of the planes
^
^L
+BB
l
+(7(7=0
and
*S l
^B
V.
c
any
straight line.
(1)
0,
(2)
LINE THROUGH
and
let its direction cosines
TWO POINTS
n.
187
lies in
be
/,
m, and
it is
perpendicular to the
normal to each.
also
+m
2 +7i =l.
(95)
of
/,
Here
m, and n
may
be found.
From
the
first
(I,
8)
l:m:n
= B #
C\ C,
C,
B.
line
2x-f3y +
0,
The
Z,
m, and n are
2
I
+
Z
m +n= +m-n=
3
0,
0,
l=
V38
or
38
V38
5
r=~
=
9.
V38
V38
V38
Since cos (180 cos0, it is evident that if the angles corresponding 0) to the first solution are a\, /Si, 71, the angles corresponding to the second solu tion are 180 nrj, 180 y lt Since these two directions are each the ft, 180
it is
other.
103. Equations of a straight line determined by two points. Let P(x, y, z) be a point on the straight line determined by
"
*( x v Vv z 2 so situated that P^P &(%%). Then, 18, there are three cases to consider according to the If is between and v P^P and JJJJ position of the point P. JFJ
-?(#!
y\>
z i) a nd
)>
as in
I,
have the same direction, and P^P P^ accordingly k is a posi tive number less than unity. If P is beyond P from JJ, Pf 2 and P^ still have the same direction, but P P>P P there 2 1 1
<
fore
is
a positive
number
Finally,
if
188
is
beyond
is
P
l
a negative number,
to co.
fig.
from P^ P^P and P^ have opposite directions, and its numerical value ranging all the way
first case,
from
In
7^,
64,
P, and
P% perpendicular to
the points
Mv M, and M
= k(PP
1
OX; and
let
respectively.
OX
at
2))
by geometry
M^M = k(M M
z ).
whence, by substitution,
(1)
By
and perpendicular
passing the planes through the points perpendicular to to OZ, it may be proved in the same way that
OF
-2/i)>
(2) (3)
The construction and the proof for the other two cases
are
FIG. 64
the
same,
By assigning different values to k we can make equations (1), on the straight line determined (2), and (3) represent any point
by the points
P^PV
7J
and
Hence
line
(1), (2),
Conversely, if x, y, and z satisfy these must be a point of the straight line and (3) are the parametric equations of the
P^.
straight
determined
by two
points,
parameter.
104.
By
(1), (2),
and
(3)
we have
(1)
result proves
two independent equations in x, y, and z. This 89, that two linear equations a line for we have any straight line straight always represent
Here
are but
the converse of
189
The
(
96).
be noted that, if in the formation of these fractions any denominator is zero, the corresponding direction cosine is zero, and
It is to
the line
is
(1, 5,
x-\ _
2_1~
_3-5"
z + 1 -1 + 1
is
Hence the two equations of the line are z + 1 = 0, since the line the JTOFplane and passes through a point for which z = 1, and 8 x formed by equating the first two fractions.
+y
parallel to 13 0,
is is
any
105. Equations of a tangent line to a space curve. If (x v y v z^ and of a A#, curve, Az) y Ay, P^ (x 1 z^ l space any given point are second point of the curve, the equations of the secant
7^
xl
A#
or Aa?
Ay
A//
104)
A3
As
where As
tions
is
As
As
59,
we have
as its equa
/dy\
ds /i (dx\
\ ds A
/dz"
dx
dy
dz
at the point
P r
to the helix
0,
a cos
0,
a sin
Since dx
a sin
0(Z0,
dy
2/
? a
= ?, or(104)z =
A;
0,
.
= a cos0d0, = ?.
k
dz
190
in
terms of
its
direction
and a known point upon it. a known point of the line, and let
cosines
cosines.
Let
/,
P (x v
l
y v zj
(fig.
m, and n be
line.
its
65) be direction
as a
Let P(x, y, z) be any point of the diagonal construct a parallelepiped as in denote by r, we have
On P^P
Then
if
93.
we
Pf
= mr,
But
= nr.
z
whence
=x
l ~\-
lr,
= y + mr,
l
= z + nr.
l
(1)
param
eter being r, r being positive if the point is in one direction from P^ and negative if it is in the other direction
from
j^.
By
eliminating r
we have
n
FIG. 65
Problems on the plane and the straight line. In this article we shall solve some problems illustrating the use of the equations of the plane and the straight line.
107.
Plane determined by three known points. Let the three given and -?J(#8 y 3 zs ), and let the points be J^(xv y v zj, I(x v y v ), of the determined equation plane by them be
1.
, ,
Ax + By +
Since
Cz
of
+D =
0.
(1)
P v P
2,
and
P
%
are points
satisfy (1).
Therefore
Ax2 +
%+
2
Cz 2 +
D = 0,
the ratios of the
(1),
(3)
(2), (3),
and
(4) for
unknown
eliminate
or
we may
PROBLEMS
A, B, C, and
either
191
D from
the four equations (1), (2), (3), and (4). By of the required plane is found to be
y
2/1 2/2 2/3
Ex.
1.
(1, 1, 1),
Find the equation of the plane determined by the three points - 3, - 1). (- 1, 1, 2), and (2,
is
1111 21 = -1
x y
1
0,
2-3-11
is
no plane given points are on the same straight line, = 0. to reduces above the and determined, equation
If the three
2.
Distance of a point
2 X ),
from a
P^(x v y v
and
at first let
normal form
^ + my + ^ _ p = Q
of a plane
through
)
P^ parallel to (1)
is,
by
(5),
99,
(2)
(x
- x^ + m (y - yi + n(z- zj = 0,
in the
form
(Ix^
+ my + nz
+ my + nz^ =
l
0.
(3)
Since equation (3) is in normal form, it tance of this plane from the origin is lx^
distance between the two parallel planes
is
+my^+ nz r
in
Hence the
is
magnitude
(4)
Ix^+my^+nz^
this result being positive
if
p,
the plane through l is beyond plane is on if the plane through origin, (1) the same side of plane (1) as the origin. But the distance between the two planes is the same as the distance of l from
from the
and negative
lx v -\-my^-\-nz^
is
192
If the
the form
I,
m,
n,
(4),
we have
magnitude of the required distance, being positive points on one side of the plane and negative for all points other side. If we choose, we may take the sign of the always positive, in which case we can determine for which
the plane the above result preferably the origin.
Ex.
2.
as the
for all
on the
radical
side of
point,
is
positive
by
testing for
some one
(1, 2, 1)
6z
14
3y
0.
is
Furthermore the point is on the same side of the plane as the origin, for if (0, had been substituted, the result would have been 2, i.e. of same sign as 2|.
3.
0, 0)
tion.
Plane through a given line and subject Let the given line be
1
It/
to
Multiplying the left-hand members of (1) and (2) by l\ and & 2 respectively, where \ and k z are any two quantities independent of x, y, and 2, and placing the sum of these products equal to zero,
we have
the equation
>,)=0.
(3)
Equation (3) is the equation of a plane, since it is a linear equa tion, and furthermore it passes through the given straight line,
since the coordinates of every point of that line satisfy (3) by
virtue of (1) and (2). Hence (3) is the required plane, and it may be made to satisfy another condition by determining the values of
CHANGE OF COORDINATES
Ex.
3.
193
(0, 1, 0)
the line
4z + 3y + 2z -
Find the equation of the plane determined by the point 4 = 0, 2z - lly -4z -12 =0.
of the required plane
2
and
The equation
may
(2
be written
11 y
^ (4 x + 3 y + 2 z - 4) + k
Since
(0, 1, 0) is
its
4z
12)
0.
(1)
coordinates satisfy
(1),
and hence
23 k 2
0,
or ki
=-
23 k 2
(1)
Ex.
4
4.
= 0, + 1 = 0.
2z
Find the equation of the plane passing through the line 4z + 3?/ 12 = 0, and perpendicular to the plane 2 x + y 4z lly
be written
0,
+ 2z
2z
The equation
fci(4z
may
+ 3y + 2z -4) +
+
(3fc 1
fc 2
(2z-lly-4z-12) =
(1)
or
(4fc 1
2fc 2 )z
_Hfc 2 )y +
(2fc 1
is
2x + y
2 z
0,
2 (4 ki
2 k2 )
1 (3
fc!
11
fc 2
2 (2
fci
fc 2
0,
whence
^3
7 &i.
(1)
equation
z-8?y-3z-8 = 0.
108. Change of coordinates. 1. Change of origin without change of direction of axes. Let (x Q y z ) be taken as a new origin of coordinates, the new axes being parallel respectively to the original
, ,
axes,
to
i.e.
OX
parallel to
OX,
and
parallel to
OY, and O
z
1
parallel
OZ.
Let
x, y,
and
be the coordinates
let
of
any point
with
x y
,
and
be the coordinates
to the
new
,
axes.
Z
Then
Q
,
= Z +Z
(1)
I,
112.
Change of direction of axes without change of origin. Let OX, OY, OZ, and OX OY OZ be two sets of rectangular axes and making angles with each other, whose cosines meeting at
,
,
194
the cosine of the angle ^ the cosine of the 2 angle between etc. Let x, y, and z be the coordinates of any point with respect to the axes OX, OY, OZ, and let x y and z be the
between and OY
OX
and
OX
is
OX P
ra 3
It,
to the axes OX Y drawn, the projection of OP on OX is x, and the projection on OX of the broken line and P, formed joining by constructing the coordinates x y z is Ijc + I 2 y + I 3 z (
coordinates of the
OZ
Then
if
OP
is
92).
equal.
Hence
in like
manner,
y
z
m^x
= n-^x
+ m y -f m z +ny+nz
r
f ,
(2)
In like manner
we may
(3)
=
Formulas
(2) and (3) may be expressed concisely by the above table. Since both systems of coordinates are rectangular, we have, by
and
m + m + m = 0, m % + m + ^ = 0,
l
l
7i
??i
PROBLEMS
Also,
195
1,
by
95,
/*
+m +
2
n* =
and
2
1
+Z
2 2
+^l,
2 3
m +m +m
=l,
<+<+<=!.
All these formulas are easily remembered by aid of the above table.
PROBLEMS
1.
three points
(-2,
2x4-3^ + 22 = - 1, 0).
z
1,
2. Find a point on the line 3 x y distant from the origin and the point
3.
0,
=
(
equally
(2,
2).
1, 4, 4),
(-5,
4.
constant ratio
k
Prove that
its
locus
is
or k
1.
Prove that the locus of points from which tangents of equal length can be drawn to two given spheres is a plane perpendicular to their line of centers.
5. 6.
2
,
1,
to the
1.
for which
e*,
=
=
e~*, z
= tVz
=
8. Find the length of the conical helix x the points for which t = and t = 2 TT.
tcost, y
tsint, z
between
9.
45, 00 respectively
of the
Show
cylinder on which
drawn.
11. Find the angle between the conical helix x the axis of the cone.
12.
z
t
tcost, y
sin, z
=
=
and
Show
tcost, y
tsiut,
tan-
=.
V2
13. Find the equation of a plane three units distant from the origin and per pendicular to the straight line through the origin and (2, 3, 0).
196
14.
and
intersection
and
32 3 ?/ + 5 z = 3, of three planes are x -}- 2y 1, 2 x Find the equation of the plane through their point of equally inclined to the coordinate axes.
2.
15. If the
cepts a,
1
6,
to the plane
of x, y,
and
p, prove that
_
=
^~<*2
&2
c2
16.
z
to the helix x
a cos 0, y x
a sin
0,
kd at the point
0.
17.
tcost,
sin
which
=
to the curve
18.
Find the equation of the normal plane Find the equation of the normal plane which t = 1.
e*,
y y
e-
( ,
19.
z
to the
skew cubic x
&,
ts
-f
21. Prove that the three planes = are the lateral faces of a triangular prism.
22. Prove that the two lines
2X
+ y- 7z + 11 = 01 + 4y + z-3 = 0j
+i = oi
intersect at right angles.
1
2z/-3z +
o^i
OJ
\7x-4y-*-10 = OJ
two given straight
24. If
lines,
Z]_,
mi, n\ and ^,
m2
and
/,
that
(1, 4, 1)
perpendicular to
x-2y-8 = 0,
3^ +
and the
(0, 1, 0)
27. Find the coordinates of a point on the straight line determined by and (2, 3, 2) and 1 unit distant from (1, 1, 1). 28. Find the equation of a plane perpendicular to the straight line joining and (4, 3, 2) at a point one third of the distance from the first to the
(1, 3, 5)
second point.
29. Find the equations of a straight line passing through
(1, 2,
1) parallel
PKOBLEMS
30. Find the foot of the perpendicular
197
(1, 2,
drawn from
1)
3y-|-z
to the plane
0.
31. Find the equations of the tangent to the skew quartic x 4 at the t point for which t = 1.
32. Find the equations of the tangent to the curve x
=
2
1,
y
z
=
t
3
,
=
ef,
2
,
at
1.
33. Find the equations of the tangent to the curve x 34. Find the direction of the conical helix x
origin,
e~ f z
,
=
t
tV%.
at the
cos, y
tsin
t,
35. Find the equation of the plane determined by the three points
(3,
1, 2), (2, 1,
(1, 2,
4),
2).
36. Find the angles made with the coordinate planes by the plane deter mined by the three points (1, 2, 0), (4, 1, 2), ( 2, 2, 2).
2x-y-3 = 01
5
i37/-2z +
= 0/
r3x-2Vy-5 = 01 2x-z-l = o|
by the
lines
39. Find the equation of the plane determined by the two lines
r
+ +
1 l
= 01 = 0/
40. Find the equation of the plane determined by the point (2, 4, 2) and the (1, 2, 3) equally inclined to the coordi
2x + y + 3z =
x
41. Find the equation of a plane passing through the line x - y and perpendicular to the plane + 2z + 1=0.
+z=
0,
x-y
+ 2y +
1)
42. Find the equations of the projection of the line x 2 = z 1 = 0. upon the plane 3x + y + 3z
(2,
+ z-2 =
and (-
0,
43. Find the equation of the plane passing through 3 y -f 2 2 perpendicular to the plane 2x 6 = 0.
1, 2)
1, 2,
2x
44. Find the equation of a plane passing through the line + 3 y 2z 1 = and parallel to the line 3x + y + 2z z + 5 = 0. 45. Prove that the plane
(x
x-2y + z-3 = 0,
4
2x
3y
2)2
to the sphere
46. Find a point on the line x-z + 3 = 0, from the planes 3x + 3z-5 = and x + 4y + 47. Find the center of a sphere of radius
(2, 4,
4x-y-6 =
z=7.
7,
equally distant
4)
and
(3,
1,
4)
and tangent
to the plane
3x-6y + 2z+51=0.
CHAPTER XI
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
109. Partial derivatives.
Consider f(x,
if
may, independent variables. We thus reduce f(x, y) to constant. vary, holding y temporarily a function of x alone, which may have a derivative, defined and as for any function of one variable. This derivative is
We
we
computed
and
is
V ex
Tnus b 7
>
definition,
_ Lim
ex
Similarly,
if
(1)
function of
y,
x is held constant, f(x, y) becomes temporarily a whose derivative is called the partial derivative of
to y,
dfix y}
Tnen
(2)
- Lim f(x
dy
Graphically,
tion
if
~
Ay
A-/=O
z=f(x,
y) is represented
by a
between z and x when y is held constant is represented by the curve of intersection of the surface and the plane y = const., and
is
and y
dx
when x
constant
is
= const., and
dy
is
Thus, in
z
fig.
66,
=f(x, y}, PQ
is
the curve y
Let
be the point
PQSR represents a portion of the surface = const., and PR is the curve x = const. L K = PK = Are, LM = PM = Ay. and (x, y, z),
if
r
198
PARTIAL DERIVATIVES
Then
199
y
LP=f(x,
,
y),
KQ=f(x + bx,
y),
y)-f(x,
M R=f(x,
y),
MR=f(x,
+ Ay),
and
y+Ay)-/>, y),
FIG. 66
Ex.
1.
We may
change the
temperature while keeping the pressure unchanged. The relation between the volume and the temperature is then represented by a straight line on fig. 65. If A and Au are corresponding increments of t and v, then
A,
and
dt
Or, we may change the pressure while keeping the temperature unchanged. relation between the volume and the pressure is then represented by an hyperbola on the surface of fig. 55. If Ap and Aw are corresponding increments
The
of
p and
v,
then
ct
ct&p
P + Ap
and
dv
ct
dp
So, in general,
if we have a we -,), may have
function of any
number
of variables
#
y>
200
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
These derivatives are expressed by the sym
or sometimes
J>
>
>
dx
>
dy
"
>
>
dz
z)-
y,
z),
fz( x
y>
To compute these
we have
to
of one variable, apply the formulas for the derivative of a function all the variables except the one with respect constant as regarding
to
which we
Ex.
2.
differentiate.
/=
dx
x*
3 x*y
y3
Ex.
3.
/=
d
sin (x 2
y 2 ),
2
^ = 3x2 _ Qxy
-
-L
dx
.
2xcos(x
2
2/ ),
= - 3x2 + 3y2
Ex.
4.
/=
log
Vz 2 +
+ z2
x2
+ y2 +
z2
110. Increment
variables.
and
Consider f(x,
ments
A# and
Ay.
Then /
and
let
A/ =/( + Aaj,
In
fig.
+ Ay) -/(a;,
and
y).
66,
N S = bf.
If
a;
and y
are independent variables, A# and Ay are also independent. the position of S in fig. 66 depends upon the choice of
Thus LK and
at pleasure.
x and y y} is called a continuous function of and A# a when limit zero as Ay approach zero
whatever.
manner
if z is
Thus
in
fig.
66,
as
LK
N traces
LM
S on
the surface.
201
A/ may
be modified as follows
t
A/ =f(x + &x,y + Ay) -f(x y) =f(x + &x,y + Ay) -/(a?, y + Ay) +f(x y + Ay) -/(,
t
y).
But
x Lim f(
+ Aa;,
+ Ay) -/(a;,
+ Ay) = 3/(a?,
+ Ay)
Therefore
or
/(a + Ax, y
e
OX
a
+
J
fix,
where Lim
Ax=o
0.
Also,
>
since
is
OX
,
continuous function,
= V( x ^ +
dX
,
where Lim
Ay=
e"
0.
Therefore
y
/A
.
+ Ay) -f(x,
+ Ay) = =
where
el
=e +e
=
Similarly,
/(*, y
0.
+ Ay) -f(x,
y)
i^^l +
e 2 Ay.
,\
Ay,
where Lim
Aj/=0
e2
Hence we have
finally
A/ = ^ A* +
In like manner, y, .-.,, then
if
^ Ay + 6.A* +
(1)
/
-
is
a function of any
number
of variables
x,
A/= ex A^ +
Ay +
cy
+
cz
A^
+ A^ + e Ay +
l
-..+
en Az.
(2)
In a manner analogous to the procedure in the case of a func ( 4), we separate from the increment the
terms
e^x + e Ay +
2
+ en Az,
call
The differen ferential of df. tials of the independent variables are taken equal to the increments, as in 4. is a function of Thus, we have by definition, when
the function,
y,
202
and
if
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
/
is
x, y,
->
z,
d
dz.
ox
oy
dz
(4)
be given any values whatever. one If, in particular, we place all but equal to zero, we have the Thus, partial differentials, indicated by dj, d y f, etc.
In
(3)
and
may
dx
in the partial differential expresses approximately the change function caused by a change in one of the independent variables the total differential expresses approximately the change in the function caused by changes in all the independent variables. It
;
is
the
sum
of the
is
(Ex.
3,
82)
r=s
Small errors
dl
and
dg, in determining
and
g, will
make an
error in
T of
The
ratio of error is
dT
I dl
dg
r
111. Derivative of f(x, y)
2 ?
when x and y
are functions of
t.
We
variables.
We
shall
now
of x and y are single independent variable t, so that the variations caused by the variations of t. Graphically, if z=f(x, y) represents
and x and y are independent, the point P(x, y) may tne entire surface. If, however, x = $$), y = $ 2 on whose on a curve the to P is restricted surface, projection point the plane XOY has the parametric equations x = ^(0* V = The equations of the curve on the surface are, therefore, x =
a surface
(0>
<MO-
<f>i(t),
203
In this way, f(x, y) is now a function of t and may have a derivative with respect to t, which may be found as follows
:
Give
Ay, and
an increment
Atf.
in turn receives
A^ + ^ Ay + e^ + e Ay. A/= ^ 0#
tfy
Then
A/ =
A<
y^ + /^ + ^ +
4 4
<teA<
e2
^.
A<
fyA<
A<
By
limits,
allowing
A
d*
we have
=y
&e
^ y^
ott
ay dt
of (1)
If
by the
differential dt,
we have
.
dt+ v^ d, f dt= v^ dx dy
dt
...
But
by
since /, x
4,
of a single variable
,
t,
we
have,
,
7
,
a/
df=^-dt, dt
Hence we have
df = -^-dx
dx
dx
= cfe dt,
7a
dt
dy
= -fdt.
<iy
7j
dt
+
dy
dy,
(2)
110, made on the hypothesis that showing that formula (3) of x and y were independent, holds also when x and y are functions
of
t.
x, y,
=
dt
dx dt
dy dt
dz dt
*-*+**+!*
Ex. Let F(x,
field,
y, 2)
that
is,
let
= - X,
~=-
F,
=-
Z,
ponents of force in the directions of the coordinate axes. Required the rate of change of F in a direction which makes the angles or, /3, 7 with the axes.
204
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
straight line
106,
A
by
making the given angles with the axes has the equations,
x
(1),
= Xi + r cos a, y = yi + z = zi -f r cos 7.
?/,
If these
r,
and
is
z in V,
.
it
becomes a function
of
and
its
By
dz
(3),
dV__8Vdx
dr dx dr
cV
dy
dV
/3
cy dr
dz dr
X cos a Y cos
cos 7.
By the principle of the composition of forces this force in the given direction.
is
of
112. Tangent plane to a surface. Let x on be a curve the surface z y) =/(#, y), and let =/(#,
(f>M>
<
(0>
^ (x v y v zj
be a point on the curve. Then the tangent line to the curve at the point JJ has the equations ( 105)
xl
=y
=z
dz
zl
^
dx
or
dy
The
l\
dxl
}"
by
(5),
98,
and therefore
lies in
the plane
Equations
(2)
and (3) are independent of the functions which and therefore the tangents to all curves through
PI lie hi the plane (3). This plane is called the tangent plane to the surface, and the line (2), which is normal to it, is called the normal line to the surface at the point J^. The tangent plane
205
may
the surface, as in the case of the sphere or the intersect the surface at the point of tangency,
one sheet.
In order that the function f(x, y) shall have a maximum or a minimum value for x = x v y = y v it is necessary, but not suffi
cient, that the
tangent plane to the surface z =f(x, y) at the point should be parallel to the plane XO Y. This occurs when (x v y v z^
-^-
=
)
0.
mum
maximum or a minimum, and in case the existence of a maxi or a minimum is known from the nature of the problem, it may be located by solving these equations.
a
to
the
paraboloid
Here
dx
2 ax
and
cy
(x
2 by.
is
Xi) 2 axi
=
=
0,
0.
or
z\
The normal
Ex.
in the
x
is
- Xi _
yi
_z1
2axi
2.
2 by i
It is required to construct
may
be a
maximum,
made
x, y, z be the length, the breadth, and the height respectively. Then the 2 xz 2 yz, which may be placed equal to the given superficial area is xy
Let
amount
of material, a.
Then
dx
(a
2 xy
~
y)
2
2(x
dy
it is
For the maximum these must be zero, and since 0, y = 0, we have to solve the equations
a
2 2
xy
x2
xy
= 0, = 0,
206
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
positive solutions
z=y=*p,
;
whence
z^-
if
there
is
maximum capacity, it must be for these dimensions. maximum does exist hence the problem is solved.
a
in a
The graphical interpretation of the differential can now be given manner analogous to that in the case of one variable ( 5).
fig.
In
67
let
PQ S R
z
y, z).
Then,
FIG. 67
if
and LM=dy, the coordinates of S are (x + dx, y + dy, and the value of z corresponding to S is found by replacing x by x-\-dx and y by y + dy in (3). There results
LK=dx
+ A),
z,
for
+ /dz\
(
efcc
/02
(
Therefore
Vay
\0y
-ZV fl
=
<fe,
whereas
N S = A*
and and may have the
an increment As.
takes an incre
and and
113. Derivatives of /(*, y) when * and y are functions of s If # and y are functions of two t. independent variables s
t,
then /(a?, y)
is
Q-/
1
also a function of s
CH -/*
derivatives
~
ds
o^
and
dt
To
find
3s
we
will give s
Then x and y take increments Az and Ay, and ment A/. As in 111, we find
T As
=
a^c
As
T-
^y As
-r
1-
As
As
207
As approach
df
>
zero
limit,
remembering that
A/ = Lun
As
Lim
Az =
As
dx
etc.
^, We ,have
ds
ds
/
ds
= 3/^ + ^^.
d#
ds
dy ds
-
df
Similarly,
-J-
dt
dx dy -~ = df + df ff-
dx
dt
dy
dt
-,), where
x,
/
ds
df_
^
dx ds
dt
+^
d
+...
^,
dz ds
cy ds
= df_dx
dx
dfty
dt
tf^,
dz dt
/2)
dt
dw
d^c
du
dy
die
dz
du
A
t
x where x
is
a function of
= ^??,
ds
cfo ds
5/
a5
= ^^,
c?aj
^ = *^.
du
a^
dx du
(3)
If we multiply the equations (2) by the differentials ds, dt, 110, we have du, add the results, and apply the definition of
&;<&
(4)
This shows that the expression for the differential df z are independent variables or not. whether x, y,
,
is the
same
Ex.
1.
if z
=f(x-y,y- x),
= u,y
x
prove
z
+
ex
=
dy
u),
0.
Place x
v.
Then
=/(M,
and
a2_^awa/aw_^_^
dx du dx
dv dx
du
dv
fo__tf_fa.tf_to____3f_
dy du dy
is
tf
dv
dv dy
du
By
obtained.
208
Ex.
2.
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
Let
it
polar coordinates
be required to change from rectangular coordinates = r cos 0, y = r sin 0. (r, 0), where x
ax
dr
dr
(x,
y) to
Then
dy
dd
(1)
and consequently,
if
is
a function of x and
y,
dr
dx
dy
(2)
dd
dx
6
dy
Also, since r
= Vx 2
-f
y 2 and
tan- * X
= sin 0,
(3)
whence
Equations
It is to
(4)
may
also be obtained
from
(2)
by solving for
and
dx
in
dy
(3).
be emphasized that
In (1)
means
dr
when
u
FIG. 69
e is constant.
Graphically
(fig.
68),
PR = Ax
Also
is
thus determined.
in (3)
Then
OP = r = Lim
is
-
increased by
PQ =
Ar,
and
cos
9.
means the
when y
is
dx constant.
Graphically
69),
OM=x is increased
by MN=PQ=Ax,
209
r\
iii
determined.
in (1)
Then
dx
= Lim - =
cos
6.
It
happens here
and
is
nor reciprocal.
dr
dx
d6
likely to arise as to
jfirst
Ex.
3.
Consider f(x, y,
z)
when z =
We may find
Then
two
1
Pf
from the
1.
we
place s
x and
=
pf ex
y.
=1 -=
Direct
substitution in (2)
left of the
in
Cl CS different senses.
On
the
equation
means the
constant, and attention is derivative of / with respect to x on right of the equation it means the partial the assumption that both y and z are constant. Ambiguity is avoided by the
is
partial derivative of / with respect to x when given to the fact that z is a function of x. On the
2.
Thus we have
\W\
dX/y
\dX/yz
+ Wte.
CZ dX
An
If f( x
then
1.
>
>
y>
z)
= c for
first
a ^ va ^ ues
th e independent variables
df=
0.
Let us suppose
that x, y,
,
z are
the independent
-
variables.
Then f(x,
f(x
/(a?
y,
=c z)
,
z.
Hence
+4^
+ Aa;,
y>
...,*)
-
_ /(aj)
z)
z}
= 0,
y,
z)-f(x, y,--,
A# =
0,
we have ir
fif
Similarly,
^=
dy
0,
.,
^=
dz
0,
and hence
dx
2.
dy
9
cz
y,
-
pendent variables
f(x,y,
first
s,
t,
u.
Then
if x, y,
z are replaced in
,
-,z)
case again,
of
s, t,
u,
0,
we have
,
the
%-f
0, -f-
ct
%f ^cu
= 0.
210
Hence
PAKTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
df
= ^-dx + ^-dy +
dx
1
+ &dz
dz
dy
dt
=
ds It is to
& + |* -K...+gte-0. du
-
dz are
CASE
I.
/(#, y)
0.
The equation
f(x, y)=Q y as an implicit function of x, or x as an function of implicit y, since if one of the variables is given, the values of the other are determined. Then, by 114,
whence
dy -/-= dx
dx T?df
(1)
ay
Ex.
1.
=0.
By I,
100, 101, the equations of the tangent and the normal are respectively
and
y
(1)
_ 1/1 =
become
By use of
these equations
_X
\dx/i
+ (y -y ,)
\dy/i
=0
and
CASE
II.
/(#, y,
2)
0.
defines
any
x, y, z as
We
114,
Then, by
But
Therefore
dz
dz
dx
-\
dx
dz -dy.
,
K+
*WW
dy
+&
^W =
IMPLICIT FUNCTIONS
This
is
211
dx
and
dy.
Therefore
dx
*_
dz dx
and
dy
+ #*-*
dz dy
dz
whence
_ ~ =
dx
df
dz
(2)
~ty
dx
dz
Ex.
2.
line to the
surface F(x, y,
0.
By
~ (x-xo Vi ~
and
+ (yi
i
yi )i^\
W/i
z
-(*-*i) =
zi
y\
Using
(2)
and
(**.}
**.
i
=r
**
(**)
\d*Ji
vex/i
CASE
f^x,
III. f^(x, y,
y, z)
z)=Q,
0,
2 (a;,
y, z)
f (x,
By
114,
dx
cy
cz
dx
Therefore
dx:dy:dz
(3)
212
Ex.
3.
)
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
y,
/,(,
=0,
By
dx
dy
(3)
dz
dec,
dy, dz given in
may
be substituted.
116. Higher partial derivatives. The partial derivatives of are themselves functions x of and y which may have f(x, y)
partial derivatives called the second partial derivatives of /(a?, y).
sslST/ j-(/ 57(37] But it may be shown dx\dx/ dy\dx/ dx\dy/ dy\dy/ that the order of differentiation with respect to x and y is imma
They
1
are
%-{)>
)>
terial
dxdx
=
da?
,
Jm>
"
f(x
y)
are four in
number, namely
2
?
/2 /\
_ a/
a?
~
dy \dx*}
,
dx \dxdy)
a / a
8
dx \dy)
a
8
~
dx*dy
a
.
Sy \8xdy /
dfx
/a/\ =
dxcf
So, in general,
dxp dyq
signifies
The extension
to
any number
of variables is obvious.
HIGHER DERIVATIVES
117. To prove the relation ^-^dxdy consider the expression
_
213
y=
ft,
-^- for
dycx
*)-/(a,
(a, 6)
fc
We
shall prove
I equal
to
771)
asedy/c.f,
\dydx/ x= $,
are two undetermined points within the rectangle of
fig.
and
2 , 172)
In the
first place,
let/(x
h, y)
-/(x,
y)
F(x,
y).
Then
"
F(a,
ft
~~
fe)
F(a,
"
6)
whence, by
30, (2),
2*v(
fv (a +
h,
171)
-/y (a,
where
ing
Fy (a,
171)
\a?//x=a
=iJi
Apply-
we have
FlG 70
-
j-fit
In the second place,
if
we
let/(x, y
k)
-/(x, y)
=
<I>(x,
y),
we have
fc)-/x(^6)_
Therefore /^(d, ^) ^ 2 ), since each is equal to 7. y;r (| 2 Now let A and fc approach zero as a limit. The points (&, ;!) and (^ 2 172) both approach the point (a, 6) as a limit; and since the functions are continuous
,
=/
77!)
= Lim/yx
772),
or
/*<,&) =/(<!, 6).
it is
easily extended to
any number
of variables or
cx*cy
dxdydx
214
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
of
118. Higher derivatives of /(*, y) when x and y are functions t, or of s and t. By 111, if x and y are functions of t,
d^<^dx
dt
dx dt
3f_dy^ dy dt
t,
To
differentiate again
with respect to
we must
notice that
each term on the right-hand side of (1) is a product and must be handled by the law of products (I, 96, (4)). We have,
then, in the
first
place
dy = df^xdxd_/df\,^fd^,dyd/df\
dt
2
dx dt
dt dt \dx)
2 dy dt
dt dt \dy)
Now
(
and
j
(
may
be found from
(1)
by replacing / by
fif
fif
and
dx
d
respectively.
Hence
d
2
dt
=
dx dt
dx/d 2fdx
2
dy \
dt \dx dt
dxdy dt)
dfd y dy df
dy/dy
=
dx\dt)
dx
d*fdy\
dy*
dt \dxdy dt
_,
dt)
.
>
^_
if
/ON
dxdy dt dt
df\)
dx dt
dy dt
In a similar manner,
_
of s
and
.
t,
s*
dx \ds)
2
__
dxdy dt
d
2
dxdy ds ds
dy \ds)
dx ds
dy
ds*
dt
dx \dt
2
dt
dy \dt
dx
d
2
dt
dy dt
/ = d fdxdx
dx ds
2
/dxdy
dt
dxdy\
dt
fdydy
2
dsdt
dt
dxdy\ds
ds)
dy ds dt
dx dsdt
dy dsdt
The extension
obvious.
of these formulas to
any number
of variables is
HIGHER DERIVATIVES
V
215
function of x and y,
i
Ex.
1.
Required to express
y
2
+
1
a fix
F y -
where
F is a
^y
= Vx 2 +
x
y 2 and
&r_
tan-
(
)
_ ~
(x
2
a0
_ ~"
y y2
d26
dx
Vx 2 +
y
y2
Sx *
fPr
+
x2
y 2 )*
ax
x2
+
x
-f
_ ~
(x
2
2 xy
ax 2
a 2^
+ +
y2 ) 2
^_
y
Plence,
a2
2
_
2
aj?
_
x2
_ (x
2
2 xy
Vx +
from
^2/
(x
)^
cy
ay
y2 ) 2
(3),
a2
F
+
x2
dx 2
cr2 x 2
2 n a r ara0
r?/
"^y
x2 (
y2 )*
dff2
(x
y2 ) 2
8r
x2
aF_^xy_
c6 (x 2
?/ )
2 2
a2
F_aF
2
y2
x2
a2
F
(
xy
x2
aF
x2
aF
x2
y* 2
drdB
aF
xy
Hence
ax 2
+
a?/
=
2
ar2
x2
i
+
"a^
y2
"
w
+
i
_a F
2
"
Vx^Ty2
aF
"a7
dr
a^F
2
ar2
r2
Ex.
2.
If z
=/i(*
+
.
o<)
+/
(x
a<),
where
/i
and
/2
show that
dt 2
=
erf
a2
ax 2
Let x
11,
ai
=v
then
ax
-- -= -= ^=-a
1,
a,
ot
ax
1,
and
dfz
dv ex
du
du
= ~
dt
du
dt
dv
ct
du
_^
^dv
we have
d2
d 2/! /aw\ 2
d%
/av\ 2
dx2
du 2 \ax/
^
JM
dw 2
dfc
dv 2
du 2 \ax/
du2
"
S s ffiM%.m/aiy dw \a/
a
2 2
-M
d
2
du 2 \ae/
By
is
obtained.
216
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
Consider
f(x, a)dx,
where a is a parameter independent of x. In the integration a is considered as constant, but the value of the integral is a function of a. Let a be given an increment Aa. Then u takes an increment AM, where
Aw =
Now
by
31, (1),
r.
s>b
r*b
f(x, a -f Aa) dx
f(x, a) dx
<J
*J a
[f(z,
+ Aa)
Hence
A, =
Ja
Aa
approaches zero as a
we have
6 are finite.
It is not
always
infinite possible to differentiate in this way an integral with an limit. The discussion of this lies outside the scope of this book.
The
integral
25,
is
upper limit
6,
and we
have, by
rr
f(x,
).
(2)
a)dx
f(x, a)dx,
Jb
= -/(,).
(3)
PKOBLEMS
Suppose now that Then, by 111, (3),
a,
b,
217
t.
a are
all
du
_ du db
\
du da
^a
du da
da dt
x
~di~~db~dt
dt^
s;
db
da
,
da C b df(x,
a}
Ex.
If
= flog (1 Jo
du da
2 a cos x
a 2 ) dx,
_ ~
P*
Jo
1
2 cos x
2a
2 a cos x
a2
a)
tan 2 -
=
=
Therefore u
In this
TT
a
0.
= const.
But when a
= 0,
f
o
(log 1)
dx
0.
Therefore u
= 0.
way the value of a definite integral can sometimes be found direct integration is inconvenient or impossible.
when
PROBLEMS
1.
Given z
= =
4-
log(x
2
),
prove y
dx
x
dy
0.
2.
Given z
Given x 2 Given y
x4
+
2
x 2 y2
y4 prove x
,
5x
+y
Sy
ex
= +
4 z.
3.
.2
xy
2 z2
c,
prove
=
ay
.
4.
eax sin6x,
prove x
ax
a
aa
-f
a&
5.
Given z
=
=
(x
+
+
2
)
tan- 1 x
,
prove x
ax
y
ay
=2z.
6.
Given
z2
xy
ev
tan- 1 x
1
prove zx
dx
+
-f
zy
dy
= xy.
z
7.
Given z Given z
=
=
sin-
(x
y),
prove
ax
=
ay
8.
2
-f-
2 ye*, prove x2
+
ax
y
ay
2 y2
218
9. If z
PAliTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
=
xy, illustrate the difference
y.
A
is
angle
30.
triangle has two of its sides 6 and 8 in. respectively, and the included Find the change in the area caused by increasing the length of
each of the given sides by .01 in. and the included angle by 1, and compare with the differential of area corresponding to the same increments.
11.
angle
is
60.
triangle has two of its sides 8 and 12 in. respectively, and the included Find the change in the opposite side caused by making the given
12.1 in., the angle being unchanged,
sides 7.9
and
differ
right circular cylinder has an altitude 12 ft. and the radius of its base Find the change in its volume caused by increasing the altitude by .1 ft. and the radius by .01 ft., and compare with the differential of volume corre sponding to the same increments.
12.
is
ft.
13.
The distance
of
measuring a base
in
line
BC =
CBA = a
caused by errors of cZ/i, da, dp the expression for the error in the length of measuring h, a, /3, assuming that higher powers of the errors of measurement
AB
may
be neglected.
,
dz
dt
=
y
,
dz dx
dx dt
dy dt
15. z
16. z
= = = =
x2
2
?/
,
t,
sinxy, x
e2
= P. y = e st
cos
t.
V
ex2
= sin
,
17. z
+ v2 x
sin, y
cost.
Vcc 2
-f
y2
that the tetrahedron formed by the coordinate planes and any 3 tangent plane to the surface xyz = a is of constant volume.
Show
Show
20.
that
lines.
to the surface z
two straight
21
.
by -\- cz + d =
which
is
23. Find a point in a triangle such that the from the three vertices is a minimum.
sum
24. Of all rectangular parallelepipeds inscribed which has the greatest volume.
in
an
25. Find the point inside a plane triangle from which the sum of the squares of the perpendiculars to the three sides is a minimum. (Express the answer in the area of the triangle, a, &, c, the lengths of the three sides, and terms of
JK",
x, y, z,
PROBLEMS
26. If z
^./x\ =/(-), prove x ax \y/
219
az
az
\-
y
ay
0.
27. If f(lx
4 my
(ly
4- nz,
x2
4-
2 4- z )
0,
prove
\-
mx)
(ny
mz)
-ex
(lz
nx)
= 0.
dy
-
28. If z
y2
4 2/(- 4 \x
is
log
A
/
prove
- = 2y - - ay
n,
y ax
a/ prove x dx
-
29.
If
/(x, y)
4y
a/
nf.
dy
30. Given x
prove
/ax\
/8r\
\ar/
W/
\Sx/ v
2
,
(dy\
w/
\ce/ r
=_
/er\
W/
\dy
d0Jr
31. Given u
log
Vx +
2
tan-
prove
+
CL
^+
=
C
at the point
(*1,
2/1,
l)-
33. Show that the sum of the squares of the intercepts on the coordinate a* is constant. axes of any tangent plane to x 4 y* +
34.
Show
that the
sum
gent plane to x^
4
if
y^
Ix
+ !^4.^
2
p = Va2
2 4- b
+ my 4 nz = p m 2 + c%2
.
is
4 my +
nz
=p
is
ax
by
if
p =
bl 2
4 am 2
straight line
is
37. Find the cosine of the angle between the normal to the ellipsoid and the drawn from the center to the point of contact, and prove that it
,
equal to
where p
is
and
from the
center.
38. Find the angle between the line drawn from the origin to the point = a 3 and the normal to the surface at that point. (a, a, a) of the surface xyz
(x
z2
a2 and
6)
c2 .
220
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
+
z 2x 2
= c\
z}
and x2
y2
z2
= c^
and 0(x,
y, z)
42. If /(x, y,
z)
0,
show that
z)
43. If /(x, y}
=
*
and 0(x,
= 0,
and z
is
how ttat*
=
g2
dx dy dz
2j2
?*. dx dz
44. Find the equations of the tangent line to the curve of intersection of the
ellipsoid
-a2
y2
-{
f-
o2
c2
Ix
+ my +
nz
0.
45. Find the equations of the tangent line to the curve of intersection of the
2 cylinders x
-f
y2
a 2 y2
,
z2
b2
x2
and
xa
Ix
+ my +
nz
+ ^H
y2
z2
0.
-f
47. Find the highest point of the curve of intersection of the hyperboloid z 2 = 1 and the plane x + y + 2z = 0. y%
y2
a2 z
,
=
=
k tan-
- intersects
y2
z2
r 2 (r
>
a).
z2
a,
b (y
z) intersects
Verify
- =
dxdy dydx
~
51. z
52. z
= =
log
Vx 2 +
_
y2
53. z
.
= =
8111-!-.
KA 54. z
ex
smy.
55. If z
Iog(x2
(e
y2 )
+ tan-i, x
prove
-\
gx2
2
= 0.
cy
5
56. If z
57. If z
= =
e~ x ) cosy, prove
--- = 0.
dy
dx2
at),
sec (x
58. If z
CO
-rr
/ =V x
at)
5
tan (x
3*
+
Z
prove
dZ Z
y 2 prove
,
^ = a -|
2
dc 2
Sx-4
dy dx*
59. If z
= =
sin
e~
cos (x
prove
----
(-
= 0.
60. If z
4
61. Given x
+
.
logx
ev\ prove
=
cxcy
V with
eM sinu, find
xy.
in terms of the derivatives of
PROBLEMS
62. Given x
221 +
=
c2
2 i
cos
sin
prove
a2
_L +
M-D
63. Gi
,
c2
64. Given x
= re
jf.
e -e
-,
J
a2
e = r-
e~Q
^
-,
prove
82F F ~ a2F _ ~ ~~
1 g2
8F
cr
"^2
5^2
~^2
v)
02
65. If x
tions
=/(w,
,
u)
and y
,
=
<f>(u,
^ = ?*
aw
du
-8u
and
is
du
any function
a2
x and
y,
prove
&v
"
ew2
d*v
av 2
/a
F
2
2 \ ax
a?/
67. If z
0(x
iy)
t(x
iy),
where
find
=
.
V/
1,
az
prove
a^ =
0.
= F(x),
d 2 ?/
d*u
69. If /(x, y)
0,
prove
_=
-- -ax 2 \ay/
axay ex Sy
2 ay \gx
\cy)
70. Differentiate
/**
|
log (1
o
a,
and thence
find
Q*+A
77
L<r
~
71. Differentiate
of the integral.
f
Jo
lo %
dx with respect
to a,
and thence
CHAPTEE
XII
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
120. Double integral with constant limits. Let f(x, y) be any function of x and y which is single valued and continuous and posi tive for all pairs of values of x and y for which a^x^b and c^y^d.
b a into n equal parts, denoting each part by thus forming the series of values of x, x v x 2 xs ,xn _ l where
>
c into m equal parts, Similarly, divide the interval d denoting each part by Ay, thus forming the series of values of y, y v y 2
->-
where
of
x determine a
of
parallel to
OX
(fig.
71).
Every
every line of the other set, and any one of these points of intersection
ya
may
to
l
where
and j has
to
c.
all integral
1,
<r-x
values from
XQ being a
FIG. 71
and y being
of f(x, y) at
we form
the series
c)kxky +f(a,
c)
+f(xv
,
A^Ay +/(^,
y,
(I)
222
where two
two elements
and j
of (2) as
called the double integral of f(x, y) over the area lines x d. a, x b, y c, and y
of the terms in (2) may evidently be made in ways, but there are two which we shall consider in par ticular: (1) when the sum of the terms of each row is found, and
The summation
many
these
sums added together (2) when the sum of the terms in each column is found, and these sums added together. It will appear from the graphical representation ( 121) that these two methods
;
lead to the
same
result;
and
it
may
it is
is
always
If
summation.
to be noted that the value
the
is
of
of
row
is
(21)
let
Accordingly,
when we
becomes
(jf
/(,
y)dy^
/to,
Qf f(x v
+ +
(jf
/("V-*
<
+
But
3
>
( jf
y)dy)**
I).*)**
Letting
increase indefinitely,
as the function of
x.
which represents the double integral on the hypothesis that and then n is made to increase indefinitely.
first
224
Another way
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
of writing (4) is
nd
where the summation
right to left,
i.e.
f(x,y)dxdy,
(5)
first
is made in the order of the differentials from with respect to y and then with respect to x,
limits of
and the limits are in the same order as the differentials, i.e. the y are c and d, and. the limits of x are a and b.* If the second method of summation is followed, we have
f(x )y )dydx.
(7)
Ex. The moment of inertia of a particle about an axis is the product of its mass by the square of its distance from the axis. From this definition let us determine the moment of inertia of a lamina of uniform thickness k about an
axis perpendicular to its plane. Let the density of the lamina be uniform and de noted by and let the plane coin cide with the plane of the lamina, the axis
/>,
XOY
Let
the lamina be in the form of a rectangle (fig. 72) bounded by the lines x = a, x = &,
y
.
c,
d.
y-
.tangles
by the
of any element, as PQ, is pkAxAy. If this mass is regarded as concentrated at P(X;, %), its moment of inertia would be (x? -f yj)pkbxby. If the mass is regarded as concentrated at Q(x t + Ax, 2fr + Ay), its moment of
-
(4)
is
f
/a
dx
t/e
f f(x,
y) dy, in
x.
summation
is first
f(x, y)dydx, which is merely (4) with the parenthesis removed. In this form it is to be noted that the limits and the differentials are in inverse orders, and that the order of summation is the order of the differentials from left to right, i.e. first with respect to y and then with respect to x. In this text this last form of writing the double integral will not be used. In other books the context will indicate the form of notation which the writer has
chosen.
nd
GKAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
inertia
225
would be
[(x t
Ax)
(j#
+ Ay) 2 ]pkAx&y.
we have
1
t
Letting
represent the
moment
=n
i=0
j=
i=0
.7
j=Q and
The
limits of these
sums as n=oo,
Lim
Hence we
define
[(*
Ax= 0, Ay =
3),
for
M by the equation M= vC JC
a
c
(x
y*)pkdxdy.
is
If p
moment
bounded by the
lines
which
is
of f(x, y) (fig. 73). d a, x b, y c, y Through the lines x Then the volume bounded by the pass planes parallel to OZ.
FIG. 73
the planes x a, x = b, y = c, y d, and the surface =f(x, y) is a graphical representation of the double integral of 120. For if the planes x xv x x2 x xv y y v y ya are constructed, they divide the above volume, which y = y3
plane
XOY,
we
will denote
MNQP,
each of which
226
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
in the plane XOY. If the stands on a rectangular base coordinates of are (xit y^, the corresponding term of (2), the term/(^, ^.)Aa!Ay is/(^, %.)A^Ay, and since f(x{) i/j ) =
AAy
120>
MP
is
MNQP,
the volume of a prism standing on the same base as the column and the volume of this prism is approximately the volume
of the column. Hence (2), 120, is the sum of the volumes of such prisms, and is approximately equal to V\ and as m and n both increase indefinitely, the limit of the sum of the volumes of these prisms is evidently V.
of the
is
two ways
(5),
of
summation
is
now
clear.
first
written as
added together, keeping x constant, the result being a series of slices, each of thickness A#, which are finally added together to include the total volume and if the integral is written in the form
;
120, the prisms are first added together, keeping y constant, (7), the result being a series of slices, each of thickness Ay, which are
finally
(5)
added together to include the total volume. and (7) are equivalent, as was noted before.
It follows that
122. Double integral with variable limits. may now extend the idea of a double integral as follows Instead of taking the integral over a rectangle,
:
We
as in
120,
we may
take
OX or OY
more
intersects
it
in not
Drawing
and
to
of
some
of
M
FIG. 74
which
curve and others of which are only partly within that area.
Then
(1)
volume
bounded by the plane XOY, the surface z =f(x, y], and the cylinder standing on the curve as a base, since it is the sum of the volumes
121. Now, letting the number of these prisms of prisms, as in and A# increase indefinitely, while A# 0, it is evident that
we sum up
first
with respect to
y,
we add
together terms of
.
Then if is of x, such as x (1) corresponding to a fixed value xit the result is a sum corresponding to the strip the line x ABCD, and the limits of y for this strip are the values of y corre
{
ME
sponding to x
=x
),
and
MB =/ (#
2
if
MA =f (x^
l
As
different
integral values are given to i, we have a series of terms correspond ing to strips of the type ABCD, which, when the final summation
is
made with
respect to x,
if
the least and the greatest values of x for the curve are the constants a and b respectively, the limit of (1) appears in the form
curve.
Hence,
Ja
where the subscript
f(x,y}dxdy,
(2)
Jfi(x)
On
to x,
i is no longer needed. the other hand, if the first summation is made with respect the result is a series of terms each of which corresponds to a
strip of the
4>i(y)
type
(y),
A B C D*
and the
limits of
x are
of the
form
in
and terms of
<
y.
found by solving the equation of the curve for x Finally, if the least and the greatest values of y for
c
and d
appears in the
form
^
/
J/c
f(*,y)dydx.
(3)
i/fi(r)
While the limits of integration in (2) and (3) are different, it is evident from the graphical representation that the integrals are
equivalent. 123. In
120-122, f(x, y) has been assumed positive for all the values of x and y considered, i.e. the surface z =/(#, y} was If, however, entirely on the positive side of the plane XOY.
228
f(x, y)
is
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
negative for
is
all
reasoning
integral
is
Finally, if f(x, y) is sometimes positive sometimes negative, the result is an algebraic sum, as in
negative.
and
22.
it is
all
not necessary that all the values of A# should the values of Ay equal also in place of f(xit y^
;
17,),
where x
<
<
xi+l and yj
<
<
yj+r
2223,
it
making these extensions being similar to that of not repeated here, but the student is advised to
The method
meaning
of
review those
articles.
124. Computation of a double integral. ing a double integral is evident from the
comput
of the notation.
n2
As
this integral
is
xydxdy.
nZt
/>2
written,
it is
equivalent to
Jo
Vo
in parenthesis being
computed
first,
varies.
Ex.
2.
/
J
first
quadrant of
the circle x2
If
y2
a2
we sum up
first
with respect to
(fig.
y,
we
is
ABCD
75),
and the
points like
and B.
The ordinate
of
B is Va2
x2 where
,
OA = x.
x are
and
a.
B
n"^
-*2
xydxdy=
^ j
r a P x ?/ T
2
i[-Yl
2
><
dx
te
=fl"-*
_
A D
FIG. 75
rq
x"
x 4
~2l
Since the above computation of a double integral is simply the repeated computation of a single definite integral, the theorems of
24 may be used
229
to find
we have
we
up
ABCD
of
(fig.
76),
by drawing
at distances
A0
apart,
and concentric
which
increase
is
by
AT*.
The area
ABCD
if
sectors
OB C
and OAD.
Hence,
2
OA = r,
area
AB CD =
\ (r
+ Ar) A0 2
J-
A0
Therefore any term of the sum cor 120, is, responding to (1), at first sight, of the form
f(r, #)
(rArA0+J- Ar
2
-
A0).
FIG. 76
But
J-Ar
A0 may
be replaced by
_.
+ lAr
is
-A0)_ = Lim /
integral
Lim
A0Zo
2}
V /(r,
0) r
ArA0 =
f(r, 0) rdrdd.
(1)
-fp<-
If the summation in (1) is made first with respect to r, the result a series of terms corresponding to strips such as A 1 1 C1 V and the limits of r are functions of found from the equation of the
is
bounding curve.
all
to
on
A 2 B2 C2 D2
made first with respect a series of terms corresponding to strips such as and the limits of are functions of r found from the
equation of the bounding curve. The summation with respect to r will then add all these terms, and the limits of r will be the
least
of r
230
MULTIPLE INTEGKALS
Ex. Find the integral of r2 over the circle r = 2 a cos 0. and 2 a cos 0, found If we sum up first with respect to r, the limits are from the equation of the bounding curve, and the result is a series of terms cor
responding to sectors of the type A OB To sum up these terms so as (fig. 77).
to cover the circle, the limits of
are
and !
The
result
is
a cos
rsdedr
TT
2 a cos
de
JO
=11 4a*cos
FIG. 77
0d0
of cylin
127.
(fig.
rectangular parallelepipeds of
lel
planes,
some
of the parallelepipeds
manner
similar to that in
which
122 extend out the rectangles in side the area. Let yjt zk) be a
(x.>
point of intersection of
any three
of
sum
.\
A-.A-.A-i
"\
-X
i=0 j=Q k=0
as
in
122.
Then the
limit of this
sum
as n,
m, and
increase
in
== 0,
definitely,
while
0,
Ax
Ay =
f(x
t
0,
Az =
all
FIG 7g
is
so as to
called the triple integral of
include
y, z)
It is denoted
by the symbol
f(x, y, z}dxdydz,
231
If the summation is made x and first with respect to z, y remaining constant, the result is to extend the integration throughout a column of cross section A^Ay if next x remains constant and y varies, the integration is extended so as to combine the columns into slices and finally, as x varies,
;
the slices are combined so as to complete the integration throughout the volume.
127. Cylindrical and polar coordinates. In addition to the 84, we shall consider two other rectangular coordinates defined in
(1) cylin
replaced by polar coordinates r and 6 in the plane XOY, and the z coordinate is re tained with its original significance, the new
coordinates
coordinates.
r, 6,
M
FIG. 79
79,
we
that
see that z
=z
XOY,
determines a plane
MONP,
passing
through
and making an angle l with the plane XOZ, and that r = r l determines a right circular cylinder with radius r x and OZ as its axis. These three surfaces inter
sect at the point P.
2.
OZ
Polar coordinates.
In
are
fig.
80 the cylin-
drical coordinates of
P
If
OM=r,
of
MP =
z,
and
Z L OM =
9.
instead
r,
OM = r we place OP = angle NOP by $, we shall have coordinates of P. Then, since ON= OP cos
r,
</>,
and and
(f>
OP the following equations evidently express the con nection between the rectangular and the polar coordinates of P:
z
OM=
= r cos
cf>,
= r sin
<f>
cos 0,
= r sin
<f>
sin 0.
232
MULTIPLE INTEGEALS
The polar coordinates of a point also determine three surfaces which intersect at the point. For 6 = l determines a plane (fig. 81)
through OZ, making the angle = with the plane XOZ; l
</>
which
2
a sphere with
at
its
center
and radius r r
In both
tems
nates
of
sys coordi
varies
-X
from
dinates
to
TT,
from
FIG. 81
to
TT.
The
r
is
coordinate
usually positive be negative, in which case it will be laid on the backward extension of
may
volume
in
in polar coordi
nates.
If it is desired to
express
126 in
The element
of
volume
(fig.
in
cylindrical
is
coordinates
82)
bounded by two cylinders of radii r and r+Ar, two planes corresponding and + A0. corresponding to
the volume
FIG. 82
to z
It
accordingly, except
for
ELEMENTS OF VOLUME
infinitesimals of higher order, a cylinder with
233
altitude
is
&z and
base
rArA0(
125).
of
volume
dV=rdrd0dz.
2.
(1)
The element of volume in polar coordinates (fig. 83) is the volume bounded by two spheres of radii r and r + Ar, two conical
surfaces
correspond
ing to
and
<f>
</>+Ac/>,
+ A0.
amid
its
The volume
pyr
is
of the spherical
0-ABCD
tiplied
of
its
To
ABCD
we
note
first
AD
<
FIG. 83
and
BC
is
equal to
r cos
is to
its altitude,
area of
ABCD
vol
r cos + multiplied by 2 irr. Also the the area of the zone as the angle A0 is to 2 TT.
(<
A<),
Hence
and
area
((/>
+ A$)],
Similarly,
vol
Therefore
vol ^4 J?
A<9
[cos
- cos
</>
But mal
2 from r sin
$ArA</>A0
by an
infinitesi
is
(2)
*
its
The volume
is to
base
of a spherical pyramid is to the volume of the sphere as the area of the area of the surface of the sphere.
234
It
is
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
to
be noted that
dV
is
three dimensions
rsm(f>d0,
and
dr.
129.
in the
Change
form
I
of coordinates.
When
a double integral
is
given
may
coordinates.
of r
the rectangular coordinates are replaced by polar Then f(x, y) becomes f(r cos 6, r sin 6), i.e. a function
the other factor, dxdy, indicates the element of area, of 121 and the work of
and
0.
As
in
we may
replace
dxdy by rdrd0. These two elements of area two integrals are nevertheless equiva
provided the limits of integration in each system of coordi nates are taken so as to cover the same area.
triple integrals
0,
r sin 0,
z)
rdrdddz,
2
(f>
cos 0, r sin
<p
when
volume
to be considered.
PROBLEMS
Find the values of the following integrals
/>;:
,X2 /io;z
i.
r r
Ji Ji
7X -dxdy. y
5.
Jo Jo
"
re
n-n
/rt~vsin
L*r$ dXdy
X
6-
**UOr.
-
a
r
j
n
3.
C
Jit
2
Joy
/~
C^sin-dydx.
7.
C f^ J
i/
"rdrdd.
i
cos1
4.
f T ^xlog
*/2 t/i
dydx.
8.
f C
t/
*C
/
e*-*y+ s dxdydz.
PROBLEMS
r a /Vaz-x2
dxdydz
Jo Jo
Va2
x2
y2
235
z2
11.
JJood()
C
2
drdZ
13.
f
/asin<J>
r sin
cos
cos
6d6d<j>dr.
Jo J
f ff(*)
-f(y)dxdy
CHAPTER
XIII
Moment
of inertia of
a plane area.
product of
is the
its
distance
from
the axis.
number moments of
inertia
of
we
derive
the particles about that axis. From this definition (120) a definition of the moment of inertia of a
homogeneous rectangular lamina of thickness k and density p about an axis perpendicular to the plane of the lamina. The
result
may
M =pk
where
If
(*
i/a
rd
I
(&+f)dxdy
of inertia.
(1)
c/ c
p and
by
unity, (1)
becomes
M:=
Uf a \J\(&+f)dxdy, c
(2)
which, as was noted in 120, is called the moment of inertia of the rectangle about an axis perpendicular to its plane at O. Reasoning in the same way, we may form the general expression
(3)
is
XOY. Then
(3) is
the
moment
to extend over a given area in the plane of inertia of that area about the
inertia,
(fig.
84)
about an axis perpendicular to the plane at bounded by the parabola y 2 = 4 ax, the line
236
237
made
first
with respect to
is
tion are
and
due
y2
4a
the
summing
of elements of
moment
of inertia
to the
strip corresponding to
is
found from the axis of y, and the limit found from the equation of the parabola. Finally, the limits of y must be taken so as to include all the strips parallel to OX, and hence
is
must be
and 2
a.
Therefore
M = Jo
C"
Jo
4a
(z
y*)dydx
192
FIG. 84
131.
If
is
(1)
for,
the
129, in place of dxdy as the element of area we take by z 2 element of area rdrdO, and the factor x + y evidently 2 becomes r
.
Formula
(1)
may
also be de
advised
make
that derivation.
Ex. Find the moment of inertia, about an axis perpendicular to the plane at 0, of the plane area (fig. 85) bounded by one loop of the curve r = a sin 2 6.
M
FIG. 85
We
the
first
moments
loops about the chosen axis are the same by the symmetry of the curve. If the first integration is made with respect to r, the result is the moment of
inertia of a strip
bounded by two successive radii vectors and the curve and and a sin 2 6. Since the values of 6 for the loop of
;
238
it is
Therefore
vo M = Jo Jo
I
\
In the two preceding articles we have found the moment of inertia of a plane area about an axis perpendicular to the plane, which, with the exception of a constant factor, is the moment
132.
of
inertia of
a corresponding
shall
We
now
find
of
moment
of
inertia
by the closed curve (fig. 86), and let its density at any point be p and its thickness be k.
Let OX be the axis about which
~x
FIG. 86
the
moment
is to
be taken.
tangles of area A^A^/. Then the mass of any corresponding element of the lamina, as PQ, is pk&x&y. If this mass is regarded as concentrated at P, its moment about is pky^&x&y and if the mass is regarded as concen 2 trated at Q, its moment about is pk (y + Ay) Aa;Ay.
OX
Therefore,
if
OX
Since
Um P k (y+y?y = l
(3), and
the double
sums
of
have
accordingly
t
&*=ffphfdax!y
where the integration
is
(2)
239 moment
manner
(3)
p and k are each replaced by unity, (2) defines the about OX.
of inertia
about
Y, in similar
OY of
OY.
the
same
is
same as that
of the Ex. in
2 replaced by x
Hence
= -
C"
C
Jo
4a
Jo
1
x 2 dydx
"
__
I
r2
/
192a3Jo
y*(ly *
If it is desirable to
M=
x
ph* sin
s
OdrdB,
(4)
and
(3)
becomes
M = CCpkr
y
cos
6drd0
to
(5)
made according
129.
arc of a plane curve, the axis of x t and the ordinates of the ends of the arc has been determined in 35 by a single integration. By tak
ing the algebraic sum of such areas any plane area may be computed. The area bounded by any plane curve may also be found by a
Draw
OX
and
of
to
OF respectively,
fig.
forming
which, as in
which
Form
the double
sum
^^A^Ay
and then
let their
A# =
and
Ay =
0.
rr
JJ
is
dxdy
240
2 = 4 Ex. Find the area inclosed by the curve (y x x 2 (fig. 87). 3) The element of area is the rectangle AxAy. If the first integration is made with respect to y, the result is the area of a strip like the one shaded in fig. 87, and the limits for y will be found by solving the equation of the curve for y in
terms of
x.
Since y
x
2
-V4-x
the upperjimit
is
?/ 2
and
=x+3
ViT^ x For the integra tion with respect to x the limits are 2 and 2, since
2.
the curve
lines
is
bounded by the
2 and x x = Therefore
2.
area
C *dxdy
J-<zJ
2/i)
dx
= 2 f V4 -x2 dx
J-2
/-
This example
35.
is
Ex.
3,
tion here
"*
is
grand in
35.
FIG. 87
in all similar problems, and hence many areas may be found by single integration. The advantage of the double integral consists in the representation of the area of a figure for which
in polar
coordinates
may
rdrd6,
(1)
the element of area being that bounded by two radii vectors the angles of which differ by A0, and by the arcs of two circles the
radii of
If
which
first
differ
by Ar.
integration of (1) is with respect to r, the result 2 before the substitution of the limits is ^ r d@. But this is exactly
the
241
the integrand used in computation by a single integration. Hence many areas may be computed by single integration in. polar
coordinates.
135. Area of
any
surface.
Let
(fig.
on the surface /(#, y, z) = 0. Let its projection on the plane XOY We shall assume that the given surface is such that the be C
.
at any point within the curve C perpendicular to the plane meets the surface in but a single point. In the plane and QF, draw straight lines parallel to
1
XOY
XOY
OX
lie
wholly or partly
lines
Through these
z
in
pass planes
parallel
OZ.
These planes
the
surface
will
intersect
XOY
such point as
P draw
the tan
gram
by the
planes
drawn
OZ.
F
FlG 88
-
parallel to
We shall now
define the area
of the surface /(#, y, z) 0, bounded by the curve C, as the limit of the sum of the areas of these parallelograms cut from the tan
made
Ay = 0.
the assumption that the limit is independent of the manner in which the tangent planes are drawn, or of the way in which the small areas are made to approach zero. This assumption may be
drawn
it
surface element.
242
If
A^4 denotes the area of one of these parallelograms in a tan gent plane, and 7 denotes the angle which the normal to the tangent plane makes with OZ, then ( 92)
Aa?Ay
since the projection of
= A J. cos 7,
/I)
A^
on the plane
are,
XO Y is A#Ay.
(2),
The
direc
normal
by
1
112,
proportional to
v,
;
hence
cos
and hence
and
According to the definition, to find = and Ay = that is
;
A we
limit
of (3) as Aa;
by the curve
1
.
If the center of
ordinates
(fig.
89),
sphere
is
= a2
Y
area on the plane
(1)
XOY
is
first
OX and OF.
2
2/
243
by(i)
=
3.
na
iTra
7ra2.
dx
/o
Ex.
2.
The center
of a sphere of radius 2 a is on the surface of a right cir Find the area of the part of the cylinder intercepted a.
FIG. 90
(fig.
90),
and
let the
0,
+ z2-2a?/ =
the elements of the cylinder being parallel to OX. To find the projection of the required area on the plane it is necessary to find the equation of a cylinder passing through the line of intersection of (1)
XOY
and
(2),
and having
its
z2
4 a2 )
+ Ml/ 2 +
z2
Now - 2ay) =
(3)
244
represents any surface through the line of intersection of (1) and (2), and hence Accord it only remains to choose k\ and k% so that (3) shall be independent of z.
ingly let ki
and k 2
1,
and
x2
(3)
becomes
+
dx
2 ay
4 a2
0.
(4)
From
(2),
_
cy
by
(2)
f*2a
=L /
=
8 a2
.
adydx
limits of integration were determined from (4), which is the projection bounding line of the required area on the plane XOY. As an equal area is intercepted on the negative side of the plane JTOF, the above result must be multiplied by 2. Hence the required area is 16 a 2
The
of the
The evaluation
of (4)
may sometimes
be simplified by trans
XOY.
Ex. 3. Find the area of the sphere x2 + y2 + z 2 = a 2 included in a cylinder having its elements parallel to OZ and one loop of the curve r = a cos 2 6 (fig. 91) in the plane as its directrix.
XOY
Proceeding as in Ex.
1,
we
Va2 - x2 - y2
(
Transform-
we have
129)
~ a cos 20
A=
ardddr
from the
the origin
6
is
integration
with respect
to
from
-FIG. 91
radii vectors
to
4
is
,
since
the loop
4 chosen
bounded by the
is
=
4
is
and
=4
The
necessary
because there
an equal amount
XOY.
CENTER OF GRAVITY
Therefore
245
A=2 f Vj
20
where the integration extends over the projection of the area on YOZ] and if the required area is projected on the plane XOZ, we have
the plane
of the area
on
XOZ.
In
all of
of a
47 we denned the center of gravity which lie in the same plane, the result
If
all lie in
we
are obliged to
m 2i & = ~^
2^ra.
to define the third coordinate of the center of gravity, the deriva tion of which is not essentially different from that given in 47.
To determine the center of gravity of a physical body, we divide the body into elementary portions, the mass of any one of which
be represented by Am. Then if (#., y., z.) that the mass of one of the elementary portions
may
is
may
as concentrated at that point, we define the center of gravity (x, y, z) of the body by the formulas
246
The denominator of each of the preceding fractions is evidently M, the mass of the body. Formulas (1) can be expressed in terms of definite integrals, the shall here evaluation of which gives the values of x, y, and z.
We
take up only those cases in which the definite integrals introduced are double or triple integrals.
137. Center of gravity of a plane area.
of a plane area in the plane
The center
of gravity
From we have immediately that z = 0. To determine x and y we divide the area into rectangles of area A^Ay (fig. 86), and if we denote the density by p, Am = /aAzAy. If we consider the mass of an element, as PQ, concentrated at P, we have, by substituting in (1), 136,
been defined in
49.
XOY has
that definition
(1)
an expression which is evidently less than x and as concentrated at Q, we have the mass of
;
if
we
consider
PQ
an expression which
is
But the
Limits of (1)
...
.
evidently greater than x. and (2) are the same ( 3), for
4- Aa?
-
The
limit of (1) is
^I
\pxdxdy
entire area.
iipdxdy
\\pxdxdy
Therefore
~^~
~>
\\pydxdy
"
(3)
"77^
tjpdxdy
y being derived in the same manner as
jjpdxdy
x.
247
is
constant,
it
can be canceled
which p
is not denned, it will be understood that it is constant. In that case the denominator of each coordinate is the area of the
plane figure.
Ex. Find the center of gravity of the segment of the
off
x2
ellipse
--
?/
1-
cut
a2
62
n
I
f\
I
by the chord through the positive ends of the axes of the curve. is Ex. 2, 49, and the student should compare the two solutions. The equation of the chord is bx -f- ay = ab. To determine x and y we have to compute the two integrals CCxdxdy and JJ ydxdy over the shaded area of fig. 39, and also find that shaded area.
This
The area is the area of a quadrant of the ellipse less the area of the triangle formed by the coordinate axes and the chord, and is accordingly
= - v a2
_
b
|(7ra6)- la&
|a6(7r-2). y are y
=
and
ellipse.
The
limits for
x are evidently
a.
Jo Jah-bx
n-
~\/2
- bx
ydxdy
=-
/
(
6 2x 2
a 2 Jo
a62 x) dx
=
3
2a
(TT
26
2)
(TT
2)
138.
If the
is
in
polar coordinates,
we
(3),
137,
by
129,
rr
x
pr-cos0drd0
I
CprdrdO
(i)
2
pr
sin
OdrdO
prdrdO
248
Ex. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the two
r
It is evident
a cos
0,
r =
b cos
6.
>
a)
As
from the symmetry of the area (fig. 92) that y = 0. is the area, the denominator of the fractions, after canceling
/>,
it
is
equal to
444
r2 cos edddr
= - TT (W -
a*).
The numerator
for x
becomes
1
3
(ft
a3 )
r2
|
cos*0d0
_ FIG. 92
62
ab
+
a)
a2
~2 (6 +
139. Center of gravity of a solid.
of
To
any
solid
we have merely
to express the
Am
of formulas (1),
and proceed as in
137.
For
example,
if
Am = /aA^AyAz,
and
pxdxdydz
\pdxdydz
\pydxdydz
JJ-J_ y=
\\ \pdxdydz
\\\pzdxdydz
z
=
I
pdxdydz
137. the work of derivation being like that of If desired, formulas (1) may be expressed in cylindrical or polar
coordinates.
Ex. Find the center of gravity of a body of uniform density, bounded by one nappe of a right circular cone of vertical angle 2 a and a sphere of radius a, the
center of the sphere being at the vertex of the cone.
VOLUME
249
If the center of the sphere is taken as the origin of coordinates and the axis of the cone as the axis of z, it is evident from the symmetry of the solid that 0. To find z, we shall use polar coordinates, the equations of the sphere x = y
a and
<
=
.
a.
C
nllf
I
C
{
r cos
nO.
I
r2
sin
(j>d6d<f>dr
Then
Jo
Jo Jo
n(X
r 2 sin
Jo
Jo Jo
({>d6d(f>dr
The denominator
of altitude a(l
is
is
a zone
volume equals
-|7ra (l
cosa)
128).
C
Jo
Jo Jo
f f
sin
<pddd(f>dr
1 a4 f
sin
Jo
4
Jo
(""cos
QdBdQ
dt
.-.
140. Volume.
In
126, 128
of
we found
The volume
a solid
of these
sum
increases indefinitely while their magnitudes approach the limit zero. It will accordingly be expressed as a triple integral.
Ex.
1.
Jg2
y2
ellipsoid
From symmetry
is
a2
62
1.
c2
93)
it
volume
ume
In summing up the
rectangular
parallel
equation of the
ellipsoid,
Y/
FIG. 93
250
we have
is
and 6-1/1
--
^=
and
1,
found by letting z
in the
that the ellipsoid has the equation of the ellipsoid for it is in the plane z greatest extension in the direction OF, corresponding to any value of x.
Finally, the limits for x are evidently
a.
Therefore
Fsgf J
= 8C
"*
f* J o
f Jo
T
a2
*dxdydz
pa, />6\/l-^
/o/o
a
"V
a*
C
Jo
dx (l--\ a2 \
/
=
It is to
| -rrabc.
first
integration,
when
rectangular
where
faces.
z2
and
z l are
It follows that
found from the equations of the bounding sur many volumes may be found as easily by
is
121).
z
0.
nates.
will be
volume
ae~ r2
128) rdrdddz.
first with respect to z, we have as the limits of integration and and oo, for in the integrate next with respect to r, the limits are plane z = 0, r = GO, and as z increases the value of r decreases toward zero as a limit. For the final integration with respect to 6 the limits are and 2 TT.
Integrating
.
If
we
Therefore
V= Jo
I
stZir
/oo
I
s*ae~ rZ
I
rdedrdz
Jo Jo
/.2rr
/>oo
Jo
Jo
de
re~ r *dddr
251
In the same way that the computation of the volume in Ex. 2 has been simplified by the use of cylindrical coordinates, the com putation of a volume may be simplified by a change to polar coor dinates and the student should always keep in mind the possible
;
Moment
of inertia of a solid.
The moment
:
of inertia of a
an axis may be found as follows Divide the solid into elements of volume, and let Am represent the mass of such an element. Let h and h + AA represent the least and the greatest
solid about
distances of any particle of from the axis. Then if is as concentrated at the least its moment of inertia regarded distance,
Am
is
Am
would be
If the
2
7t
Am
and
its
if
Am
greatest distance,
moment
2
of
moment
denoted by M,
^ A Am
the solid was divided.
-.
<
M<
all
Lim J
/i
Am
-=
when
the
number
their
of
the elements of
volume increases
the limit zero.
indefinitely while
magnitude approaches
Hence we
define
M by the equation
(1)
It is to
130-132
cases of (1).
The computation
integral in terms of
M requires
some system
upon the
solid.
moment
of inertia of a
We shall take the center of the sphere as the origin of coordinates, and the diameter about which the moment is to be taken as the axis of z. The problem will then be most easily solved by using cylindrical coordinates.
The equation
is
z2
a2 and
,
dm =
the density
also h
prdrdedz, where p
r,
so that
we have
252
Integrating first with respect to z, we find the limits, from the equation of 2 2 the sphere, to be r2 and r2 Integrating next with respect to r, we have the limits and a, thereby finding the moment of a sector of the sphere. To include all the sectors, we have to take and 2-n- as the limits of 6 in the last
integration.
Therefore
M = p Jo C
27r
f
J
"
~ rZ
r*dddrdz.
r2
J - Va2 -
As a
M = 2 p Jo C
stitution,
f
Jo
V Va
dd
f2 dedr.
integration
M=
^Ar
pa5
-,% Trpa
5
.
142. Attraction.
was
defined,
In 45 the attraction between two particles and the component in the direction OX of the attrac
particle
tion of
any body on a
was derived
as
LirnV
n=oc^ T*
i
^Am,
where
represents an element of mass of the body, r may be considered the shortest distance from any point of the element to the particle, and 6 is the angle between
i
Am
OX
and the
line r {
This expression
is
entirely
general, and similar expressions may be de rived for the components of the attraction in the directions
OY and
OZ.
Now
we can
to a
homogeneous
circular cylinder of density p, of height A, and radius of cross section a, on a particle in the line of the axis
from
Take the
dinates
FIG. 94
(fig.
94),
der as OZ.
r2
From
the
symmetry
components
of attraction in
the directions
OX
and
OY
are zero,
and cos 0;
component
in the direction
OZ.
PROBLEMS
Therefore, letting
253
we have
Az
g
ft
Jo o
Jb
(z
r2 )*
fig.
dedrdz,
94.
where the
from
.
A, = ,"-
a2
2
= =
Zlt
f Jo
7jv>
(h
+ V62 +
2
- V(6 +
2
/i)
+
a
a2) e*0
2
+ V& +
- V(6 +
A)
).
PROBLEMS
x
Find the moment of inertia of the area between the straight lines x + y = 1, and y = 1 about an axis perpendicular to its plane at 0. 2. Find the moment of inertia of the area bounded by the parabolas y 2 = 4 ax 4 6x + 4 62 about an axis perpendicular to its plane at 0. 4 a2 y2 =
1.
1,
,
3.
x2 (a
4.
Find the moment of inertia of the area of the loop of the curve x) about an axis perpendicular to its plane at 0.
Determine the moment of inertia about an axis perpendicular
62 ?/ 2
to the plane
at the pole of the area included between the straight line r a sec 6 and two straight lines at right angles to each other passing through the pole, one of these lines making an angle of 60 with the initial line.
5. Find the moment of inertia of the area of one loop of the curve r = a cos 3 6 about an axis perpendicular to its plane at the pole. 6. Find the moment of inertia of the area of the cardioid r = a(cos0 -f 1)
about an axis perpendicular to its plane at the pole. 7. Find the moment of inertia of the area of one loop of the lemniscate r2 = 2 a 2 cos 2 about an axis perpendicular to its plane at the pole. 8. Find the moment of inertia of the total area bounded by the curve about an axis perpendicular to its plane at the pole. r2 = a 2 sin
9.
r2
= a2 sin 3 6
10.
Find the moment of inertia of the entire area bounded by the curve about an axis perpendicular to its plane at the pole.
Find the moment of inertia of the area of a circle of radius a about an any point on its circumference.
moment of
a which
is
not in
the hyperbola xy
13.
Find the moment of inertia about the axis of y of the area bounded by = a 2 and the line 2 x + 2 y 5a = 0.
Find the moment of inertia about the axis of x of the area of the loop
of the curve 62 ?/ 2
14.
x 2 (a
x).
Find the moment of inertia of the area of one loop of the lemniscate about the straight line through the pole perpendicular to the r2 = 2 a2 cos 2 initial line as an axis.
254
a(cos0
1)
about the
an
axis.
16. Find the moment of inertia of the area bounded by a semicircle of radius a and the corresponding diameter, about the tangent parallel to the diameter. 17.
5a
a2 and the
line
2x+2y
18.
2
8 a3
4 ay
~x +4a
19.
=
2
2cos0
2 cose.
=-
=
0.
4 ax
4 a2
by the
circles r
a cos
8,
=
+
a sin y
2
22. Find the areas of the three parts of the circle x 2 which it is divided by the parabola y 2 = ax.
2 ax
into
a 2 cos 2
by the
straight
=
2
a.
24. Find the area of the surface cut from the cylinder x 2
cylinder y
z2
y2
a 2 by the
a2
25. Find the area of the surface of a sphere of radius a intercepted by a right a, if an element of the cylinder passes through the
y2
z2
y2
2 ax
0.
27. Find the area of the surface of the cylinder x2 by the plane XOY and a right circular cone having along OZ, and its vertical angle equal to 90.
y2
2 ax
bounded
its
its
vertex at 0,
axis
28. Find the area of the surface of the right circular cylinder z 2 sin a) 2 = a2 included in the first octant.
(x cos
29. On the double ordinates of the circle x 2 + y 2 = a 2 as bases, and in planes perpendicular to the plane of the circle, isosceles triangles, each with vertical angle 2 a, are described. Find the equation of the convex surface thus formed,
and
x2
= xy included
in the cylinder (x 2
+ y2 2 =
)
2.
31. Find the area of the sphere x2 + y 2 + z 2 = a 2 included in the cylinder with elements parallel to OZ, and having for its directrix in the plane a single loop of the curve r = a cos 3 6. x ~ y
XOY
XOY
2
is
the projection of
(I
CQ0,
PROBLEMS
tion, of the sphere
255
33. Find the area of the sphere x 2 + y 2 -f z 2 = 4 a2 bounded by the intersec and the right cylinder, the elements of which are parallel to
the directrix of which
is
OZ and
the cardioid r
a (cos0
1)
in the plane
XOY.
34. Find the center of gravity of the plane area bounded by the parabola #i + yl = at and the line x + y = a. 35. Find the center of gravity of the plane area bounded by the parabola
x2
= 4 ay
=
x3
=
2
by the
cissoid
2a
-x
- and
its
asymptote.
curve a 4 ?/ 2
37. Find the center of gravity of the area of the part of the loop of the = a 2 x4 x6 which lies in the first quadrant.
first
38. Find the center of gravity of the area in the the curves x^
quadrant bounded by
y*
a 3 and x 2
2
?/
a2
y%
a$.
40. plate is in the form of a sector of a circle of radius a, the angle of the sector being 2 a. If the thickness varies directly as the distance from the center, find its center of gravity.
41.
How
far from the origin is the center of gravity of the area included in = a cos 2 ?
by the cardioid
a(cos0
1).
sity in the
43. Find the center of gravity of a thin plate of uniform thickness and den form of a loop of the lemniscate r2 = 2 a 2 cos 2 6.
a2
= +-+2
b2
c
>
1.
surfaces z
46.
45. Find the center of gravity of the homogeneous solid bounded = k&, z = A- 2 x(fc 2 &i), x 2 + y 2 = 2 ax.
by the
varies
The density
of a solid
bounded by the
/p2
y2
h 62
Z2
ellipsoid
a2
=1
c2
directly as the distance from the plane FOZ. portion of this solid lying in the first octant.
47. Find the center of gravity of the homogeneous solid bounded by the
surfaces z
0,
0,
6,
62 z 2
is
y (a
x 2 ).
48.
homogeneous
solid
the vertex of which is on the , 3 surface of the sphere, and the axis of which coincides with a diameter of the sphere. Find its center of gravity.
circular cone, the vertical angle of
sity of
49. Find the center of gravity of a right circular cone of altitude a, the den each circular slice of which varies as the square of its. distance from the
vertex,
256
50. Find the center of gravity of an octant of a sphere of radius a, density varies as the distance from the center of the sphere.
the
51. Find the center of gravity of a homogeneous solid bounded by the sur faces of a right circular cone and a hemisphere of radius a, which have the same base and the same vertex.
52. Find the volume
y*
+
y
2
z*
=
2
a*
dinate planes.
53. Find the volume of the part of the cylinder x 2 between the planes z k\x, z = k%x(ki kz).
<
ax
included
by the surface
first
^+^+
=
)
= 1.
16
[
8z
[
0.
x2
=(x +
y)
2
,
a2
= y 2 (a2
=
z2
and y
b.
by the surfaces az
xy, x
+ z = a,
= 0.
0,
0, z
z2
8 x cut off
by the plane
= 2x
61
.
2.
62.
y%
z*
a*.
z r
=
=
a(x
+
6.
y2 ).
b cos
z 2) 3
= 27 cfixyz.
(x
y2
2 2 -f z )
axyz.
Find the volume of the sphere x2 + y 2 + z 2 = a2 included in a cylinder with elements parallel to OZ, and having for its directrix in the plane one
XOY
a cos 3
9,
PROBLEMS
71. Find the
257
volume bounded by the plane JTOF, the cylinder x2 -f y 2 2 ax the circular cone having its vertex at 0, its axis coincident with and right 0, OZ, and its vertical angle equal to 90.
72.
Find the
total
-f
z2
of
ar(cos0 -f 1). x2 z2 y2
(-\
homogeneous
ellipsoid
1,
moment
in the
its
homogeneous
right cir
height
A,
and radius
a.
A solid
is
form
angle 2 a.
ticle is
Find
moment
its
proportional to
of a right circular cone of altitude h and vertical of inertia about its axis, if the density of any par distance from the base of the cone.
76.
The density
of a solid sphere of radius a varies as the distance from a Find its moment of inertia about the diameter perpendicular
shell, the
its
homogeneous solid of density p is in the form of a hemispherical Find inner and the outer radii of which are respectively TI and r 2 moment of inertia about any diameter of the base of the shell.
.
solid is bounded by the plane z = 0, the cone z = r (cylindrical coor and the cylinder having its elements parallel to OZ and its directrix dinates), one loop of the lemniscate r2 = 2 a2 cos 2 in the plane XOY. Find its moment of inertia about OZ, if the density varies as the distance from OZ.
78.
79.
altitude h,
Find the attraction of a homogeneous right circular cone of mass and vertical angle 2 a on a particle at its vertex.
Jf,
80.
is
portion of a right circular cylinder of radius a and uniform density p the center of which coin 6(6>a),
cides with the center of the base of the cylinder. Find the attraction of this portion of the cylinder on a particle at the middle point of its base.
center of
82.
81. Find the attraction due to a hemisphere of radius a on a particle at the its base, if the density varies directly as the distance from the base.
of a hemisphere of radius a varies directly as the distance its attraction on a particle in the straight line perpendic ular to the base at its center, and at the distance a from the base in the direc
The density
Find
away from
the hemisphere.
homogeneous ring is bounded by the plane JTOF, a sphere of radius 2 a with center at 0, and a right circular cylinder of radius a, the axis of which coincides with OZ. Find the attraction of the ring on a particle at O.
83.
CHAPTEE XIV
LINE INTEGRALS AND EXACT DIFFERENTIALS
Let C (fig. 95) be any curve in the plane the two and be two func connecting points L and K, and let tions of x and y which are one-valued and continuous for all points on C. Let C be divided into n seg
143. Definition.
XOY
OX
is,
and
That
x
FIG. 95
Ay = y i+1 y where the values of Ax and Ay are not necessarily the same
ior all values of
p
-n
i
Ay its Ax = xi+l
pro
xif
T-
v.
n points
L,
P v P,
%_
corresponding value of Ax, and the value of by -the corresponding value of Ay, and let the i=n-l
sum be formed
The
limit of this
sum
as
n
is
Ax and
Ay
denoted by
(Mdx + Ndy),
/(C
is called a line integral along the curve C. The point may coincide with the point L, thus making C a closed curve. If x and y are expressed in terms of a single independent vari able from the equation of the curve, the line integral reduces to a
and
is
not
shall give first a few examples, showing the importance of the line integral in some practical problems.
258
We
DEFINITION
259
Ex. 1. Work. Let us assume that at every point of the plane a force acts, which varies from point to point in magnitude and direction. We wish to find the work done on a particle moving from L to along the curve C. Let C be divided into segments, each of which is denoted by As and one of which is rep resented in fig. 96 by PQ. Let F be the force acting at P, PR the direction in which it acts, PT the tangent to C at P, and the angle
RPT. Then
tion
ticle
the component of
to
F in
the direc
Q is Fcos 6 As,
moving the
particle along
therefore,
W = LimVFcos0As = C
**
J C
Fcoseds.
FIG. 96
the angle between
sin a.
<f>
Now
let
PR
=
cos
PT
and OX.
Then
=
<j>
a and
\
cos 6
cos
-f sin
Therefore
W = Jcc\(F cos
<j>ds
a+
F sin
sin a) ds.
is"
But F cos a is the component of force parallel to OX and usually denoted by X. Also Fsin a is the component of force parallel to OY and is usually denoted = dx and sin = dy 42). Hence we have finally by Y. Moreover cos
<pds
W=
Ex.
2.
C (Xdx + Ydy).
(C)
Flow of a liquid. Suppose a liquid flowing over a plane surface, the lines in which the particles flow being indicated by the curved arrows of fig. 97. We imagine the flow to take place in planes parallel to. JTOF, and shall assume
^/
C^-^*^~
find the
the depth of the liquid to be unity. wish to amount of liquid per unit of time which
We
FIG. 97
Let q be the velocity of the liquid, a the angle which the direction of its motion at each point makes with OX, u = q cos a the component of velocity parallel to OX, and v = q sin a the com ponent of velocity parallel to OF. Take an ele ment of the curve PQ = As. In the time dt the particles of liquid which are originally on PQ will flow to P Q/, where PP = QQ = qdt (except for
amount
PQQ/P and
PQ is
therefore
of this cylinder is PQsin0 qdtsm6As, where amount of liquid crossing the whole curve C in the time dt
-
PP
=P
is
Liin
V qdt **
sin 0As
=
is
q sin 6As
dt
q sin 6ds
J(C)
q sin eds.
260
To put
Then
this in the
LINE INTEGEALS
standard form,
sin 6
let
be the angle
cos
sin a.
a and
q sin 6ds
sin
cos
Hence
q sin
cos ads
q cos
sin
ads
udy.
is
C per unit
of time
vdx
+ udy).
Ex. 3. Heat. Consider a substance in a given state of pressure p, volume u, and temperature t. Then p, u, are connected by a relation /(p, = 0, so ) that any two of them may be taken as independent variables. For a perfect gas pv = kt, if t is the absolute temperature, and the state of the substance is indi
,
fig.
of the three coordinate planes, since a point on the surface is uniquely deter mined by a point on one of these planes. shall take t and v as the inde
We
(t,
v)
plane.
is
Now
if
is
the
amount
and an amount dQ
added,
and
dQ = Adp + Bdv +
73,
From
t)
0, it
follows that
dp
cv
dt
whence we have
Hence the
total
amount
by a variation
by the curve C
Q=f
Ex. x
4.
(Mdt
+ Ndo).
Area.
6,
=
Y
a,
d,
and y
e,
and
C (fig. 98) tangent to the straight lines of such shape that a straight line parallel to
it
in
P
if
where
is
MPi =
MP
h
A=
C\jodx Ja
s>a
- f va
=A
M
FIG. 98
-X
Jb
y 2 dx
= - f ydx, *JtT\
C
in
FUNDAMENTAL THEOEEM
Similarly,
if
201
NQi =
Xi
the line
NQ =
2
NQ
intersects
s*e
/
in Q!
r*e \
and Q 2
where
and
Xo,
we have
A=
Jd
x z dy
x^dy
J.i
~d
Xe%idy + Je
I
xidy
f J (C)
xdy,
hands of a clock.
the last integral being taken also in the direction opposite to the motion of the By adding the two values of we have
2A = C (-ydx + xdy). J
(C)
If
we apply
(I,
an
ellipse,
we may
take x
a cos 0,
b sin
HH>
Then
A_
integrals
144.
curves,
of distinguishing
directions
may when
be traversed.
the curve
Accordingly, a portion of
//
the boundary of a specified area, we shall define the positive direction around the curve as that in
^ Jk
FIG. 99
is
JH
H*A
mil
which a person should walk in order to keep the area on his left hand. Thus in fig. 99, where the
shaded area
is
bounded by two
With
If M, N, cij
closed
area
A and
on
its
boundary curve
C, then
r r /dM
\\ \^^ jj(A)\vy
where the double integral is taken over taken in the positive direction around
A and
C.
262
To prove
this,
LINE INTEGRALS
we
fig.
shall first
4,
assume that the closed area is 143, and shall use the notation
of of
Then
1
-,
dM
dxdy
= C ax C
I I
v iu
dy
X
= C M(x,
Ja
>
= - C Mdx,
!/<O
rc
2/ 2 )
dx
- C M(x,
Ja
b
I
y^ dx dx
M(x,
7/ 2 )
dx
M(x,
y^)
Ja
(1)
it
(JJ-\
-,
-.
^^
/c\\
2)
By
a subtracting (2) from (1) we have the theorem proved for closed curve of the simple type considered. The theorem is now readily extended to any area which can be cut
up
area bounded by the curve C (fig. 100). the By drawing the straight line
LK
A
area
r
is
A",
A"
to each
of these areas.
By
obtained
double integral over the area bounded by (7, and on the right-hand side the
line
line integral along C and the straight traversed twice in opposite directions. The integrals therefore cancel, leaving only the integral along the line
LK
LK
around
C.
263
and C
(%
101).
By drawing
is
the line
into one
LK
the area
turned
LK
1.1
each other.
1.1
The
i.
result
i
the double integral over the area is equal to the line integral around each of the boundary curves in the positive direction of each. In the same way the theorem is
is
that
FlG 101
-
shown
Ex.
of curves.
Jf
y and
N=
we have
C(ydx
- xdy),
93.
and
y,
such that
2p - =
dy
.
|jj
>
If
M and N
the discus-
and
dx
a portion of the
..
.
(x, y]
,
plane in which M, N,
_
aar
>
ana
,dN
dx
are continuous
I
ana
one-valued, t/ien
-f
dy
(1)
The
line integral
(Mdx
x>
closed curve
is zero.
(2)
The
line integral
(Mdx
+ Ndy}
is
a function of
of
(3)
the coordinates
independent
<f>(x,
=M,
=N
Conversely, if
then
=
dx
dy
264
To prove
is at
,
LINE INTEGRALS
(1),
144.
It
closed curve.
dy
=
ox
>
be any two points, and C and C To prove (2), let L and them. Let / be the value two curves connecting any (fig. 102) of the line integral from L to along C, and I the value of the I is the value of the Then line integral from L to along C
line integral
from
K to L along
Now
by
(1)
Therefore
/=/
(3),
(x, y)
To prove
X
FIG. 102
tegral
x
I
(Mdx+Ndy),
a variable point. By (2) and is therefore fully
of a
/<**)
where
(a?
is
a fixed point
and
(x, y)
determined when (x y}
t
is
given.
we may
yj.
Then
f(0.+ Ay)-
I
<
/(a*
2/0)
and since this integral is independent of the curve connecting the upper and the lower limits, we may take that curve as drawn first to (x, y) and then along a straight line to (x + h, y). Then
(a-,
= C
**
,
y)
s*(x + h,y)
(Mdx
2/o)
Ndy)
Jt
(Mdx
.
+ -ZV#y)
^( x
V)
Xx
since in the last integral y
is
M(x,y)dx,
constant and dy
0.
Then, by
30,
<(#
-f-
h, y)
(f>
(x, y)
= liM(%,
y),
d>
whence
(x
+ h,
y}
rf-
265
limit,
we have
%-*<*>
In like manner
we may show
that
of the
theorem
is
proved.
It is to be
may
determined except for an arbitrary constant which be added. This constant depends upon the choice of the fixed
1
<
differs from point L. If another point L is chosen, the value of L the of the line in value that obtained using by integral between
and
We must now show that, conversely, if any one of the conclusions = of the theorem is fulfilled, then dy Let us
first
is
dx
whatever
is
zero
we wish
i
to
---- = n
dy
0.
If
----
not zero at
us suppose
it is
point K.
pothesis,
Then, since
dM -dN is dy
dx
are continuous functions by hydx also a continuous function, and hence has, at
and
dy
points sufficiently near to K, the same sign which it has at K. It is therefore possible to draw a closed curve around K, so that
- has
dy
curve.
dx
all
Then
rr/dM
I I
(
dN\ -
JJ\dy
and therefore
/
dx ]
is
C
I
(Mdx
+ Ndy)
at all
Hence
*y
=
dx
Let us
is
equivalent
266
to
LINE INTEGRALS
is
zero,
and
dM = dN
dy
dx
<
us
exists
such that
each
is
*-
dx
=M M,
r
,
d& dy
= N.
Then
it
follows that
dM = dN
dy
>
since
dx
The theorem
Ex.1.
x2
of this article is
now
I
completely proved.
Hence
Let3f=-^,
=
0, if
N=^
then
then^=g= ff~^V
These conditions are met
if
and continuous.
In fact,
if
the
we introduce
=-
polar coordinates,
r cos
0,
r sin
0,
Cdd.
Now,
value
for
any path
to the
varies
from
its initial
a back
Cdd = 0.
from a
to
-f
TT,
and therefore
dd
TT.
The function
Ex.
-,
is,
tan- * -
2.
~
Work.
,
X and Y are
components of force
in a field of force,
and
is
-p-
-y
dy
dx
zero, and the work done in moving a particle between two points is independent of the path along which it is moved. Also there exists a function 0, called a
force function, the derivatives of which with respect to x and y give the com y. It follows that the derivative
as this
forces
111). Such a force Examples are the force of gravity and the distance from a fixed point and directed along
Ex.
3.
Flow of a liquid. If we consider a liquid flowing as in Ex. 2, 143, it is amount which flows over a closed curve is zero, since as much
enters, there being no points within the area at
off.
given out or
;
drawn
Hence f (
vdx
any
and consequently
dy
d\f/
+
v,
= 0.
dx
There
o4>
u.
ox
dy
267
case
and
gral
dM =. dN dy
dx
dy
=. j
dx
of the
>
the value
line inte-
(Mdx+Ndy)
C
J
(ri
/l)
xdy).
(0, 0)
Let us
first
and P!
ydx
(fig.
103).
The equation
of the line
y=
z,
this line
- xdy = 0,
of the integral
zero.
yl
x.
Xl
Along
this
(ydx
- xdy} = -^
y-,
O
Next, let us integrate along a path consisting of the
two straight lines OM\ and J/iPi. Along OJ/i, y = and dy = 0- and along J/iPi, x = xi and dx = 0.
reduces to
/*9t
/
Hence the
line integral
Jo
xidy
=
x
x\yi.
and
NiP
lf
Along
OZVi,
ONi
and dx
=
C
Jo
0;
and along
JViPj, y
y l and dy
0.
\fidx
= &\y\.
Ex.
2.
Work.
\
"Tp-
If the
*s
T7"
components of force
X and
such that
-^
points depends upon the path of the particle, the work done on a particle moving around a closed path is not zero, and there exists no force function. Such a force is called a nonconservative force.
Ex.
3.
Heat
If a
substance
is
pressure, and volume, from an initial condition back to the same condition, the amount of heat acquired or lost by the substance is the mechanical equiva lent of the work done, and is not in general zero. Hence the line integral
closed curve
is
whose partial derivatives are and N. In fact, the heat Q t and TJ, not being determined when t and v are given.
not a function of
Ex. 4. Adiabatic lines. The line integral C(Mdt +Ndv)of Ex. 3 along a curve whose differential equation is
is
zero
if
taken
Mdt + Ndv =
0.
268
LINE INTEGRALS
t
We will change this equation by replacing the variable done by means of the fundamental relation /(p, 75, t) = 0.
It is
by
p,
which can be
shown
in the theory of heat that for a perfect gas the equation then
becomes
vdp
ypdv
0,
is
where 7
is
a constant.
The
If, then, a gas expands or contracts so as to obey this law, no heat is added to or subtracted from it. Such an expansion is called adiabatic expansion, and
is
called
an adiabatic curve.
is in the concrete illustration of a line integral being zero along any portion of a certain curve or family of curves.
The mathematical
interest here
us,
)>
there
is
meaning
to be attached to
M and N.
;
gral to be
and
let
taken along the straight line y = Au be the value of the integral that
from x to x
+ Ax,
is,
Au =
f*(x
I
+ Ax,
y)
(Mdx
2/)
+ Ndy)
dx
30)
/(*
X
_
M(x,
,
y)
y),
where
Consequently
Lim
=M(x,
-
y).
Similarly,
Lim
= N(x,
y}.
We
two equations
as
/rfu\
AfoA
\dx] y
It
is
\dy/ x
these
derivatives are
of
to
be
noticed
that
different
character from the .partial derivatives of Chap. XI, since u is not a function of x and y. The property proved in 117 does
EXACT DIFFERENTIALS
Ex.
6.
269
3,
we have
dt/v
\dv
is
tem
as sensibly perature when the volume is constant. Therefore, if we consider constant while the temperature changes by unity, may be described as the amount of heat necessary to raise the temperature by one unit when the volume
is
constant.
Similarly,
JVmay be
described as the
amount
is
constant.
We
dd>
two functions
of
exists a function
such that
dx
=M
dd>
= N.
= ^
Then
if
M and N are
>
there
^x
Then
cy
d4>,
dy
and
Mdx + Ndy
is
called
an exact differential*
(/>
also
x
b, .vo)
+ Ndy) =
(x v y,)
c/>
(XQ
),
/ex
c/>
the integral being independent of the curve connecting (# yQ ) and may be found by computing the line inte (x v y^). The function
,
it is
Since
= M(x,
follows that
is
of
which contains
y.
</>
x,
contains
We may
write, therefore,
where f(y)
is
is
a function of y to be determined.
relation
This determination
-j^=N.
yy
Then
CMdx +f (y) = N,
fiyj be found.
which
*In
may
where the emphasis is on the fact that both x and y are varied, is Here the emphasis is shifted to the fact that is exactly obtained by the process of differentiation, and hence it is called an exact differential.
110,
d<f>
d<j>
270
This method
is
LINE INTEGRALS
valuable in solving the equation
=
when
called
0,
the condition
=
dy
is
satisfied.
dx
Such an equation
is
Its solution is
where
the
c is
is
</>
manner
(/>,
we
give
in a rule as follows
Integrate
function of y
the
differentiate the result with respect to y and equate the resulting equation determine the
rule
may
be replaced by the
following
Integrate
function of x
the
differentiate the result with respect to x and equate the resulting equation determine the
M
3
(4x
10x7/
3y*)dx
+
,
2 2 (15 x ?/
12 xy s
5y*)dy
is
= 0.
Pro-
Here
ay
= 30 x?/2
12 y s
=
ax
therefore exact.
we have
(4x3
Then from
= N. we
-
have
XT/
3
15 X 2 ?/ 2
12
+ f (y) =
7/
15 X 2 7/ 2
12
XT/
7/4,
whence /
therefore
= (?/)
57/
4
,
and/(7/)
5.
The
is
X4
5 X 2 7/ 3
3X7/4
2/5
271
Here
dy
-(1/2
xV2/ 2
-x
r
_ X 2)2
=
sx
is
therefore exact.
Following
we have
= f J
From
dy
2
= log(y + Vy 2 - x 2 ) + /(x).
x2
= Jf, we
have
whence /
(x)
= 0,
to
which reduces
x - x2 (y + V?/ 2 - x 2 ) x V?/ 2 - x 2 and /(x) = c. Hence the solution of the differential equation is 2 - x2 =c log (y + Vy ) 2 2 cy + c 2 = 0. x
,
148.
The integrating
factor.
We
=
Mdx + Ndy
is
But in all cases there dx dy exist an infinite number of functions such that, if Mdx Ndy is one of it becomes an exact differential. them, multiplied by any
not an exact differential
when
the
is, if
//,
is
one
by
definition,
(Mdx
Ex.
1.
+ Ndy)
is
an exact
differential.
is
xdy
xdy
ydx x2
xdy
,1 x\ d tan- i , [
y]
x2
x2
+
z/
xy
shall
To show that integrating factors always exist, we assume ( 173) that the differential equation
need
to
Mdx + Ndy =
has always a solution of the form
(1)
f(x where
c is
y, c)
0,
(2) (2)
can be written
(3)
c.
272
LINE INTEGRALS
d(f>
Now
HT
/ox
(3) gives
us
dv
dx = -d(f>
dx
8y
,
and
X1
(1) gives
us
M dy = -dx
f-
and since
the same.
(3) is
the solution of
is,
(1),
must be
That
d<
<ty
M~N
where
ft is
dx
dy
~^
IL
some function
of
x and
y.
Consequently
of integrating factors,
Then
(/>.
/*/((/>)
Ndy
=/(</>)
ety.
But Hence
Ex.
path
is
is
d<f>
f(4>)
is
fJ/((f>)
an integrating factor
has been noticed
(
of
Mdx + Ndy.
3) that
2.
jEeai.
It
146,
Ex.
TdQ around
Hence
a closed
dQ
is
It is
found
is
zero.
an
is
we may
write
d<f).
The function
0, thus defined,
149.
No
general method
is
known
known
We
give a
list of
the
by simpler cases, leaving it differentiation that each of the equations mentioned satisfies the condition for an exact differential equation after it is multiplied
by the proper
factor.
273
1.
If
JL
2.
If
JL
_
M.
X
then
e*
is
an integrating factor
of
f.
* =/(;y), then e
is
an integrating factor
of
3.
Mdx+Ndy=0.
If
and
of the
xM+yN
4.
an integrating factor
;
of
Mdx + Ndy =
If
M = yf^xy), N = xf^xy)
Mdx+Ndy =
is
then
- is
an integrating
factor of
5.
Q.
e^
an integrating factor
of the linear
equation
--
As
a practical point, the student should look for an integrating he has tried to integrate by other methods.
(4
Ex.
1.
x2 y
3 y 2 } dx
(x
3 xy)
dy
<w
0.
dM
Here
^V
1^ =
r^
(4
X
After multiplication by the
x 3 ?y
3 xy 2 } dx
is
x4 y
0.
+ (x4 - 3 x 2 - %x 2 y 2 = c.
it
?/)
dy
0,
Ex.
2.
(x
y*)dx
+ 2xy% =
is
homogeneous,
1
xM + yN
x2
~
x3
x?/
2
,
dx-\
2xy --
dy
0,
\X 2
2
7/
is
log (x
2
)
log x
or
= c.
x
274
For
this equation
LINE INTEGRALS
we have
also
Hence
it
x2
After multiplication by
this,
is
C.
also be solved
by the substitution y
of
vx(
78).
The theorems
limited to a plane,
may
If
and
P, Q, R z, the
(Pdx
+ Qdy + Rdz)
143.
C
be
104) and
let
surface
bounded by
cos a, cos
/3,
C.
Let
dS
cos
Then
dR
dP
~
\cy
where the double integral is taken over the surface S and the single integral is taken around C, and the direction of the line have the relation of integration and that of the normal to
fig.
104.
STOKES
To prove
this, let
THEOREM
275
z=f(x,
y)
P(x,y,z)dx.
y)]
J(C)
z)=P[x, y,f(x,
on
= I}(x,
y},
the values of
P which
correspond to points
to points
C are
which correspond
on
C",
XOY. Hence
r
I
Pdx = -
r
I
l}dx.
(1)
J(C)
J(C )
But by
where S
144
is
Cl>dx=
ff
j(C )
the projection of
JJ(S)vy
-fdxdy,
(2)
S on
the plane
XOY.
Now
d% = dP
~dy~ dy
dPdz
dz dy
is
where the right hand of this equation Hence from (1) and (2) we have
computed
for points
on
S.
+ ^_rr( JJu\ty
)
fa ty/
:
fW
and
(
(3)
But
(8
112)
- 1 = cos a
(3),
cos
/3
dx cy
cos 7,
92) dxdy
cosy dS.
Substituting in
we have
(
cos
- Cpdx = ff J
(C)
dz
cos
JJw\ty
0} dS.
/
Similarly
J(o
(Rdz = ff
JJfa
cos
{3
dy
cos
a}d&
in these Strictly speaking, the differential dS is not the same three results, since the same element will not project into dxdy dydz, and dzdx on the three coordinate planes. But since in a
t
double integral the element of area may be taken at pleasure with out changing the value of the integral ( 129), we may take dS as
equal in the three integrals.
required result.
276
In the above proof
of the surface
LINE INTEGRALS
we have tacitly assumed that only one point over each point of the coordinate planes, and 7 are acute angles. The student may show that these
is
that a,
/3,
151.
From
:
we
x, y,
theorem
If P, Q, and
and
z,
such that
dy
dx
cz
dy
dx
dz
and
the discussion is restricted to a portion of space in which the functions and their derivatives are continuous and one-valued, then
1.
The
The
is zero.
2.
line integral
is
<f>(x,
y, z),
such that
dx
7T~
>
~7~
***
dy
dz
and Pdx
Qdy
+ Rdz
Conversely, if
fulfilled, then
ap
dy
= a^
dx
3Q
dz
= dR
dy
is left
a^ = ap
dx
dz
The proof
is
as in
145, and
to the student.
PROBLEMS
1.
cycloid x
4,
4,
Show
case, the
that the formula for the area in Ex. formula for area in polar coordinates.
4,
PROBLEMS
5.
277
+
(2
/(!)
/ ^(0, 0)
[2
x (x
2 y) dx
x2
2
?/
)
iZy] is
independ-
value.
/>(3,
Show
4)
find its
(xdx
+ ydy)
is
t/(5 0)
7. Find the force function for a force in a plane directed toward the and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the origin.
origin,
8. Find the force function for a force in a plane directed toward the origin and inversely proportional to the distance from the origin.
9.
Prove that any force directed toward a center and equal to a function of
is
conservative.
/(!,!)
[(y
x)
dy
(O.O)
=
t;
;
t;
= 2 =
t,
t*.
11.
- y*)dx + 2 xydy]
(2) (3)
=
)
1.
f
(O, 0)
[y*fa
Xy
+ x2
(1) (2)
y = 2xy = 2x 2
13.
the following
paths:
(1)
(2)
y=6x + 2; =-5x*+ 2;
l
+ 2x
them
:
Show
(2x-y +
l)dx
+ (2y-x-l)dy =
0.
-2
xy
2
?/
)
dy
_
.
dy
0.
278
LINE INTEGKALS
:
T3
y )dx
dy
= +
0.
20.
(1
+
_x
y
x2 y)dx
/
(x
\
x 3 ) dy
Q.
0.
21. ye
dx y
3
)
\xe
22. (x
23.
dx
+y)dy = + xy 2dy = 0.
y
2
(x?/
3
-y)dx +
(x
?/
+
dx
x)
dy
(2
=
xy
0.
0.
xy
2
7/
x 2 ) dy
0.
(y tan x
cos x) dx
26. sin (x
y) (dx
dy)
y cos
(x 4- y)
dy
27. (y
2 xy 2
x 2 y 3 ) dx
(2
x 2y
x)
dy
= 0. = 0.
28.^
dx
1
CHAPTP:R
xv
INFINITE SERIES
152. Convergence.
The expression
a 1 +a a +a 8 +a 4
+a
+.
..,
(1)
of the
terms
is
unlimited,
is
called
an
infinite
An infinite series is
sum of the first n
Thus, referring to
said
to converge,
or
to be
convergent,
when
the
we may
place
Then,
if
Lim sn = A,
n= x
is said to converge to the limit A. The quantity A is frequently called the sum of the series, although, strictly speaking, it is the limit of the sum of the first n terms. The convergence of
the series
(1)
may
s p s2 ,
,,--,*
on the
number
53.
series
which
is
:
happen
in
two ways
not convergent is called divergent. This may either the sum of the first n terms increases
fail to
without limit as n increases without limit; or s n may a limit, but without becoming indefinitely great.
Ex.
1.
approach
ar
ar2
ar 3
Here
less
sn
=
1,
a
r"
ar
ar2
-f
ar"
-1
Now
if
is
numerically
;
than
and
280
therefore
INFINITE SERIES
Lim
n
= oo
sn
=
1
If,
however, r
is
1,
r n in-
n increases without
the series
is
and therefore
sn
increases
without
limit.
If r
1,
a-fa + a-fa +
and therefore
sn
-,
If
,
1,
the series
is
and
s n is
alternately a and
0,
limit.
when
r is numerically
when
than unity.
Ex.
HH
+
+
l
+
^"
-<
consisting of the
sum
Now
J>l
i,
+1
H+
i >f+ 4
+ 1 -H = i.
way the sum of the first n terms of the series may be seen to be than any multiple of l for a sufficiently large n. Hence the harmonic greater
and
in this
series diverges.
153. Comparison test for convergence. If each term of a given series of positive numbers is less than, or equal to, the correspond
series converges. ing term of a known convergent series, the given is greater than, or equal to, the a series term each of given If corresponding term of a known divergent series of positive numbers,
Let
!+
as +
+
a positive
(1)
is
number, and
let (2)
\+\+\+\+-be a
known convergent series such that a k = b k Then if s n is the sum of the first n terms of
.
(1), s n
the
sum
of
the
first
n terms
of (2),
and
the limit of
s ^ it
follows that
**<<*
since all terms of (1), and therefore of (2), are positive. Now as increases, s n increases but always remains less than B. Hence B. approaches a limit, which is either less than, or equal to,
n
sn
The
first
is
now proved
is
281
In applying this test it is not necessary to begin with the first of either series, but with any convenient term. The terms before* those with which comparison begins, form a polynomial the
value of which
is
of course finite,
to be determined.
Consider
Each term
is
less
geometric series
Therefore the
first series
converges.
Ex.
2.
Consider
V2
Each term
harmonic
after the first
is
V3
V4
V5
+
1
Vn
series
+
Therefore the
first series
1111 + + + +
3
4
5
diverges.
154.
The
If in a
the
numbers the ratio of the (n +l)st term to a limit L as n increases without limit :
converges; if
L>1,
then, if
the series
L=l,
-\
the series
may
(1)
Let
a^ +
2
h an
an + l
let
lim
= L. We
1.
have
that
L<r<
Then, since
the ratio
~
n
remain
less
subsequent terms.
Then
282
INFINITE SEKIES
compare the
series
Now
*
with the series
+^*
+
a
is
++*++
3
2)
V + y+ V +
a convergent series since
it
(3)
Each term
term
series of (3),
and
with
than unity.
Hence
comparison
2.
L>1.
test,
and therefore
(1) converges.
Since
-^
this
approaches
as a limit as
increases
without
terms.
than unity.
Suppose
happens
for the
Then
Each term
term
Hence
3.
(2)
and therefore
(1) diverges.
is
L = l.
valid,
and ex
may
either converge or
Consider
2345
^
1
is
3n
and the (n
l)st
term is^
(n
-f l)st
is
-=
>
and
3n
ABSOLUTE CONVERGENCE
Ex.
2.
283
Consider
* + * + ...
(r
g
is
+ ....
^
is
and the
\n
l)st
term
n
|n
-l
The
ratio of the
(n
l)st
term
to the nth
term
is
(n
+ ^ n+1 = + n
i )
-_,
and
ber
155. Absolute convergence. The absolute value of a real num is its arithmetical value independent of its algebraic sign. Thus the absolute value of both -f 2 and 2 is 2. The absolute
value of a quantity a is often indicated by It is evident that \a\. the absolute value of the sum of n quantities is less than, or equal to, the sum of the absolute values of the quantities.
series converges
convergent series,
when the absolute values of its terms form a and is said to converge absolutely.
ai
Let
be a given
series,
a z + az +
a^-\
---(1)
and
KI +
a,|
+ K| +
K|+--<
(2)
the series formed by replacing each term of (1) by its absolute value. assume that (2) converges, and wish to show the con
We
vergence of
(1).
Form
K+|
|)
+ K+|
ak
2 |)
3 |)
+ K+|a
and a k
|)+....
(3)
when a k
is
negative,
a k when a k
\
is
Now, by
series
2N+2|,|+2|a +
converges. But each term
|+...
(4)
than the
corresponding term of
parison test.
(4),
and hence
(3)
converges by the
com
284
INFINITE SERIES
let sn
Now
the
first
be the
sum
of the first
s"
n terms
of (1), s n the
sum
of
n terms
of (2),
and
the
sum
,
of the first
n terms
of (3).
Then
and, since
s"
*-<-<
and
sn
approach
limits, s n also
approaches a
limit.
Hence the
We
Hence the
156.
absolute convergence
The power
aQ
series.
power
series is defined
by
,
+
,
a :x
,
where a
a lt a 2 a s
We
that
\x\
verges for x
<
=x
lt
it
numbers not involving x. theorem If a power series con converges absolutely for any value of x such
:
XT\.
For convenience,
the series
let
[a;
= X,
an
9
=A
\
n,
x{
= Xr By
hypothesis
(1)
aQ +
a^ + a^xl + a xf +
to
a n x? H----
converges, and
Q
we wish
show
Z
that
A + A^X + A X* + A
Z
X+
Z
+A X
n
+-
(2)
converges if r Since (1) converges, all its terms are finite. Consequently there must be numbers which are greater than the absolute value of
<
X X
any term
A n Xi
<
of (1).
Let
M be
Then we have
Then
Each term
sponding term
of the series
of
(2)
is
the series
series,
test, (2)
when
X X Xr
<
<
285
ways only
It
It It
2.
3.
may converge for all finite values of x (Ex. 1). may converge for no value of x except x = (Ex. 2). may converge for values of x lying between two finite
numbers
(Ex. 3).
and
+R, and
In any case the values of x for which the series converges are together called the region of convergence. If represented on a
number
the region of convergence in the three cases just enumerated is (1) the entire number scale, (2) the zero point only, (3) a portion of the scale having the zero point as its middle point.
scale,
Ex.
1.
Consider
is
rpn 1
+
__
,
+ ?!+... +
the (n
x.
+ ^711
is
npn
x Lim - = =
[re
l)st
term
and
their ratio
is
[n
/j*
for
its
any
finite
value of
Hence the
any value
number
scale.
Ex.
2.
Consider
1
[2
x2
+
1
,
|_3
x3
----h
[n
xn ~ l
+
,
is
\n
Ix"-
the (n
l)st
all
0.
Ex.
3.
Consider
l
+ 2x + 3x 2 -f4x 3 +
nx"-
----H
nx"
-l
(n
+
+
l)x
( n n=m n = ao \ and when 1. diverges |x| |x| ber scale between 1 and + 1.
n
<
Lim
is
1
,
the (n
1 -f
l)st
term
is
n
,
and
their ratio
is
x Lim
-)
n]
x.
Hence the
series converges
when
>
The region
of convergence lies
on the
num
power
region of convergence,
of
x within the
f(c)
it
avx
a 2 x2 + a s x s +-.-
+a
xn +
(4)
sum
being understood that the value of f(x) is the limit of the of the series on the right of the equation. We shall denote
286
INFINITE SEEIES
n(
first
n terms
of
the series in
Thus
Graphically,
etc.,
if
we
= s^x)
=s
z (x),
=s
a (x),
we
shall
have a succession
of curves
which approximate
to
the curve of the function y=f(x). These curves we shall call the approximation curves, calling y = s^x) the first approximation curve, y = s z (x) the second approximation curve, and so on. The
grapli of
= f(x)
we
limit curve.
Ex.
4.
Let
The
limit curve
(fig.
is
hyperbola
105)
between z 1 and z = 1. The first ap proximation curve is the straight line y = 1, the second approximation curve is the straight line y = I + z, the third approximation curve is the parabola y = 1 + z + z 2 etc. In fig. 105 the limit curve
,
drawn heavy and the first four approxi mation curves are marked (1), (2), (3), (4).
is
It is to
X=-l
be noticed that the curves, ex (1), cannot be distinguished from each other for values of z near zero.
cept
The power
portant property, not possessed by all kinds of very similarly to a polynomial. In particular
:
series
has the im
series, of
behaving
1.
2.
The function defined by a power series is continuous. The sum, the difference, the product, and the quotient
of
two
functions defined by power series are found by taking the sum, the difference, the product, and the quotient of the series.
MACLAURIN
3.
AND TAYLOR
ajc
SERIES
n
287
If
f(x)=a +
sib
/-*
+ a z? +
2
...
+
+
anx
then
b
s*b
s*b
Xb
4.
f(x) dx
a dx +
lie in
djXdx
a 2 x*dx
an
c/a
i/a
t/a
ya
f(x)
+ a^- + a^H- a
2 az x
H-----h a n a?-\---.
.
then
(x)
= 0,^+
3 asx
+ na n x
~l
and the
For proofs
treatises.*
of these
is
referred to advanced
157. Maclaurin s
and Taylor
series.
When
a function
is
expressed as a power series, it is possible to express the coeffi cients of the series in terms of the function and its deriva
tives.
For
let
By
differentiating
l
we have
3
f (x)=a + 2a x+ 3a
2
^ 2 +4a 4 ^ 3 H----- na n xn
\-
~l
=
"(x)
4 3 2
.
ap +
/>(*)=[n(-l)(n-2)...3.2]a.
Placing x
+ ....
we
find
,=/(0),
o,=/
(0),
Consequently we have
^+...
This
is
^+....
(1)
Maclaurin
s series
31, (6)).
288
Again,
if
INFINITE SERIES
in the right-hand side of
f(x)
+ ajc + a^ + ***?+
2
r
+
to
<*>&
+
of
we
place x
=a+x
=
5
powers
x we have
,
f(x)
or,
+ &X B +
by replacing x by
value x
a,
and placing x
Hence
Taylor s series ( 31, (4)). have here shown that if a function can be expressed as a the series be in the form or In 31 power series, may put (1) (2). we showed that any function which is continuous and has con tinuous derivatives can be so expressed. Usually when a known
is
This
We
expressed by either (1) or (2), the region in which the expression is valid as a representation of the function is coincident with the region of convergence of the series. can be
is
function
Examples
is
is
not likely to
meet them in
practice.
158. Taylor s series for functions of several variables. Con sider f(x, y) a function of two variables x and If we place y.
=a+
lt,
= b + mt
t
where
a, b,
I,
and
m
>
are constants
y}
and
is
a variable,
we have
f( x
= f( a +
lt,1>
+ mt)=F(t).
TAYLOR
Now, by expansion
SERIES
289
(1)
and, by
if
When ^ = 0, we have x = a and y = b. Hence ^(0) =/(, &), and, we denote by a subscript zero the values of the derivatives of f(x, y) when x = a,y = b,
By substitution we have
/(*. y)
lt
=x
a and
=/(,
)+(* - +(y )
*)
290
INFINITE SERIES
series
may
be obtained by placing x
a=
In a similar manner, we
may show
that
The terms
of the
may
be indicated
symbolically as
A
2
series of the
form
a n cos
w^c
an
2
+ cos + + \ sin +
ctj
as a;
cos 2 x
a?
5 2 sin 2
+ +
+ + b n sin nx +
(1)
where the
coefficients
P &2
determined by the formulas derived in 160, is called a Fourier s series. Every term of (1) has the period* 2 TT, and hence (1) has
that period. Accordingly any function denned for all values of x by a Fourier s series must have the period 2 TT. But even if a function does not have the period 2 TT, it is possible to find a
Fourier
of
series
x between
f(x)
is
TT
which and
will represent the function for all values TT to TT TT, provided that in the interval
if
f(x
-\-
k)
f(x).
FOURIER
the function
is
SERIES
291
single-valued, finite, and continuous except for finite discontinuities,* and provided there is not an infinite number
of
maxima
160.
or
minima
in the neighborhood of
any
point.
try to determine the formulas for the coeffi TT cients of a Fourier s series, which, for all values of x between
will
We
now
and
TT,
which
satisfies
the
above conditions.
Let f(x)
= -^ -f
2.
<x
a 1 cos x
+ &j
To determine
TT,
,
+ sin x +
cos 2 x
+
-j-
& 2 sin 2
+ +
a n cos nx
&n
+ sin wa; +
(1)
TT
multiply
result
(1)
is
to
term by term.
The
/
whence
aQ
,
77 7
(2)
since all the terms on the right-hand side of the equation, except vanish. the one involving
To determine the
term.
an
cos
all
nx
TT
to
TT,
term by
f
u/
1
sin
mx cos nx dx =
mx cos nx dx =
I
0,
cos
(m
TT,
?i)
and
all
rcos nx dx ; =
2
C/-7T
the terms on the right-hand side of the equation, except the one involving a nJ vanish and the result is
r
f(x) cos
T
nx dx
=a
n 7r,
whence
an
C
I
(3)
* If e) and /(Zi+<0 have different limits as e z, is any value of x, such that/fo approaches the limit zero, then/(z) is said to have a finite discontinuity for the value x = x\. Graphically, the curve y =f(x) approaches two distinct points on the ordinate x = Xi, one point beinj? approached as x increases toward cc,, and the other being approached as x decreases toward x\.
292
It is to
INFINITE SEEIES
be noted that (3) reduces to
,
(2)
when n
0.
In like manner, to determine b n multiply (1) by sin TT to TT, term by term. The result is integrate from
nx
dx,
and
=i
For a proof
formulas
f^J-n
;)
sin
nx dx.
(4)
(2), (3),
is
of x
s series, the
By
(2),
(:37r,0)
FIG. 106
sine terms appear in the series for x, the values of the determined by giving n in the expression for b n the values in succession. Therefore 61 = 2, 6 2 = and f 63 =
,
,,
sin
sin 2
~~
x
sin 3 x
~~~
The graph of the function x is the infinite straight line passing through the origin and bisecting the angles of the first and the third quadrants. The limit curve of the series coincides with this line for all values of x be
tween
vanishes
points
(
TT
and
TT,
when x
TT,
for every term of the series TT but not for x = TT and x TT or x = TT, and therefore the graph of the series has the
;
By
1, 2,
TT and TT, and giving k the values taking Xi as any value of x between in succession, we can represent all values of x by x\ 2 for. But the 3,
FOURIEK
series
SERIES
293
2 kir as TT, and accordingly has the same value for Xi Hence the limit curve is a series of repetitions of the part between 2 &TT, 0). TT and x = TT, and the isolated points ( x = It should be noted that the function denned by the series has finite discon tinuities, while the function from which the series is derived is continuous.
for Xi.
not necessary that/(#) should be defined by the same law TT to TT. In this case the integrals throughout the interval from
It is
two
or
more
integrals, as
x between
TT
<
0,
and /(x)
x)
= TT
\
xifO<x<7r.
Here
= =
2 irn*
;
f C
(1 v
(x
+ +
TT)
dx
+ f
V+ C
dx
= TT
x) cos
On
(x
TT)
cos nx dx
(IT
nx dx\
=
bn
cos mr)
=-
(x
TT)
sin
nx dx
C\TT
- x) sin nx dx
-A
FIG. 107
is
+ ^l~l2~ +
4 /cos x
cos 3 x
Q2
cos 5 x
r,2
\
")
The graph
(fig.
x between
2
TT
and
IT is
ABC
K,
f or
72
111 +^+
107).
When
0,
Tj-2
"^+
"-~^
When
=
it is
TT,
-+-
+ -^ +
\=
y
Plence the
broken
line
1,
ABC
at all points.
From
is
seen, as in Ex.
107.
p. 40.
294
Ex.
3.
INFINITE SERIES
Find the Fourier s series for /(x), for where f(x) = 0if-?r<x<0, and f(x) =
a
an
1 =7T
all
TT
values of x between
if
<
TT
and
TT,
<
ir.
Here
r
I
dx
rn
I
TT
dx )
/
TT
\J-TT
I
i/O
TT
cos nx dx
cos
r).
is
/sinx
2
sin3x "~
sinSx
of x
TT
and
TT is
the axis
to
0,
line
AB
(fig.
finite
discontinuity
when x =
FIG. 108
The curves
and
(4)
=-+
2 sin x,
{sin
(2)
hr
2
\
1
sin 3 x\
TT
sin 3
(3)
sin 5 x\
5
in
I,
1,
/
149, Ex.
5.
They may be
readily constructed
by
the
method used
It
is
to be noted that all the curves pass through the point fO,
which
is
midway
and 0, which correspond to the finite discontinuity, and that the successive curves approach perpendicularity to the axis of x at that point.
INDETERMINATE FORMS
161.
295
/M,
4>(
x)
a)
and
let
and
cf>
(a)
0.
If
we
place x
=a
in (1),
we
is literally
meaningless.
when x=a,
n1
customary, however, to define the value of the fraction (1) as the limit approached by the fraction as x approaches a. In some cases this limit can be found by elementary methods.
It is
T2
.
Ex.
1.
x
a, this x,
When x =
fraction
by a
When
2
a,
we may
_
x
2
"
a
for all values of x except x
a.
Equation
(1)
is
true as x approaches a,
and hence
Ex.
2.
When
=
1
0, this
becomes
-
-.
When
2
x
1 1
0,
we have
a;2
-Vl-x
Lim
l-Vl-z
Vl
x2
.
+ Vl + Vl - X 2
x
1+ Vl-X 2
= Lim
Ex.3.
sn 2
When
When
(
x
2
0,
3
sinx
II
iice
Lim
x = o sinx
1.
296
INFINITE SERIES
into series, used in Ex. 3, suggests a to determine the limit approached
will place
Since
we wish
by
f&L
$(x)
a s x approaches a,
we
=a+h
and expand by
Taylor
s series.
We
+h
have
31, (5))
f(a)
"(a)
II
/(a)
^^
Now
as
a;
__ _ _+/+
</>()
and
= 0.
Therefore, since A
0,
(>+
,|/"(*)
[
(2)
<#>
() +
*"
|^
,
<)+
||
= a,
(2)
===
0,
/ (a) =
-
and
<f>
(a)
0,
we have from
Lim
x
f(x} 9>()
= f (a)
f
=a
(a)
(o)
cp
(a)
If,
however,
(a)
and
<f>
0,
becomes -
In this case
(2)
becomes
whence
unless
/"(a)
and
=
<"()
0.
may go back
again to (2)
To find
x
= a, replace
and
numerator and
x
denominator each ly
is also
its
deriv
ative
substitute
= a.
If
the
new fraction
->
repeat
the process.
INDETERMINATE FORMS
pX
297
= 0.
Ex.
4.
To
approached by
p
when x
2 ==
1
sinx
X~\
By
Ex.
If
the rule,
Urnx=o
f~f>X
_1_
sinx
2.
cosx
Jz=o
5.
To
approached by
when x =
xsinx
e~ x ~\
0.
we
we have
Lim
x=o
e*
2 cos x
e~ x
Ve*
2 sin x
xsinx
L
:
sinx
x cosx
Jx=o
We
Lim
x
6^
2 cos x
e~ x
Ver
=o
xsinx
=|- 2
L
2 cos x
-f
e~ x ~\
Ja:=o
4 == 2. 2
cosx
xsinx
162.
161 assumes the possibility power series. It is, how sometimes necessary to consider functions for which this
of the rule in
The derivation
and
into
<f>(x)
assumption
is
not valid.
We
new
Consider formula
30, namely,
From this
where f
is
it follows that if F(b) = and F(a) = 0, then F some number between a and b. Let us apply
(^)
= 0,
this to
where F(b)
tion.
and F(a)
0, as
may
Then
whe nce
Now,
in (1), let/(n)
= 0,
<#>()
= 0,
+ h)
and place
= a + h. We
have
f(a
/ ()
298
INFINITE SEKIES
As h
0,
= a,
since
<<
+ &.
Hence
Lim
^- = Lim
L
f
(3)
f (a)
and
<j>
(a) are
(3) gives
Lim 4^-f
however,
f(x)
f (a) = :L -^-L
If,
(a)
and
<ft(a)
0, (3)
gives
Lim fix)
The
163.
rule of
= Lim fix)
results.
f|.
fix)
161 thus
If
/(a)
=00 and
=
<(a)
oo,
||.
The value
of the
x approaches a as a
We
shall
now
- holds also for a finding the value of a fraction which becomes ~which becomes fraction
To prove
this,
we
which the
fraction
becomes
when
= 00. By placing
b = x, a = c
in (1),
162,
we have
which
is
/()-/() _ / (?)
tw-wrw)
~
/-.... ,.
v
equivalent to
approaches a limit ^ as x
f (} and therefore ^-y^
co.
Hence
from
we may
take
so great that
f (c) ^-^
</>
>
differs
(6 )
INDETERMINATE FORMS
k by as
little as
299
take x so
we
c
please.
This fixes
we may then
each
c
much
by as
greater than
little as
that
-- and
4>(x)
~- may
f(x)
differ
from zero
then,
we
please.
By
\
proper choice of
and
x,
we
have, from
(1),
f/ ff
where
e1
and
e2
may be
as small as
we
please.
Hence
To extend
which
4rr
4>(*)
becomes
when
= a,
WQ
place
= a H--y
Then
Then
becomes
when y
oo.
Lim
r ..
^=
4>(7/)
Liin
r
..
&(
1
Now
lUld
J
p"(
2/
)=/
W g = -i
=* (#)
= Lim
.*.
<#
dv
*
* (y)
=
</>
=
and Li m
r
Hence
Hence we have
(*)
()
(3)
From
(2)
and
we wished
infinite.
to prove.
as x
becomes
xn
T*
By
the rule,
x =*
Lim
iQff n
O*
= Lim
x=
x
xn
nx n ~ l
= Lim
-=
0.
a-=*nx
300
INFINITE SERIES
There are other indeterminate
oo-oo,
0,
00,
r.
<f>
oo arises
<f>(a)
(x),
when, in a pro duct f(x) (x), we have oo arises when, in /(#) The form oo
<f>
(a)
oo.
/(#)</>
(x)
OT/(X)
$(x),
or
when x
Ex.
1.
= a.
.
The
rule of
x 3 e-*2
x
oo,
When
becomes
this
becomes
oo.
co
0.
We
z xZ have, however, x e~
Xs
,
which
when x =
Then
Lim
xs
Lim
3x2
3x = Lim -= Lim
0.
Lim x n e~ xZ =
X=
00
any value
Ex.
2.
of n.
secx
tanx.
this is oo
oo.
When
We
have, however,
sec x
tan x
sin
x
,
cosx
TT =-
Then
Lim
;
(sec
tan x)
= Lim
c
_._
sin
= Lim
^_ ~
rr
-- =
cos x
sin
0.
TT ^_ ~
TT
cos x
~2
The forms 0,
00
00, I
may
when x = a. If we place
Wf
M
log
[f(x)]* \
(x
we have
If
= $(x) logf(x).
by the previous methods,
found.
Lim
x=a
</>(^)
u can be
PROBLEMS
i
301
Ex.
3.
(1
x}*.
When
0, this
becomes
1*.
Place
then
Now, by
Hence
log
161,
limit -
PROBLEMS
1.
i 1 i L 2a2^4^4448
l l
,
"
and 2^ terms
of the
form
4a
,
eight
when a
2.
>
1.
= 1, (k
2, 3,
),
converges
By comparison
152),
(Ex. 2,
converges
when a
>
1,
22
"-
6-
1-2
3-4
6.6
(2n-l)2n
1-2
2.3
34
nn+
302
INFINITE SERIES
10.
*+++-*+-.
11.
-. 1.2-3
2.3.43.4.5
--
n(n
1)
2)
series
14., +
15.
1
^+l
2 2a;
+S
2
2-4
+
2.4.6...(2n-2)
2n-l +
"
21. log(x
+ Vl +
x*)
X
.
I 2
lo
+ ll?
2
2
22.
^ -=
7 bx
:
6
1
(2
2)
2n-l
+ Ax + 2
a
^
a3
...
^,a"
....
Expand each
four terms
23. sees. 24.
er
Maclaurin
s series,
obtaining
-1
*.
25. log(l
26. e sina;
.
sinx).
27.
e 8111
secx.
x.
Expand each
x between
29. x 2
.
TT
and
30.
e.
=
TT if
<
= - TT if - TT = x if TT = -7rif = Oif
<
x x
<
0, 0,
and/(x)
x x x
<
<
TT.
<
<
and /(x)
and/(x)
if
<
<
TT.
-7r<x<0,
=
x2
x
if
if
<
<
TT.
-7r<x<0,
and /(x)
<
TT.
PROBLEMS
approaches the given value
:
303
variable Find the limit approached by each of the following functions, as the
cosx
cos a
66.
cscx
CHAPTEE XVI
COMPLEX NUMBERS
165.
of the
Graphical representation.
complex number
real
is
number
defined
form x +
iy,
i*
by the equation
a complex
numbers and
i is
number by
the letter
z
we
shall denote
= x + iy.
;
is the real part and the number iy is the imagi nary part of z. When y = 0, z becomes a real number and when x When both x = and 0, z becomes a pure imaginary number. and z = when, and only when, a; = and y 0. y = 0, then 2 = To obtain a graphical representation of
;
The number x
o
FlG 109
complex number, construct two axes of OX and OY (fig. 109), take any point P, and draw OP. Then the complex number x + *y is said to be represented
coordinates
either
* by the point P or by the vector OP. For if a complex number, z x-\- iy, is known, x and ?/ are known, and there corresponds one and only one point P and one and only one vector OP. Conversely, to a
point
of
x and
this
real
OP corresponds one and only one pair of values and therefore one and only one complex number. In y, connection the axis of x is called the axis of reals, since numbers are represented by points upon it and the axis of
a vector
;
P or
is
numbers
system
are represented
of
by points upon it. If we take as the origin and OX as the initial polar coordinates, we have x = r cos 0, y = r sin
z
line of a
6,
and therefore
x-\-iy
*A
vector
is
position.
105
is
= ^/x + y\
2
which
is
number and
equal to the
The angle 6
1
tan"
is
called the
argu
made ment, or amplitude, of the complex number, and is the angle added to with by the vector OP. Any multiple of 2 TT may be
OX
+ i sin (6 +
2 for)]
= r (cos + i sin
7
fife
(9).
complex
166. Addition
iy^
and subtraction.
If
z^_
=x
and
*i
22
=
2
a?
+ iy^
( ^i
then,
by
(2/i
definition,
+* =
110
x z)
+*
2/2)-
FIG. 110
In
fig.
let I{
and
I* represent the
and
let
0%
Construct the
has the 3 parallelogram OJ(P^. Then it is easy to see that x 2 y l + y 2 ) and therefore represents the complex coordinates (x l
addition of complex
numbers
is
thus seen to
Since 0/f=|^|,
(*!>
OP =
2
z2
|,
and
OP =\z + z
3
l
\,
*i+*,N*il+K
the equality sign holding only OP have the same direction. Z
when
and
To subtract z2 from 2 P we first change the sign of z 2 and add the result to z r Graphically,
Fi.
Ill
Ill) by 1J, symmetrical to 2 with respect to 0, or to turning the vector OP^ through an angle of 180. The corre parallelogram OPJIP^ is then completed, giving the point &
2
(fig.
sponding to
zl
z2 .
306
COMPLEX NUMBERS
and
division.
If
z^
167. Multiplication
then,
by
definition,
If
we
2
~r ^2
we have
zl
=r
(cos
cos ^2 (
+ sm ^2)* an(^ = r^ [(cos cos sin sin 2^2 + * (sin cos + cos sin = r,r [cos (^ + + i sin (0 + ^
2 X
sin 0J,
l9
2)
2 )]
6>
2)
2 )].
mod
and the arguments are added. Graphic the vector corresponding to a product is found by rotating
the vector of the multiplicand in the positive direction through an angle equal to the argument of the multiplier, and multiplying the length of the vector of the multiplicand by the modulus of the multiplier. In particular, the multiplication by i is represented
by
and the multiplication rotating a vector through an angle of 90 1 is represented a vector by by rotating through an angle of
;
180,
as noted in
166.
is
The quotient
Hence,
if z
1
^
Zo
a
l
gives 2
2 ),
= r^cos O + i sin
and
z2
=r
(cos
+ i sin
Graphically, the vector corresponding to a quotient is found by rotating the vector of the dividend in the negative direction through an angle equal to the argument of the divisor, and dividing the length of the vector of the dividend by the modulus of the divisor.
168. Involution
positive integer,
itself.
is
and evolution.
The value
of z
n
,
where n
is
=r
is
(cos
nO
+ i sin n6).
is
(1)
The
root 2,
where n
a positive integer,
2.
power gives
307
165) that
skrht, z
z
e\ = r| cos - + i sin -
But
if
we remember
where k
is
(S
zero or an inte
ger,
also
1
= r|co8((6
if"
2 kir\ /0 -i-f-t8in|
. .
2
I
forY]
\n
n f
\n
i
n yj
by giving
z
n
(2)
of z, obtained
to
k
i
n values
0, 1, 2,
(n
1).
=c
has only
In this result r 42), (2) gives all the values of z. number of numerical root the r, such as may positive
= r P\ cos(
L
+^
/
1).
/p0 + i sm[* +
2/hwr
\f
(3)
where ^
0, 1, 2,
(//
cos
Finally,
z z
7.n [
+ i sin
m6)
C os(--
+ i sin(
w0)].
The nth
found by placing r
h
*
and
= cos
2 far
sm
tices of a regular
The points which represent these roots graphically are the ver polygon of n sides, inscribed in a circle with and radius unity, the first vertex lying on the axis of center at
Similarly,
T*pO 1 Q
+l)7T n
169. Exponential and trigonometric functions. The exponential and the trigonometric functions are defined in elementary work in a manner which assumes that the variable is real. For example,
the definition of sin x requires the construction of a real triangle with an angle equal to x, and the definition of ex involves actual
308
COMPLEX NUMBERS
In order to be able to regard the inde
2
When
When
place z
z is real,
is
=
/
complex, each of the series converges. To show r(cos 6 4- i sin 0) in (1), for example. We have
r cos 6
(I
\
r
.
cos 2
.
r
.
cos 3 6
2
-\
---r
.
If
12
+ i (r sin + nr sin 2 +
V
If
sin 3
Each term of the two series in parentheses is less in absolute value than a corresponding term of the known convergent series
1
+f+
r
,
H-
it
may
be
shown
each of the
and
(3)
may
It is necessary,
however, to give
new
definitions.
From
which
(1)
we have
fundamental properties
of
are the
From
(1), also, if
we
replace z
by
iz,
we have
z 1
[2
[3
[4
with reference to
e
iz
(2)
and
(3),
we
2,
cos z
+ i sin
which establishes a
relation
we have
2,
whence
2*
iz
(5)
cos z
-iz e = e +-iz
(6)
From (4), (5), and (6) it is easily shown that the trigonometric formulas obtained in elementary work for real variables are true for complex variables also (see Exs. 1 and 2).
We
and
shall use these relations to separate the functions (1), (2), (3) into real and imaginary parts, as follows
:
* + iV
_ e x e _ ^ cog y
iy
iy)
=
A
i
ix
~y
(e
=
e
y
[e~
(cos
-+-
sin x)
(cos
sin x)]
y +e~ -
sm x +
-f-
.e y
i
--
e~ y
cos
= cosh y sin x
Similarly,
sinh
.e
i
v
cos x.
+
,
y v = e +- e~ cos x
e~ v
sin
= cosh y cos x
If
sinh y sin
x.
0,
we have
sm
.e
i
e~ y
ly
= i sinh y,
. .
cos xy
=
2
= cosh y.
310
Ex.
1.
COMPLEX NUMBERS
Prove
(5)
sin 2z
(6),
cos 2 z
1.
From
and
sin*.
cos*.
=
=
sin z\ cos z 2
Ex.
2.
z2)
cos z\ sin z 2
From
=
2
2 ?2 2 [e* ie
e~ iz ie~ iz z]
= =
170.
_ [(cos z\ +
i
sin z 2 )
i
(cos Zi
sin z\ cos z 2
sin
2)]
cos z\ sin z 2
The logarithmic
function.
If 2
z.
= ew
then, by definition,
w = log
The
namely
log 2
are deduced
= w log
of a
2,
log
1=0,
log
co,
from the
us place
z
The logarithm
ber.
complex number
is itself
a complex
num
For, let
= x + iy
*=
r (cos 9
sin 0)
= re
ie
.
Then
log z
= log r + log
log r
y *&
Here
number
r,
and may
if
We may now find the logarithm of a real negative number. For, _ a s such a number, we may write a = a (cos TT + i sin TT) = e whence = log a + log (- a)
l7r
r.
In particular,
log
1)
= *V.
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
It is to
311
a logarithm
be noticed that, in the domain of the complex numbers, is not a unique quantity. For
where k
is
zero or an integer.
Therefore
log z
=w+
:
kiir.
We may
infinite
is
2 ITT, and
the logarithm
has an
number of
2 ITT.
171. Functions of a complex variable in general. have seen that functions of a complex variable obtained by operating on x 4- iy with the fundamental operations of algebra, or involving the elementary transcendental functions, are themselves complex
We
numbers of the form u + iv where u and v x and y. Let us now assume the expression w what conditions it must satisfy in order that of z = x -\- iy.
t
may
be a function
In the
of the
first place, it is
"
word
function"
(I,
is
always a function
of
z,
since
x and y are determined and therefore u and v are determined. But this definition is too broad for our present purpose, and we shall restrict it by demanding that the function shall have
z is given,
when
z.
The
force of this
we may
the point
ical
&z = Ax + iky. The direction in which which Q (fig. 112), corresponds to z + kz in the graph representation, lies from P, which corresponds to z, depends
l\x
Cor-
takes an increment
Aw,
where
(110)
312
Dividing by Az Ay = 0, we have
COMPLEX NUMBERS
= Ax
-+-
as
Ax =
and
3u
du
dy
7
mdv \dy
Lrm
dy/ dx
nil
>
and
ctsc
the value of
Lim
point
(fig.
Now
the value of
,
when
-j-
= =
0, is
--
+i
.
^
.
and
its
value
du
M dv
:
when
^^
oo is
-2
&
Equating these
A
=0.
(2)
This, then,
is
that
7
Lim AZ =
- should
It is also
all
A0
=
.
and -^ 6t^C
oo.
Lim
A =
"
A*
values of
^>
for
if
from
dx
(1) is simplified
by aid
it.
Now
(2) is
du _2_v_ dx dy dv du _
dy
.
(3)
dx
the equations (3) are the necessary and sufficient condi iv should have a derivative with respect tions that the function u
Hence
x
to
+ iy
the value
satisfies
of x
+ iy
only.
is
function u
iv
which
conditions (3)
called
an
analytic function
of
+ iy.
CONJUGATE FUNCTIONS
313
172. Conjugate functions. Two real functions u and v, which 171, are called conjugate functions. By satisfy conditions (3), 171, with respect to x, differentiating the first equation of (3),
y,
results,
we have
Also, by differentiating the first equation of (3), respect to y, the second with respect to x and
t
171, with
taking
the
we have
Bx*
df
is
That
is,
each
a solu
^+
,
2<
a?
^~
Let us construct
now
is
a point of intersection of two of these y^ curves, one from each family, the equations of the tangent lines at fo, yj are (115, Ex.1)
2
.
and v
=c
173) of curves
=c
If (x v
But from
(3),
171,
intersect at right angles; that is, every curve of one family intersects every curve of the other family at right angles. We express this by saying that the families of curves corresponding to two conjugate functions form an orthogonal system.
314
Examples
curves
COMPLEX NUMBERS
may
of conjugate functions and of orthogonal systems of be found by taking the real and the imaginary parts of any function of a com
plex variable.
Ex.
1.
(x
= x 2 - y 2 + 2 ixy.
iy)
From
x2
x2
2 y and 2 xy are conjugate functions, and that the curves 2 Ci and xy = c 2 form y an orthogonal system (fig. 113). In fact, the system consists of two families of rectangular hy perbolas, the one having the
FIG. 113
Ex.
2.
log(x
2
logVz
+ iy) + tan-i
i
Hence
log
tan- 1 - are conjugate funcX 2 2 tions, and the curves x + y Ci and y = c^x form an
orthogonal system (fig. 114). In fact, one family of curves
consists of circles
with their
through the
origin.
FIG. 114
PROBLEMS
Find the sums of the following pairs of complex numbers and the difference obtained by subtracting the second from the first, and express the results
graphically
1.
:
2i, 4
+
4
5i.
3.
4.
+ 8i
0-10 -8+
i,
3+21
i,
12
9i.
PROBLEMS
of the first
:
315
Find the products of the following pairs of complex numbers and the quotient by the second, and express the results graphically
TT
5.
cos
7T
7T
sin
-i cos
4
7T
6
6.
Msm 4
. .
7T
7.
8.
co8-+tn- ,
g
7T
27T
coB-^
+ .Bin--.
27T
9.
+ 2 + 1 + x +
1
\/3,
i
V3 +
i.
L
._
i
2
i,
.
V.3, 3
V2.
-1+ _
.
1)2.
12.
(1
- V3) 2
i
13. (1
i)3.
14. (1
i)
4-
21.
22.
20. ^8. V^S. 1S+V^1. cos^i cosz 2 sinz\ sinz2Prove, for complex numbers, CQS(ZI + z 2 ) = sin for sin2 z z2 + 2 z\ 2 complex Prove, numbers, 2sin^-(zi+ cosl(zi
17. ^T. 19.
)
)-
sin y.
cos y.
25. log(-2).
26. log(l
i).
27.
log(-l
i).
28. log
i.
real
29.1.
z
i^l z a
+
31.
log(-a*).
real
:
33.
V.
CHAPTEE XVII
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER
173. Introduction.
/(s,y,c)0,
in
is
(1)
which
c is
an arbitrary constant.
;
If c is
the equation of a certain <curve and if c values, the totality of the curves thus represented by (1)
a
(1)
all
called
of the family
fixed point
(1),
P(x v
y^),
we may
substitute x 1
f(x v y v c)=Q.
(2)
The number of roots of (2), regarded as an equation in c, is the number of curves of family (1) which pass through P v and their
equations are found by substituting these values of c in (1). The direction of any curve of family (1) is given by the equa-
tion(115,(l))
dy
8/ ex
3
<
>
~&x=~Jf
Yy
which, in general, involves c. In general, however, we may elimi nate c from (1) and (3), the result being an equation of the form
ft 1J
If
we
which
satisfy the resulting equation are the slopes of the respec tive curves of (1) which pass through r Hence (4) defines the
same family
by
(1),
but by means of
INTRODUCTION
the curves themselves.
tion of the
317
equa
Hence
We
(1) leads to
a differential
Conversely, to an equation of form (4) there a family of curves which may be represented always corresponds an by equation of form (1). For if the coordinates of a point I[
(fig.
directions through
115) are assigned to x and y in (4), (4) determines one or more Jf. Following one of these directions, we may
to a second point
move
in (4), a direction is
If
point y Proceeding in this way, we trace a broken line such that the coordinates of every vertex and the direction of the following segment at that point sat
isfy (4).
The
limit of this
broken
each
segment approaches
is
a curve
^ ]G
point satisfy (4). Since in this construction JJ may be any point of the plane, there is evi dently a family of curves represented by (4), as we set out to
prove.
The constant
in the equation
of
the family
may
be
taken, for example, as the ordinate of the point in which a curve x r Hence of the family cuts the axis of y or any other line x
form
(4)
(1).
The problem
solution (1)
is,
of proceeding
from a
however, a
difficult one,
Some
of these cases
-j-
appears to the
power
only.
I.
Variables separable.
77)
la.
Homogeneous
Equation
equation.
(78)
2
Ib.
of the
form x
(ap
+ 1$ + cj dx + (a
+ bjj + r,) dy =
0.
79)
318
II.
(80)
(
Ila.
Bernouilli
equation.
(
III.
The exact
equation.
81) 147\
Ilia.
149\
serviceable, the student should appreciate that they may all fail with a given differential equation, since the above list does not contain all possible differen
tial
first
solution will
-^ degree in
Moreover, the
results
can be expressed as elementary functions only in the simpler cases. 174. Solution by series. The solution of a differential equation may usually be expressed in the form of a power series.
EX.
^=X
dx
i
y2.
a2x2
-\
a3z 3
-\
2 a2 x
+ 3 a3
x2
= x 2 + (a +
a 2 x2
+ a 3 x3 +
x.
2
-)
,
which the coefficients of like powers of x on the two must be equal, since the equation is true for all values of
in
Equating
coefficients,
we have
ai
a2
2
2a 2 =
3 a3
aoi,
af
=I+ = =
2
,
whence
a:
2
8
,
is
a 2x
a 3x 2
^ (1
3 a 4 x3 )
175.
first
than the
in
>
new methods
make
1.
Denoting
by p, we
shall
three cases
2.
3.
1>
319
176. Equations solvable for p. Let the given equation be an equation of the nth degree in p, and let the roots of the equation, where p v -, p n regarded as an algebraic equation in p, be p v p 2
, ,
P->
tion
or constants.
42)
(pPi) (P-P
zero,
Z)
"-(P
~Pn)
0.
(1)
But (1) is satisfied when and only when one of the n factors is and hence the solution of (1) is made to depend upon the solutions of the n equations
of
p^
be f^(x
y,
c
cj
v
c
=
2,
0,
the solution of
are arbitrary
p =
2
be
(x, y, c 2
)=
0, etc.,
where
constants.
is
arbitrary, however,
and
no necessity of distinguishing among them, we them all by the same letter c. Now form the equation
there
is
A(*>
will denote
c
y>
) -M*>
c
y>
)-
/>>
y,
=
<0
o.
(3)
of x and y which make any factor of (3) zero satisfy by making the corresponding factor of its left-hand member zero. Hence (3) is a solution of (1), since the values of x and which y satisfy (3) are all the values of x and y necessary to and since (3) contains an arbitrary constant, it is the satisfy (1)
The values
(1)
general solution.
Ex.
1.
_p3
2 p2
y^\ Uy _ x _ z p _ 2 (2 y - x 2 - \ = 0. z
i
we have
,
p=
The
2,
y p = JO - x
and
y p = - %, +
x.
is
evidently y
is
2z-fc =
0.
The second
equation,
lion,
when
its
dx
solution
is
-- y = - x,
x
in the
Hence the
is
2x
c) (y -f
x2
ex) (z
3 xy
=
<)
0.
320
Ex.
/dy\
y[ ) \dx/
-f
2x dy
n
dx
0.
Solving for p,
we have
p=
The
is
equationits
solution
is
Vz 2 +
2
2
y"
Q.
Vx* + y
/-
~y~ ~^
is
also a
homogeneous equation, and its solution is Vsc 2 Hence the required solution is y 2 + 2 ex c 2 = 0.
177. Equations solvable for y.
y2
0.
>
y P)
>
(J-)
we have
the equation
(2)
y=F(x,p).
Differentiating (2) with respect to x,
and replacing ^ by p, we
in
which
^>
and
a;
(3)
be
(4)
}
^(x,p,c)=Q.
^>
between (1) and (4), we have a function of #, y Eliminating and an arbitrary constant which is, in general, a solution of (1). But the process of solution may bring in extraneous factors or
otherwise lead to error, and the solution should be tested by
substitution in
(1).
If the elimination
may
(I,
cannot be performed, equations (1) and (4) be taken simultaneously as the parametric representation
p
y
xp
2 yp
ax
0.
Solving for y,
we have
??
(1)
By
we
obtain
or
(HK8-*
321
found on
p=
2
Va.
y Va
which
is
trial
is
This solution, however, involves no arbitrary of a different type from that already considered. It will be
we
Placing the second factor equal to zero, and solving the resulting equation, find p = ex. Substituting this value of p in (1), we have, as the general
solution,
Ex.
2.
Clairaufs equation, y
= px
+f(p).
y
in
As
As
in
Ex.
1,
placing the
first
solution.
we have
dj)
(ZX
0,
whence p
c.
Substituting
we
of Clairaut s equation may be written down c in the given equation. The ease of this
makes
it
desirable to solve
s
y, in the
equation
may
y
be Clairaut a
equation.
.
Ex.
3.
= px +
is
Vl + p 2
in the
is
form of Clairaut
y
equation, with/(p)
c2 .
= a Vl
i
-f-
p2
solution
ex
Vl +
If
we may form
new
equation,
r *(!)
by differentiating
with respect to Let the solution of (2) be
(1)
y,
and replacing
dx
-j-
by
1 -
p
(3)
,c)=0.
322
Then (1) and (3) may be taken simultaneously as the parametric representation of the solution of (1). Or p may be eliminated from (1) and (3), the result being a function of x, y, and an arbitrary constant, which is, in general, a solution of (1), but which should
be tested by substitution in
Ex. x
(1).
2p
logp
0.
Solving for x,
we have
= 2p +
?/,
logp.
(1)
we
dy
the solution of which
is
= (2p + I) dp, = p 2 + p + c.
we
take
(1).
and
Since the result of eliminating p from (1) and (3) is complicated, (3) as the parametric representation of the solution of
(1)
179. Envelopes.
Let
f(x,y,
c)=0
(1)
be the equation of a family of curves formed by giving different values to the arbitrary parameter c. If any particular value of c is increased by Ac, the equation of the corresponding curve is
f(x,
y, c
+ Ac) =
0.
(2)
The limiting positions of the points of intersection of (1) and (2), as Ac = 0, will be called limit points on (1). We wish to discuss
the locus of the limit points.
One method
Ac
of
is
x and y in terms
of c
= 0,
c.
evidently to solve (1) and (2) simultaneously for and Ac. The limiting values of x and y, as
c is eliminated from these values of x and y, the result is the Cartesian equation of the locus of the limit points. second method is as follows: Any point of intersection of
If
(1)
and
(2) is a
point of
f(x,y,
+ Ac)
Ac
/(a, y,
c)
so that we may use (3) in place of (2). As it is only the limiting positions of the points of intersection of (1) and (3) that are to be considered, we may take the limit of (3) as Ac 0, i.e.
ENVELOPES
Then
c
323
(4) is a (1)
between
and
curve passing through the limit points. Eliminating obtain the equation of the required locus. (4), we
lines represented
Ex. Find the locus of the limit points on the straight mx a Vl + m 2 = 0, m being the variable parameter.
First method.
by
We
first
mx
a Vl
(1)
(2)
(3)
am
and
(4), as
(4)
Taking the
limits of (3)
Am =
0,
we have
(5)
Vl +
terms of m.
?n 2
Eliminating m,
we have
x2
a2
(7)
FIG. 116
It is thus evident
(fig.
each of the
Second method.
From
0.
dm
Eliminating
VT+ m2
(8),
(8)
from
(1)
and
we have
y
2
x2
the locus of which
is
a2
0,
first
method.
the limit points of the family, as those curves approach coincidence, is a curve tangent to every curve of the family. Hence the question is suggested, Is the locus of limit points always tangent to every
curve of the family ? To answer this question, we proceed as follows Let (x v T/J) be a limit point on one of the curves represented by
/(,.
/.
<)=<>.
(i)
324
Then
?=dc
The tangent
of
is
as in Ex. 3,
113.
The equation of the locus of the limit points may be found theo of c in terms of x and y from (2) retically by substituting the value in (1). Then the equation of the tangent to -the locus of the limit
points at (x v
y^
is
or
113, Ex. 3)
+
But since
~
dc
0, (5)
reduces to
which
is
is
the same as
(3).
of the limit
tangent to every curve of the family. points There may be limit points, however, which lie
on a locus that
let
i.e.
For is not tangent to every curve of the family. of the family have one or more singular points,
/P/"\
each curve
points for
Z.J-SB 0,
(rl~f\ fa/9
)=
0.
Then such
from
(1),
for,
we have
But
ftf
and
c/c
0,
and
gent becomes
at a singular point the equation of the tan indeterminate, and hence the locus of the limit points
But
SINGULAR SOLUTIONS
may
is
325
Accord which
or
ingly,
may not be tangent to each curve of we shall separate that part of the locus
the family.
of limit points
tangent to each curve of the family, and give it the special name * is that part of the locus of the limit envelope. That is, the envelope a curves which is tangent to every curve of the points of family of
family.
it is
neces
neous factor brought in by the elimination, and also discarding any part of the locus which is not tangent to each curve of the family.
The second method of finding the locus of limit points the method of determining the condition that f(x, y, c) = exactly
181.
if it is
is
0,
an algebraic equation in c, shall have equal roots (I, 64). Hence, if we form the discriminant of f(x, y, c) = 0, regarded as an equation in c, and place it equal to zero, the locus of the resulting
loci,
equation will contain the envelope. If there are any additional they are the loci of singular points, or correspond to extrane ous factors brought in by the elimination.
Ex. The equation of the example in
(x
2
179
may
(y
2
a2 )
ra 2
- 2 xym +
a 2 ) (y 2
is
2
?y
=
+
0.
The discriminant
is (I,
2
?/
37)
_
(
2 XT/) 2
4 (x 2
x2
a2 )
4 a2 (x 2
a 2 ).
roots
a2
0,
is
Let
(1)
first
/<**4)-0
order,
(2)
Then every curve of the family represented by (1) is such that the coordinates of every point of it and the slope of the curve at that point satisfy (2). If the family of curves has an envelope, the slope of the envelope at each point is that of a curve of the familyIt follows that
the envelope
is
* Some writers call the whole locus of the limit points the envelope, while other writers define the envelope as a curve tangent to every curve of the family.
326
a solution of (2). of It is not a particular case of the general solution, since it cannot be obtained from the general solution by giving the constant a
Hence
the equation
the envelope is
particular value,
and
is
find the singular solution, if one exists, by Accordingly, of the family of curves represented by the the envelope finding This method solution. requires us to find the general solu general
we may
tion
first
but we
may
knowing
Let (1) and (2) (fig. 117) be two curves of the family represented by (1), intersecting at %( x v ^i) an ^ navm g the respective slopes p 1 and p 2 Then x v y v p v and x v y v p 2 satisfy (2). As curves (1) and (2) approach coincidence, in general, JJ
.
approaches a point of the envelope as a limit, and p l and p 2 become equal. Hence the locus
/(2)
FIG 117
of points for which (2), regarded as an equation in p, has equal roots must include the envelope, The equation of this locus may if one exists.
an equation in p, equal to
zero.
As
may
most
in the determination of envelopes, so here, extraneous factors appear in the course of the work, and they can be eliminated
easily
by
it.
testing
them
if
they satisfy
Ex.
1.
if
one
equation
= px + a Vl + p 2
=
ex
First method.
The general
177,
Ex.
3)
a Vl
c2
is
179, Ex.)
the circle
a2
0.
Hence there
is
a singular solution, y
i
i.e.
xz
a2
o.
tion in p,
Second method. Writing the differential equation as a rational algebraic equa we have a _ _ 2 xyp + (y2 _ fl2) = 0? (a fl2) p2
.
is
4 a2 (x2
4-
y2
a2 ).
it
Since x 2
solution.
y2
a2
is
the singular
ORTHOGONAL TRAJECTORIES
Ex.
x
_f
327
2.
(p).
if
derived
tion
In solving Clairaut s equation ( 177, Ex. 2), we neglected the factor The equation x -f / (p) = 0, however, is the equation which would be Clairaut s equation were differentiated with respect to p. Hence the
p between this and Clairaut s equation would give us an equa which would include the singular solution, if one exists. In Ex. 1 of 177 we found the solution 2 ax 2 y Va = 0. This is now seen to be a singular
elimination of
solution of the given equation.
by the equation
/(*,y,)
at a given angle
is
(i)
called a trajectory. In particular, if the given angle is a right angle, the curve is called an orthogonal trajectory. It is only this special class that we shall consider.
we
first find
of the family of orthogonal trajectories, the differential equation of the family represented by
(1) in
the form
(173)
(2)
Since the trajectory and the curve of the family intersect at right angles, the slope of the curve of the family is minus the reciprocal
of the slope of the trajectory.
Hence,
if
we
-is
by
dx
>
the differential equation of the family of orthogonal trajectories. The solution of (3) is the equation of the orthogonal trajectories.
Ex. Find the orthogonal trajectories of the family of hyperbolas xy
= a2
The
Hence the
(-!)
the solution of which
is
+ =
y2
x2
c.
Hence the orthogonal trajectories are hyperbolas, concentric with the given hyperbolas and having their common axis making an angle of 45 with the
common
(fig.
113).
328
The integrable
Any
family of surfaces
/(,
satisfies
y, *,
c)=0
(1)
(2)
of
from
this
if
(1).
an equation of the form (2) always has a To answer this question, we notice that
may
be written
whence
which
is
- dx +
<
>
>
dy
_>
dz
=
()>
(3)
an exact
it
differential equation
c, it
As
differ
(1)
(3)
from
by some
it is
factor.
(151). must either be the equation (2) or Hence equation (2) has an integral
We
made exact by means of a an integrating factor. A special case of an exact differential equation is one in which the variables are separated.
exact or can be
factor, called
only when
namely
Case
Case
II,
CASE
I.
If
may
+ / (y) dy + / (z) dz =
2 3
0,
(4)
is
where any
coefficient
may
dx
+/,($ dy +
/,() dz
c.
(5)
329
=
0.
(x
a)
yzdx
(x
a) (y
b)
zdy
+ (x-a)(z +
z
c)
ydz
a) yz,
,
we have
6
7
a
a
dx
?/ -
+
y
dy
+
z
dz
0.
Hence
the solution
is
.
I J x
rx + a
a
dx+ J
a)
ry -
-\-b
dy+lJ
y
rz + c. dz =
z
c
k,
or or
2 a log (x
+
y
+
z
6 log
+
a)
log z
k,
log [(x
Za
y z
c
]
k.
CASE II. The necessary and sufficient conditions that (2) shall be an exact differential equation are ( 151)
8P_
3Q
dx
3Q_8fi
cz
8fi_dP
ex
cz
is
dy
cy
fulfilled,
equation (2)
of the
form
to find
</>.
(2)
we have
the equation
(8)
Pdx + Qdy =
0,
which, because of (6), is an exact differential equation ( obtained from (7) by considering z as constant. Therefore,
147)
if
we
integrate (8), holding z constant, we shall have all that part of $ which contains either x or y. The arbitrary constant in the solu
tion of (8)
"constant"
must be replaced by an arbitrary function of z, since in this connection means "independent of x and
y"
If,
is
^(x,
y,
= &(),
where
(f) l
is
known and
<f>
(f
(f) l
z)fa(z).
Substituting in (7)
with
we should have equation (2), and comparison an equation from which to determine (z).
<f>
330
Ex.
2 -f z )
xdx
(z
x 2 ) ydy
(x
2
?/ )
zdz
0.
This equation
is
exact.
Omitting the
last term,
2
we have
(y
+
2
?/
z2 )
2
xdx
(z
+
z2
x 2 ) ydy
is
+ +
z 2x2
F(z)
= 0, = 0.
+^ =
this solution,
we have
x2 ) z
(2)]
z2 )
xdx
2 (z 2
x 2 ) ydy
[2 (y* -f
dz
Comparing
F(z)
c.
this equation with the given equation, Therefore the general solution is
we have
(z)
0,
whence
x 2 ?/
z 2x2
2/
2 z2
k.
CASE
III.
If
ft,
then
(9)
an exact
differential equation,
and therefore
P)
=
(M>),
(M?)
(^),
(M) =
(^P).
(10)
Equations (10)
may
dy
fji
[
dx/
ex
I
dy
ty
dQ -dz
dR\ dy ]
li,
-- dp Sfji
dy
dz
_
dx
=
dz]
dz
_.
dx
equation by R, the second equation by P, and the third equation by Q, and adding the three resulting
Multiplying the
first
equations,
we have
dx
dy
\dx
dz]
\dy
This
is
that (9)
is
then a necessary condition that must be fulfilled in order may be an exact differential equation or that (2) may
factor.
have an integrating
(11)
It
may
is, if
(11)
equation
(2)
has
an integrating
331
now
form
ft,
(2).
Then
suppose that (11) is satisfied for a given equation of if it were possible to find the integrating factor
we should form the equation (9), and, omitting the last term, should solve the exact differential equation
fiPdjc
+ fiQdy =
0,
as in Case II.
But since
//,
is
not known,
we may
alent equation
Pdx+Qdy =
0,
= 0, where F(z) takes writing the solution in the form /(a?, y, F(z)) the place of the arbitrary constant. From this point on, the work
is
yz*dx
2 (y z
xz 2 ) dy
5 y dz
0.
This equation has an integrating factor. Regarding y as constant, we have the equation
yz*dx
the solution of which
is
y*dz
= =
0,
0.
F(y)
From
this solution
we form
dx
+ F/(2/)
by
?/z
dy
~ ~ dz =
If
we
2
,
we have
whence, by comparison,
-|
--- F
(-
(y)
0.
so that
(y)
F(y)
= =
0,
whence
cy.
is
x + - + cy = 0,
?/
or
y
z
0.
Q
0.
332
The former has always an integrating factor and a solution ( f(x, y, c)= 173). The latter has an integrating factor and a
solution/^,
185.
ables.
y, z, c)
only
when
condition (11)
first
is satisfied.
Two
P^dx
+ Q^dy + R^dz =
0,
where
7J,
I,
Qv
8,
R v P^
:
Q 2 R^
,
z,
or constants.
By
we have
:
dx dy dz
or
=
Q,
R,
K,
P,
P!
Q,
dx -
dy
= dz R Q
(2) only. gives a direction in space ( 97), (2) assigns a specific direction at each point in space. Moving from point to point in the direction determined by (2), we trace a curve in space.
P=
R^
R=
Since
dx:dy:dz
Hence the
since
it
solution of (2) consists of a family of space curves, and requires two simultaneous equations to represent such
89),
it
a curve
is
a pair of
(2), i.e.
P
*
Ct rJ
>
is
independent of
z,
an equation in two variables, the solution of which written in the form * \_n
.
may
V
be
/
/ 1
&
I/
Similarly, if the remaining equations of (2) are independent of x or of y, their solutions are respectively
/.l*
and
* 4) -0,
z, c 8 )
(4)
8 (aj,
0.
(5)
Any two
333
dy_dz
y
z
xy
From
y
we have y =
c\z.
The equation
=
xy
y
may
be written x
=
x
c 2 ev.
dy,
whence
y
taken simultaneously.
If
= ci,
c z ev
(2)
Suppose, for example, that we first of equations (2) with the result (3) may then solve (3) for either x or y and substitute in one of the two remaining equations, thus forming an equation in y, z, and c l
proceed as follows
or x,
z,
and
which can be
solved.
taneously with
Ex.2.
d x
^ = ^=
y x
first
xyze
The
solution of
Equating the
dz
-
Substituting
d#
for
in this equation,
=
log
whence
c 2 z.
0,
Ci (X
X 1) 6
log C 2 Z
taken simultaneously.
If
both of the previous methods fail, we may proceed as follows By the theory of proportion we may write
dx
_ dy _ dz _ ~~~"
,
k^dx
+ k^dy + k dz
s
of
y,
and
z,
or constants.
1.
kv k
k3
may
of
3).
fraction
and one
be so chosen as to give between the fourth the original fractions an equation which can be
334
2.
may
be so chosen as to
Then \dx
k^dy +
k 3 dz
make k^P
+kQ+kR=
2
0.
0,
and
if
under one
of the cases of
184,
its
solution
is
solution of the given differential equations (see Ex. 4). 3. may form a new equation
We
\dx +
f so choosing the multipliers Jc v k 2 ks , k[, k2) k3 as to equation solvable by previous methods (see Ex. 5).
,
Ex.3.
Let
* ^= x x + y
dx x
dZ x
z
ki
0,
k2
1,
&3
=z
1.
Then
dy
x
,
dz
d y~ d z y y
z).
From
z
is
y
find
+z
x
we
Ci (y
=
y
x+z
we have
dy
dz
ciz
(1
(1+
the solution of which
ci)y
log (z
y)
c2
ci(y
z),
log (z
y}
c2
taken simultaneously.
Ex
Jjg
dX
dz dy = = x x + y + z
1
].
T.
1
J.
Then
and hence
ki(y
z)
k2 (
x)
kidx
k 2 dy
+ k s (x + + k 3 dz
dz
z
+
0.
z)
0,
But
this equation is
is
dx
evidently
- dy
x
=
=
0,
c\.
from
is
this equation in
we have
=
Ci
^-
ci,
ci
log (x
ci)
e2
y-
335
dx
5.
dy
z z
dz
y Let
+x
fci
k2
*^
fc 3
=
+
1.
dx
T^lioti
dy
dz
d (x
x
y
Again,
let k\
z
1
z+x
ks
2(x
+ +
y
y
+ +
z) r _ z)
1,
fc 2
= =
1,
0,
also, letting ki
0,
kz
ks
=
y y
y
1,
we
d (x
"2(x
+ +
+ z)
_ d (x ^
,
_ d (y
z)
+ z)~
y-x
z-y
whence
Vx +
+z=
The nonintegrable
case.
Pdx + Qdy+fidz=Q.
is
Geometrically, the equation asserts that the direction dxidy: dz Q R. Consequently, the geo perpendicular to the direction metrical solution of (1) consists of loci perpendicular to the curves
^=^
~P
~Q
= ^z
fi
first
We may
surfaces
in a family of
(3)
f(x,y,z,c)=0,
This is the form of will be orthogonal to the curves (2). the solution discussed in 184, and does not always exist. This leads to the geometric theorem that it is not always possible to
which
find a family of surfaces orthogonal to a given family of curves. the solution of (1) in the form (3) does not exist, it is
When
still
which
satisfy (1)
curves (2) at right angles. In fact, we may find a family of such curves on any surface assumed at pleasure. For let
<(>
y,*)=o
Then, from
(4)
(4),
0.
dz
(5)
336
Equations
and
(5)
may then
xydx
ydy
zdz
0.
(1)
This equation cannot be satisfied by a family of surfaces. It may, however, be satisfied by curves which lie on any assumed surface and cut at right angles , the curves ^
^=
=
xy
or (Ex.
1,
(2)
185),
Then
and from
(4)
and
(1),
(3) (4)
Hence the
satisfy
1).
circles cut
y2
z2
a 2 by the planes x
Again,
let
Then
and, from
(6)
ydx
-f
xdy
dy
dz
= =
xy.
0,
(5)
(6)
and
(1),
-y -xz
is
=
xy
=
zy
dz
x2 y
tf\
y2
One
solution of (6)
known
to be z
xy.
Using
this,
we have
xdx
dy
whence
(1
y)
Vl +
x2
c.
(8)
Then
by
(5)
and
PROBLEMS
Express the solution of each of the following equations in the form of a
series
:
p 2 - 3p zi/(p
2
10
=
2
0.
10.
2
?/
py 2 - 2p*xy + p*x 2 =
)
1.
l)-(3:
)p
0.
H.
12.
0.
8. 9.
- 2 2 = 0. p3 + 2 yp2 _ X2p2 _ 2 x 2 yp = p 2 (x 2 - a2 2 - 4 a2 = 0.
x 2p 2
xyp
?/
13. 14.
p*
+ Zpy ctn x -
y2
0.
15.
PROBLEMS
16. x2p 2 17.
337
20.
21. 24.
25. 27.
28.
29.
- p 2 + 1 = 0. 18. p 2 + 2 p X 3 = 19. p(x + y)* = l. 0. y(p + y)-p*x 2 = p 2x + p. 22. x = 4p + 4 p. 2 2 2 23. y = p 2 - 2 p. xfyp - x (x + y)p + (x - y) (x + 2/) = 0. - s 2 2 p 3 - (x 2 + xy + y 2 )p + xy (x + xy + y*)p x y* = 0. 2 2 x = 0. 26. p 2xp + x 2 + 4y 2 = 2p y + 2py 2 2 8 2 2 = = 0. (Let y z.) y* 4xy p + 4p y (x 1) + 1 e 3 (p - 1) + p 3 e 2 ^ - 0. (Let & = v, e* = u.) 2 z py*(px -y) + x = Q. (Let y = v, x = w.)
?/
-
0.
Find the general and the singular solutions of the following equations
30.
31.
32. 33.
(l
2
34.
2
?/
35.
a2
+ (1 - y* = p*y*. +
x 2 yp
2 xy)p
x 2p 2
0.
36. x 3p 2
+ +
a3
0.
p3
4 xyp
8 y2
= 0.
= px
-f
62 -f
+ (x yz + yz) dy + (x 2 2 - x 2 + y 2 - 1) dz = 0. 40. (y + z}(2x + y + z)dx+(z + x)(1y + z + x)dy + (x + y)(2z+x + y)dz = Q. 41.3 x^i/zdx + (2 2 z + z) dy + 2 (y + yz 2 dz = 0. 42. (y + 2 - 6 - c) dx + (z + x - c - a) dy + (x + y - a - b) dz = 0. 43. (y 2 + yz) dx + (z 2 + zx) cZy + (y* - xy) dz = 0.
xz)
dx
?/
?/
45.
(1
?/z
+
2
46.
dx
47. ?/zdx
0.
?/
?/
48
dx
yz
dx
dy
dz
dx
_dy
x
dy
zx
dz
-dy
dz
zx =
1
xy
dx
338
KQ
_ _
xdy x2 + z 2
dy
dz
dx
i.
dy
y
2
dz
x
dz
x2 5
_
2xy
dy
z
(x-y)z
dz
54
KK
dx
dx
y
x~2x-y~z-xy
dx
- z~
dx
-x~ x-y
dy
c
00.
x+y-z
x
= dy = az.
,
oti.
CQ
x-y-z
x2
y-z-x
z2
56.
__ = 2y
y
fc.
60.
y2
xy
2 xz
= 2 mx +
ac 2
?n 4 ,
being the
variable parameter.
c 2x
+
=
a 2 ?/
0,
able parameter, forms with the coordinate axes a triangle of constant area, and find the envelope of the family.
63. Find the envelope of the parabolas y 2 64.
a(x
a).
straight line moves so that the sum of its intercepts on the coordinate axes is always equal to the constant c. Express the equation of the family of lines in terms of c and the intercept on 0-Z", and find their envelope.
65.
The semiaxes
of the ellipse
x2
--h
2
v2
b2
vary so that ab
c 2,
where
c is
a constant. Express the equation of the ellipse in terms of a as a variable parameter, and find the envelope of the family of ellipses thus defined.
66. Find the envelope of the family of straight lines formed B in the equation y = mx 2 pm
by varying
the
slope
pm
67. Find the envelope of a family of circles having their centers on the line 2 x and tangent to the axis of y.
of the parabola
68. Find the envelope of a family of circles which have the double ordinates y 2 = 4px as diameters.
69. Find the envelope of a family of straight lines which move so that the portion of each of them included between the axes is always equal to the constant c.
70.
parabola y
Find the envelope of a family of circles which have their centers on the 2 = &px and pass through the vertex of the parabola.
71. Find the equation of a curve such that the tangent cuts off from the co ordinate axes intercepts the sum of which is always equal to the constant k. 72.
Find a curve
in
which the projection upon OY of the perpendicular from is always equal to the constant a.
73. Find the equation of the curve in which the part of the tangent included between the coordinate axes is always equal to the constant a.
74. Determine the equation of a curve such that the portion of the axis of x intercepted by the tangent and the normal at any point of the curve is always equal to the constant k.
PROBLEMS
75.
339
Find the polar equation of the curve in which the perpendicular from the is always equal to the constant k.
k times the radius vector of the point of contact.
Find the polar equation of a curve such that the perpendicular from the
is
=
2
78. Find the orthogonal trajectories of the family of ellipses X being the variable parameter. 79.
---_ =
+
^
1,
fl2
ellipses
a2
a2
81. Find the orthogonal trajectories of a family of circles each of which tangent to the axis of y at the origin.
82. Find the orthogonal trajectories of the family of circles each of
is
which
1, 0).
-rH
Uv/
is
r, 0,
r2
is
84. Find
2 a 2 cos 2
0.
the
+ 1).
86. Find the orthogonal trajectories of the family of logarithmic spirals r = e0.
CHAPTEE XVIII
THE LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
187. Definitions.
The equation
JA
where
a)
y, is a
p v p^
pn _
lt
pn and
,
linear differential equation. If the coefficients p v p 2 , p n _ lt p n are constants, the equation becomes the linear differential equation
with constant
coefficients,
where a v a z
In both
a n _ v a n are constants.
(2)
(1)
and
f(x)
is
a function of x,
We
shall begin
of (2).
To do
con
venient to express
by Dy,
\ by D*y, ax
-~
,
ax
by
D y,
n
and to
D y + a^-^y +n
+a
_^Dy
+a
y =f(x),
or,
more compactly,
a,)y =f(x).
(3)
in parenthesis in (3) is called an operator, and we are said to operate upon a quantity with it when we carry out the indicated operations of differentiation, multiplication, and addition.
The expression
Thus,
3
(Z>
if
we
2
3
Z>
2
2Z>
+ 3D +
x.
5,
we have
5 sin
D + 3D
5) sin
= =
cos x
2 sin x 3 sin
3 cos x
2 cos x
340
341
of this equation is not to be considered as a fraction but simply as a symbol to express the solution of (3). Thus if (3) is the very simple equation Dy =f(x),
then
(4)
becomes
In this case
means
x.
What
the
more complicated symbol (4) may mean, we are now to study. 188. The equation of the first order with constant coefficients. The linear equation of the first order with constant coefficients is
or,
symbolically,
is
(D
a)y =f(x).
(1)
This
we have
a special case of the linear equation discussed in 80, and a, f2 (x) =f(x) in formula (5) of only to place f^x)
We
=
two
parts.
The
is ax
The
is
first part, ce
if
ax
,
contains
(1)
unless f(x)
zero.
- ax
I (1),
alone,
a solution of
0.
since (1)
e
by
is ax
(2)
when
Hence
ax
e~
ax
f(x)dx
in distinction to this, ce
The sum
gral
is
of the
called the complementary function. complementary function and the particular inte
be written
the general solution (2). The complementary function can down from the left-hand member of equation (1), but the determination of the particular integral requires integration.
342
Ex.
1.
dx
+ 3y= 5x
3
.
is
ce~ 8x
The particular
integral
is
e3
*x dx
is
=
-
x3
-{-
+
3
1 -
J- x
\<.
ce~ s *
-jj-
*2
Solve
dx
sin x.
is
cer*.
The
L s in
particular integral
cos x.
is
- x C ex s i n xdx
is
= =
x-f
19,
Ex.
5)
ce~ x
^ sin x
cos x.
189.
The operator
The
coefficients depends upon the solution higher order with constant Hence a knowledge of the oper order. first of the equation of the
ator
is of
prime importance.
i
J_s
"~~~~
We
upon
Ct
in practice.
is ce
in all cases,
is
omitted.
cu
=c
u.
(1)
ss
a =0.
(3)
s
e
te
-f+r
_^
k
MX
nn^a
,
(4)
unless k
a.
a
*
(5)
D-a
k
unless k
(6)
(k
cCf
(k
a)
= a.
-i
~m + 1
(8)
343
a sin kx
k cos
lex
6SS
,
<*
a,
cos kx
^
1
-J+JT
+ k sin kx -unless a =
(11)
These formulas may all be proved by substituting the special functions concerned in the general formula 188, (2)). For (3), ( (7), (9), and (11) the student may refer to Exs. 4, 5, and 6, 19. The derivation of (10) is as follows: 188,
By
(2),
D - ki sin kx
-.
=e
ux
r
\
e~
kix
sin
kx dx.
If we attempt to use the method of Ex. 5, 19, it fails to work, but by replacing sin kx by its value in terms of the exponential functions ( 169, (5)) we have
Formula
190.
(12)
is
The equation of the second order with constant coeffi cients. The symbol (D a)(D l)y means that y is to be operated on with D b and the result a. Now operated on with D
(
D ~^}y = ~~
ax
l>y,
and hence
(I)
ab. b),q This result, obtained by considering the real meaning of the operators, is the same as if the operators a and l had
where
p=
(a
344
as an algebraic quantity.
we
find
(2)-b)(D-a)y
= [D - (a + b) D +
2
ab] y
= (D - a) (D - I) y.
That is, the order in which the two operators used does not affect the result.
2
a and
I are
Moreover,
b so that (1)
if
(Z>
-h
pD +
q)
is
given,
it is
is satisfied.
In
fact,
we have simply
and
2
Z>
pD +
or,
what
is
(& + pD +
where
g)y=f(x),
is
(2)
and
a function of x which
may
Equation
whence, by
(1)
may
(2),
be written
188,
"
ax
)
dx
Again applying
188,
(2),
we have
\
e/
/-
".\
= cebx+ e C e -b*( c e
x
>
x
+e"
Ce- axf(x)dx)dx.
:
(3)
There are
I.
now two
cases to be distinguished
If
3= b, (3)
becomes
(a
II.
If
~ bx x Ce~ axf (x) dx\ dx. y = c / + c/** + e C(e = b, (3) becomes ax ax ax y = (c + Cl x)e +e CCe~ f(x)dx JJ
b)x
2
.
(4)
(5)
of
two
parts.
e"*,
The one
is
the
complementary function c^+c/* or (c 2 + c^) It can be written down arbitrary constants but not involving f(x).
involving two
345
from the left-hand member of the equation, and is, in fact, the solu 0. The other part of the tion of the equation (D a)(D solution is the and involves f(x). Its particular integral, general or necessitates two computation by (4) integrations. (5)
l>)y
Formula
(4)
when a and
b are
holds whether a and b are real or complex. But conjugate complex, it is convenient to modify
:
Let us place
in.
= m + in,
b
is
=m
where
= ^"[^(cos nx + i sin nx) -f c (cos nx = e mx C\ cos nx + C sin nx), C = c + c C = i(c^ c Since c and c
2 (
z
1
sin nx)]
(6)
2,
2 ).
all real
forms of the
.
complementary function by giving real values to C^ and C2 The form (6) may also be modified as follows Whatever be the values of Cl and C2 we may always find an angle a such that
:
cos
*
>
sin
C2
Then
(6)
becomes
Or,
we may
Then
ft
^L
l
,
cos
ft
This equation
may
be written
c 2 e-
3:r .
To
we proceed
(D
as follows
3)
=-
D -f
&=
2
e~
is
346
Ex
.
dx2
*+
dx
1/
=x
c 2 x)
er x
To
we proceed
(D
as follows
1
1)
D+1
=
1
= -
r e- * xex dx
I
=
(x
1.
(x
-\-
1)
e- x
r
I
1)
e?dx
2.
I
is
*/
Ex.
3.
ing force directed toward a center and proportional to the distance of the par ticle from the center, the motion being resisted by a force proportional to the velocity of the particle.
If
we
take s as the distance of the particle from the center of force, the ds ks and the resisting force is h where k and h are
,
of motion
is
ks
h
dt
ds
,
The
DH
2
:
We
I.
W _ 4k
<
o.
The
e
2
solution of (1)
is
then
Ci cos
+ C 2 sin
>
or
The graph of s has the general shape of that shown in I, 155, fig. 161. The particle makes an infinite number of oscillations with "decreasing amplitudes, which approach zero as a limit as t becomes infinite.
II.
h2
4k
>
0.
The
solution of (1)
rrn>
is
then
The
III.
particle
h*
makes no
oscillations,
becomes
infinite.
4k
0.
The
solution of (1)
The
becomes
infinite.
347
of solving
(1)
by
partial fractions.
Another method
the equation
tfy =/<*),
is
when
We may
the factors of the operator are unequal, express the solution in the form
as follows
~
2)
1
2
-f-
pD + q
=
~~
(D
a)(D
b)
have seen that in many ways the operator may be handled as if it were an algebraic quantity. This raises the ques
tion
Now we
whether
it
is
proper to separate
into partial
(D
fractions.
a]
(D
b)
Algebraically
1
we
have, of course,
=
l)
(D
and the question
a)(D
is,
l)\D
JL
l
Is
The way
in (1)
of (1),
to
answer
We
a-b
~
a
1
"
"-"
a f\x)l
=/(*)
Consequently
(2) is a solution of (1).
Writing
(2)
out in
[
full,
we have
C<T~f(x)dx-
f"
b*
,_/
C<T*f(x)fa (3)
,_/
348
the same
as in
but the particular integral appears in another form. b. This method fails if a
190,
(4),
Vy
dx*
dy_
dx
may
be written
=
D2
5
e +D_6
2x
ID -
D+3
is
192.
coefficients.
The
solving a linear equation of the second order with constant coefficients are readily extended to an equation of the nth order with constant coefficients. Such an equation is
methods
or,
symbolically written,
n
(D
The
factors
first
+ ai D
is
-l
(2)
step
and to write
(D
where r v rf ,
,
- r,) (D - r
l
. .
2)
(D- rj =/(*),
n
(3)
+ a^~ +
+ a.^r + a =
0.
It
may
be shown, as in
and
GENERAL EQUATION
The general
solution of (1) consists
349
two
parts, the
now
of
com
integral.
is
written
down from
,
the factored
the solution of (1) in the If r v r 2 ., rn are all distinct, the complementary function consists of the n terms
is
and
c/ *+c/^+
where c v
If,
/*,
(4)
2,
cn
however,
(4)
D
c
terms of
+ cx -h
(4)
Also,
if
two
corresponding terms of
sines
may
and
cosines, as in (6),
is
190.
found by evaluating
This
1.
f(X )
may
The expression
tors
--
may
This
(*&-*..
2.
(6)
side of (5) may be separated into partial frac the factors of (5) are all distinct, this leads to an integral of the type
tions.
The left-hand
When
f (x) dx +
/(*)&.
(7)
If
method
350
In evaluating
omitted,
function.
since
and
(7)
they are
taken
complementary function
by undetermined
coefficients.
The work
of find
ing the particular integral may be much simplified when the form of the integral can be anticipated. The particular integral may
then be written with unknown, or undetermined, coefficients, and the coefficients determined by direct substitution in the differential
equation.
(7),
,
we may apply
it
the formulas of
if
189
in
many
cases.
From
(2),
189,
follows that
/(a?) consists of
an aggregate
sum
of the
term by itself. From (1), 189, it term oif(x) affects only the coeffi
cient of the corresponding part of the particular integral. 189 we can deduce the following: the other formulas of
1.
From
a m _ l x-{-a m (m a positive + m the is of the form particular integral Ajt + AjP^ + integer), d- m -i x + A m unless the left-hand member of the differential equa
.
When /(#)=
,
a Q x m + a 1 (tfn
~1
tion
D
l
r
.
solution
the form x (A xm
A m+l xr ~ +
occur in the
ae kx the particular integral is of the form Ae*x unless the left-hand member of the differential equation contains
2.
, ,
When f(x) =
r
a factor
(D
r kx
k)
,
is
of the
kx
form
A r _ l x A r)e while terms of the form (A l x + occur in the complementary function, and hence need not be
Ax
e
-
~l
assumed
3.
the
When f(x) = a sin kx or,a cos kx, the particular integral is of form A sin kx -f B cos kx, unless the left-hand member of the
2
(Z>
+k
2 r
)
.
In the latter
351
}
(A l sin kx +
coskx)
+B
gral is of the
form (A xm + A 1 xm
the left-hand
tor
r
.
a positive integer), the particular inte ~l fcx Am _ lx unless m )e of the differential equation contains a fac
+A
is
of the of the
form (A m+l x r
ular integral.
occur in the comple l be in the partic not assumed need hence and function, mentary
-\
~1
+A m+r _ x+A m +
The above statements may all be summed up in the following rule, which may also be sometimes used when f(x) is not one of
the forms mentioned above
:
If u
is
t&
8,
u k are
coefficients)
which can
he obtained
from u
by successive differentiation, then the corresponding part -\-A k u k of the particular integral is of the form Au + A l u l + unless u is a term of the complementary function, or such a
x.
In
particular integral is of the form where r is the number of times the + A^u^ ), which in the complementary function the term u, or factor, gives u divided by an integral power of x, appears in the left-hand
of
the
xr (Au
+ A ku t
member of
The above rule is of course valueless unless the functions u v u 2 uh are finite in number. In applying it to functions other than
,
those already discussed, the student should consider that he is mak ing an experiment. If a function assumed in accordance with the
rule
is is justified.
found to satisfy the differential equation, the use of the rule When it fails, recourse may always be had to the gen
and
kr
(7),
192.
When/(#)=
may
tion.
the
<j>(x),
work
be lightened by substituting y
= e kx z
e
kx
in the differential
e
equa
kx
,
the
352
new
may
z,
be divided by
is
kx
,
and there
is
<t>(x).
is left
an equation
When
2).
..
This
dx s
dx 2
dx
may
be written
D(D
I)
?/
xe 2x
e*,
is c\
x (c? 4- c^x) e .
The term xe 2x
,
if
suc
2 cessively differentiated, gives only the new form e *. Hence the corresponding part of the particular integral has the form Axe 2x + Be 2x The term ex gives no
new form
if
differentiated
but since
it
I)
Cx 2 ex
Substituting
y
in the differential equation,
= 4xe 2x + Be zx + Cx 2 e x
we have
24xe 2 * +
Then
whence
(5
A+
2 B) e 2x
2 Cex
= xe2x +
2
e*.
24 =
1,
54 +
27^
^-=j,
= 0, = # -|,
C= C=
1,
1.
The general
is,
accordingly,
=
=
ci
(c 2 -f
c 3 x) e^
l xe 2a:
-%&*
Ex.
2.
d y --2
<Zx
\-
xe Sx sinx.
We
place y
e Sx z.
There results
is
e- 3 r
-
(c 1
sinx
4- c 2
cosx).
+ (64+ 9E)xcosx + (64 - 27? + 9C- e^sinx + (24 + 6U + 6C + 9^)cosx = xsinx. Therefore 4 - 6 B = 1, 64 + 95 = 0, 64-25+ 9C- 6^ = 0, 24 + 65 + 6(7 + 9^ = 0, 4 - ^, 5= whence C = ~ T! 7, ^ = T$fy
(QA - 6B)xsinx
-A
is
Cisinx
c2
cosx
es x
(y ^ x sin x
x cosx
T F sinx + T f | r cosx).
SIMULTANEOUS EQUATIONS
194.
coefficients.
353
in
Systems of linear differential equations with constant The operators of the previous articles may be employed solving a system of two or more linear differential equations
with constant coefficients, when the equations involve only one independent variable and a number of dependent variables equal
to the
number
of the equations.
this
may
S+
We may now
f+
may
be written
These equations
(D
3
4)
Dx + (D2 +
- 3 Dy = = 4) y
sin 2
t,
1.
(I) (2)
cos 2
manner analogous
(1)
to that
used in solving two algebraic equations. the coefficient of y in (2), and have
We
first
operate on
with
D +
2
.
4,
16)x-3(D 3 + 4D)y =
since
(
0,
(3)
D2 + 4) sin 2t =
coefficient of
4 sin 2
(1),
1 -f
4 sin 2
0.
We
then operate on
(2)
with
3D, the
y in
and have
= -6sin2,
since 3
(4)
D cos 2
=-
sin 2
1.
(5)
is
ci sin 4
c2
c 3 sin t
c4
cos
J sin 2
2
(6)
Similarly, by operating on (1) with tracting the result of the former operation
3D
and on (2) with D + 4, and sub from that of the latter, we have
(D
the solution of which
is
+
cc
17
D2 +
1
16)
=-
6 cos 2
(7)
c 5 sin
cos 4
c 7 sin
c 8 cos
^ cos 2
$.
(8)
The constants
of x
in (G)
and y given
in
((>)
are, however, not all independent, for the values (8), if substituted in (1) and (2), must reduce the
Making
these substitutions,
c2 )
we have
t
12
(c
ci) sin
- 12 (c 5 +
12
(C B
cos 4
+ +
(c 8 -f c s ) sin
t
(c 7
c 4 ) cos
sin 2
c 8)
=
t
sin 2
1.
12
(c e
ci) cos 4 1
+ +
c 2 ) sin
(c 8
(c 7
c 4 ) sin
+ + cos 2 =
cos
cos 2
354
be identically
,
satisfied,
C7
we must have
=Ci,
C5
= -C 2
(2)
C8
= -C 3 +
C4 .
of (1)
and
= = y
ci sin
+
4
c2
cos 4
Ci
c 3 sin t
c4
cos
c3
-f
^ sin 2
Z,
(9)
.
c% sin
cos 4
c\ sin
cos
:
^ cos 2
(10)
The method
of solving
(6),
may
4
1
be modified as follows
substitute this value in
Having found
as before
the value of x in
we may
Ci sin
(1).
We
t
have then
l sin 2
1
,
.whence
Dy = =
?/
4
Ci
c2
cos 4
2
+
cos
c 3 sin
t
c4
cos
cos 4
c 2 sin
c3
c 4 sin t
l cos 2
C.
The constant C
is
in (2),
differential equation
with variable
coefficients.
^coefficients p v p 2 p n _ lt p n are functions of x, can in of solved terms be elementary functions. In fact, such rarely an equation usually defines a new transcendental function. We
where the
of the solu
Consider
first
the equation
which
differs
from
yn
(1) in that
-\>
is zero.
V Vv y^
(2),
Vn are
linearly independent
is
* solutions of
y = c iVi+ c 2/2+
2
+c
-i2/-i+
c n yn
>
3)
where
2,
cn _
cn
That
(3)
is
upon the
the general solution of (2) depends arbitrary constants, and the number
This statement
we
there
exists
i2/i
2 2/ 2
-\
+ a n yn = 0,
"
where a v a 2
and = means
identically
equal."
VARIABLE COEFFICIENTS
Keturning now to
(1),
355
If y
and u
is is
solutions of (2),
W
The
y
c
= c,y, +
+c
yn +
u,
(4)
where
2,
cn
may
be verified by substi
tution.
The
fact that
it
is
we
shall accept
without proof.
It appears
now
ular integral of
that the complementary function and the partic 192 are only special cases of (4). There exists,
(4)
however, no general method of finding the solution coefficients of (1) are not constant.
when
the
Methods
of solution
may, however,
and
we
a n are constants. This equation has the -, a n _ v is multiplied by a power of x derivative each that peculiarity It can be reduced to a linear derivative. of the equal to the order
where a v a 2
For
dx
..,-. dx
dz
dz
dz
dz~
dz>
dz
dz\
dz ]
dz\
_dz
~
~dz*
d?
"
~dz
where
D=
dz
356
Hence
= Dy,
dx s
Placing x
dx 2
dx
ez
whence
GI
c2 z
c s e~ 2s H
e2z
GI
c2
(logx)
z2
196. Solution
by
series.
The solution
of a linear differential
equation can usually be expanded into a Taylor s or a Maclaurin s series. This is, in fact, an important and powerful method of
shall limit investigating the function defined by the equation. ourselves, however, to showing by examples how the series may be obtained. The method consists in assuming a series of the form
We
where
and the coefficients a Q a v a 2 are undetermined. This then substituted in the differential equation, and and the coefficients are so determined that the equation is identically satisfied.
-
series is
We assume a series of the form given above, and write the expression for each term of the differential equation, placing like powers of x under each other. We have then
d 2y
(m-t-r)a,rX
m+ r +
= -3^ dx
Adding these results, we have an expression which must be identically equal to zero, since the assumed series satisfies the differential equation. Equating to
zero the coefficient of x
1 "-
1
,
we have
m (m
4)
0.
(1)
SOLUTION BY SEKIES
Equating
to zero the coefficient of
357
xm
we have
(m
1)
(m
3) ai
(m
2)
a
,
=
-
0.
(2)
we have
r
the
more general
(3)
m+r+
1)
(m
- 3)a r + 1 + (m +
2)a r
0.
We
m is assumed by placing a = in equation (1), since Hence to satisfy (1) we must have either
a<&
m=
Taking the
first
or
m=
4.
of these possibilities,
ai
namely
2
m=
7T a ro)
0,
we
have, from
(2),
=
jj-
ao,
and from
(3),
=
(r
(4)
1) (r
(4)
the previous one, a,.. Thus we find a 2 coefficients after as equal to zero.
take
Returning now to the second of the two possibilities for the value of m, we m = 4. Then (2) becomes 6 ai + 2 a = 0,
(3)
and
becomes
ar + i
=
(r
4-2
5)(r
r-
(6)
l)
Computing from
have the solution
terms of the
series,
we
5
(7)
6-6
5-6-7
We
have now in
Hence, by
(5)
and
differential
equa
tion.
= -
Ciyi
C2 y2 .
Ex.
2.
Legendre
s equation.
(1
x2)
ax 2
2x
ax
+ n (n +
1)
0.
of the series,
-f
we have
-1
-f (in -f
= m (m
1)
aox m
~2
Ow
1)
wiaix"
2)(m
+ 1) a 2 x m +
d y ~^~=
2x
-m(m-l)aox
2
=
dx
waox m
n(n
358
Equating
"-
1
,
and x m we have
,
m (m
(m
1)
= =
0,
(1)
(2)
(m
2)
(7/1
1)
a2
+ 1) mai 0, - (m - n) (m +
1)
0.
(3)
To find a general law for the coefficients, we will find the term containing x m + r-2 i n each of the above expansions, this term being chosen because it con tains a r in the first expansion. We have
zjf-ss
dx 2
----\-(m
r}
(m
1)
a,.x"
+r-2
_2X"
+r-2
-,
---,
_2x^ =
n(n
"-
+ l)y=
(n
l)a r _ 2 x
nt
+r-2
The sum
(m
r)
(m
1)
ar
- (m - n +
placing
is
2)
(m
1)
ar -
0.
(4)
take
m=
;
arbitrary
m = 1. We
shall
n(n
+
r
1)
lf.\
and from
(4)
ar
=-
(n
2)(n
1)
ar _ 2
(6)
By means
of (6)
we determine
the solution
^
[3
(n-l[
^
[6
we have in (7) the general solution of the dif In fact, the student will find that if he takes the value the second series in (7). ?7i = 1 from (1), he will obtain again Particular interest attaches to the cases in which one of the series in (7) reduces to a polynomial. This evidently happens to the first series when n By is an even integer, and to the second series when n is an odd integer.
Since
and
a\ are arbitrary,
ferential equation.
giving to a
SOLUTION BY SERIES
is
359
(7)
equal to unity
when x equals
unity,
we
the
polynomials
4-2
PS
each of which
coefficients.
4-2
2
0-7 5 x, 4-2
7-5 s x, 4-2
5-3 -4-2
x,
satisfies a Legendre s differential equation in which n has the value indicated by the suffix of P. These polynomials are called Legendre s
Ex.
3.
BesseVs equation,
series for
x2
(x
- n2
0.
Assuming the d 2y
dy
we have
(m
l) ai x
+i
+ m
first
three powers of x,
[(m
2)
n 2 ]a 2
0.
(3)
To
we have
m+r
^2
dy
2
?/
(m
r)
(m
-f
l)a,.x
*-=
n
".
<m
r;
coefficients,
we have
r)2- n 2]a r
7/1
ar _ 2
0.
(4)
Equation
(1)
from
(2), (3),
may
Oi
n.
We
flt
m=
n.
Then
0,
a2
^
2(2 n
-.
2)
r(2n
^-a +
r)
360
By
Similarly,
by placing
1 4.
m=
2(2
(
If,
--n_
T2
2)
n,
we
\-
4- (2n
----2)(2n
4)
\
.
(6)
now, n is any number except an integer or zero, each of the series (5) and converges and the two series are distinct from each other. Hence in this case the general solution of the differential equation is
(6)
If
0,
(5)
and
(6)
are identical.
If
is
a positive integer,
series (6) is meaningless, since some of the coefficients become infinite. If n is a negative integer, series (5) is meaningless, since some of the coefficients become
Hence, if n is zero or an integer, we have in (5) and (6) only one par ticular solution of the differential equation, and another particular solution must be found before the general solution is known. The manner in which this may
infinite.
be done cannot, however, be taken up here. The series (5) and (6) define new transcendental functions of x called BesseVs functions. They are important in many applications to mathematical physics.
PROBLEMS
Solve the following equations
1.
:
8^ + 2 V = 0.
dx
+ 8^ + 16^ = 0. 10.^ dx dx
2
2.
j|
3.
+ 8y = a;* +
Jsinx.
11.
+ 9y =
dx*
0.
= e^+e-cosx. ^-2y dx
12.
^ - 6^ +
dx
13y
0.
4.
^ + y = 8e-* +
dx
dx
aj^.
13.
? + 2^-8y=*dx dx*
dx 2
y
5.
4y
= G sm 2x.
+
14.
8.
dx
-.!,
__ = _? x x
e
15.
e-
16.
8.
dx2
= 2V-Sy dx
5
0.
17.
^>_
^=
dx
0.
18.
dx2
dx
dx 2
dx
dx 2
dx*
dx
PROBLEMS
361
21.
(X-3)2
5e
23. *UL
r o 2:c
dX 3
o
dx2
dx
.
sm3x.
An d y 42. 3
-j
d y ~
= x8
24.
^| +
d 2 ?/
2sin6zsin3x.
fa
nf,
26
dx 2
x sin 2
dx
d7
dy
di
rrt
(ia.
d"V
f-
^C??/
^-
+o
?/
x 2 e~ x 4-
,1
e 3 *.
/7r
46
dy
=2x
on
^ 2 ?/ d 3^
.
^2/
O1 1
d 2y
^rO.
47-
/7r
OT
?/
IS
oft 32
-^ + dx =
?/
^y
dv
-
= 2a: +
23
10
dx4
-J
=
dx 2
dQ
dy
37.
1-
te*
-+-
fl-^rnsrr
gQ
"
-^
q2
__
362
51.
#-Sx + dx dx
2
0.
54. x
dx 3
+ 8*
dx 2
*
dx
52
*+"
v="<**.
56. x
53
*-.ft + *-<**
means
0.
+ 3x2
:
of series
a*^ + (x-2x2)^-0y =
dx 2
60.
dx
x^ + ^+ dx dx
x2
2
(x
6)y
0.
59.
(x-x
dx2
dx
6^0.
62.
dx 2
x- W =
dx
0.
63. particle of unit mass moving in a straight line is acted on by an attracting force in its line of motion directed toward a center and proportional to the distance of the particle from the center, and also by a periodic force equal
to a cos
kt.
Determine
its
motion.
particle of unit mass moving in a straight line is acted on by three an attracting force in its line of motion directed toward a center and proportional to the distance of the particle from the center, a resisting force proportional to the velocity of the particle, and a periodic force equal to a cos kt. Determine the motion of the particle.
64.
forces,
65.
the motion of the particle in Ex. 64 consist of which increase without limit as the time increases
without limit
CHAPTER XIX
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
197. Introduction.
tion
A partial
differential equation is
an equa
which involves partial derivatives. The general solution of such an equation involves one or more arbitrary functions. Thus
f(x
y,
x)
is
solution
is
of
the
equation
--h
vx
=
2
z=
(
equation
ct
=a
ex
.
no matter what are the forms of the f unctions /x and/2 Only in comparatively few cases can the solution of a partial In general, the differential equation be written down explicitly.
1 18,
Ex.
2),
nature and the properties of functions denned by such equations must be studied by the methods of advanced mathematics. In a
practical application, the problem is usually to determine a func tion which will satisfy the differential equation and at the same
Partial
sometimes occur which can be readily solved successive integration with respect to each of the variables, or by which can be otherwise solved by elementary methods. No general discussion can very well be given for such equations, but the fol
lowing examples will illustrate them.
Ex.
1.
-5L =
dxcy
0.
By
we have
where
is
an arbitrary function.
z
we have
02 (z)
03 (y),
where both
and
303
364
Ex.2.
If
?U-a%.
this equation
would be
GI sin
ax
c2
cos ax.
This solution will also hold for the partial differential equation if we simply impose upon Ci and 2 the condition to be independent of x but not necessarily independent of the other variables. That is, if z is a function of x and y, we have for the solution of the differential equation
c,
0i (y ) s in ax
te.a^-^=o. ax
a?/
2
Placing x
ay
M,
and x
ay
=
2
u,
we have
***_.*.*;+ aw
a?/
2
awai?
A
118)
au2
e*z_s2z
az 2
"^
a 2z
and the
differential equation
becomes
1) is
01 (U)
+ + +
1
2 (fl).
is
= =
0! (Z
<f>i(x
ay)
iy)
(x
ay).
When
1,
we have
+
0.
2
-- -- =
ax2 ay
199.
The
*
where P,
Q,
-*
more
of
of (1) is a function (2)
and
x, y,
the variables
and
The solution
*
=/(,
it
y),
which, substituted in
(1),
reduces
to an identity.
365
112).
Equation
is
(1) there
to (2) at
any point
perpendicular to
P\Q:R (98, (5)). Consequently we may start from any point on (2) and, moving in the direction P:Q\R, remain always on the surface. That is, the surface (2) is covered by a
the direction
is
equations
dx
_dy _dz
and hence we reach the conclu
~P~~Q~ R
Now
(2) is
any solution
of (1),
sion that the solution of (1) consists of all surfaces which are cov ered by a family of curves each of which is a solution of (3).
We may
(3),
obtaining, as in
Let us solve
u (x,
Then,
if
y, z)
= cv
(x, y, z)
=c
(4)
we form
the equation
<l>(u,v)=Q,
(5)
where
any function whatever, we have a surface which is covered by curves represented by (4). For if in (4) we give c x and = 0, the corresponding curve lies on (5). c such values that c 2 (c v 2)
<
is
<
by means of (5) we have assembled the curves (4) into surfaces, and have therefore the solution of (1). We may formu That
late
is,
To
P
dx
+Q
dy
=R
solve first
dx
tlie
equations
P
u
= dy = dz
Q
v
for
the solution
= cv
$ (u,
Then
where
the equation
is
<f>
= cr = 0, v)
solution of the partial dif
an arbitrary function,
is the
ferential equation.
366
Ex.
mz)
C -
ex
(Iz
nx)^ = mx cy
ly.
(1)
We
mz
=
Iz
dy nx
_ ^_ mx
ly
(2 )
x2
z2
cb
Ix
+ my +
nz
c2
(3)
Hence
is
(x
2
?/
2 2 , te
+ my +
712)
0.
(4)
Geometrically, the first equation of (3) represents all spheres with their cen ters at the origin, and the second equation of which represents all
(3)
planes
(3) taken simultaneously represent all circles whose centers are in the line (5) arid whose planes are perpendicular to Equation (5). (4), then, represents all surfaces which can be formed out of these circles that is, all surfaces of revolution which have the line (5) for an axis. These surfaces
;
of revolution
of
(1).
Solutions of Laplace
have already been found in 172, 198. Another method of Let us place V = XY, dealing with this equation is as follows where is a function of x alone and Y is a function of y alone, and ask if it is possible to determine and Y so that s
:
equation
may
be
satisfied.
X
which may be put
L** + 1^1=0
"
dx 2
Y df
in the
form
~
dz?
Y dy
2 -
According to the hypothesis, the left-hand member of contain y and the right-hand member cannot contain
(2)
x.
cannot
Hence
LAPLACE
367
.
a2 they are each equal to some constant, which we will denote by Then (2) breaks up into two ordinary differential equations,
-a*Y=0.
ay-
(4)
By
is
of (4) is
Y= B
Hence
cos
ay
-f
I>
sin ay.
the value of the constant had been denoted by have obtained the particular solutions
If
e~
az
,
e~
and
172).
The sum
plied
by an
two
or
verified.
particular solutions
F=A
, -f-
VA
m=l
e~ mv sin
mx + 2,Bme~ my cos mx
m=l
(5)
m=l m= oo
Q
m= oo
V = A + ^ A memy sm mx +
solution (6) becomes infinite with y.
Bm e my cos mx.
rn=l
(6)
A when y =
oc,
while
Ex. Find the permanent temperature at any point of a thin rectangular plate TT and of infinite length, the end being kept at the temperature unity and the long edges being kept at the temperature zero.
of breadth
If
is
the temperature,
it is
known
+-
368
If
we
the axis of y,
if
x X
if
if if
= =
0,
TT,
0,
<>,
(2)
(3) (4)
*
y
=
=
0,
= U = 0,
u
=
oo
1.
(5)
Condition
(4) is satisfied
by the solution
m= oo
M
m=
my sin ?nx
-f
m=l
^T A m e-
7^ m e~
W cos rax.
2/
=1
By
condition
(2),
=
m=l
and hence
Bm =
,
Our
solution
is
now
reduced to
= *,
m ^ sin
rax,
w
which
satisfies (2),
^V -4 m e~ m=l
(3),
and
(4).
In order that
it
A m that
m sin mx.
may
satisfy (5),
we must
so
(6)
m=l
But
.
(6) is
159, 160).
to. TT.
multiply
TT (
2 /I
- -(6)
Accordingly,
result,
by
sin
mx dx, and
whence
)
integrate
from
2
cos m7r\
A =
I
AS = *
5
41 ~
As a
we we have
Therefore
- e~^v
sin3x
3
is
+ ~e~ 5 v sin 5x +
the conditions.
it satisfies all
becomes
"
VV_
8r*
r~fr
(1)
\W +
ld*V
W +,W_ d?d<f>
becomes
dr
dr
sm<j>ci<l>\
LAPLACE
of this text.
(3) in
We
the special
0.
of shall, however, consider particular solutions diedral of the is V which in case independent
angle
In that case
a /
( 2
0,
and
(3)
.
reduces to
,
r 0r
Letting V function of
"
ar ~
0r
a /
sm
dv
a
7t<,
where
is
4>
is
</>
alone,
we may
ferential equations
- a?R =
)
0,
dr /
sin
2 where a
(5)
(6)
(j)
d(j)
d(f>
is,
by
195,
where
m=
+ V^ + iand
(6)
From
this
value
of
we have
a =
2
m (m + 1),
becomes
sin
(j)
d(f>
Changing the independent variable from we have Legendre s equation ( 196, Ex. 2),
to
(f>
t,
where
= cos
<,
is
an
integer,
we may
choose for
Legendre
s coefficient
JJ(Q=.(C08^).
370
Ex. Find the potential due to a circular ring of small cross section and radius a. taken as the origin of and the axis
is
OZ
form
*v\
since,
of the problem,
V is
independent of
6.
This equation
is satisfied
by
V=
where
(2)
Am
and
At any
Bm are arbitrary constants. point on the axis OZ distant r from the origin
VOa
where
2 -f r
(3)
is the mass of the ring (see Ex. 9, p. 90). = 0, cos0 = 1, and by 196, Ex. 2, Pm (cos0) = Then, when same time the right-hand members of (2) and must be i.e.
1.
At
the
(3)
equal
m=
and the
coefficients
Am
and
Bm =
must be chosen
If r<a(31,
Ex.4),
w
Va2 + r 2
_
\
2 a2
4 a4
andifr>a,
V2 + r
we
6tC
J^ = ^
a
a
(
a \r
s
2 r3
g + LJ g? _
2
.\
/
4 r5
Hence
if
r<a,
equal to zero,
A -
--2
^=
0,
^4 2
~a a
an
and
"
if
r>a,
we
,
equal to zero,
B =
.a,
B =
l
--- -
0,
B2 =
a3
PROBLEMS
Solve the following equations
1.
:
=
a* 2
a*z.
3.
^-a W dx =
d
ez
0.
^ + 4^w ^
-
Z-
= ^9 sx 2
ax
^-
?x 2
-5
ax
+ 62 =
0.
6.
w. y
axay
PKOBLEMS
7.
371
t
dxdy
= +
ez
x*
+
!.
7/2.
13.
ex
ly
ez _ 8. ex
,
_=
ly
,,
14.x
15. x
ez
ex
0.
--\-y
z.
cy
9.
= --yex cy
ex
*--xy ex
+
ey
2
?/
0.
10.
2ZX- + 2Z2/- =
ay
Z2.
16. XZ
K
ex
+y Z EZ =Xy.
cy
ey
(x
cy
ex
ex
-to
10
<
12.
- x
cz
eiy
CZ
1.
ex
18. y
ex
CZ
z)
y.
cy
19.
^= ^
a2
in
terms of trigo
coordinates
c2
0.
cr2
r dr
r2 c^ 2
21. Find the permanent temperature at any point in a semicircular plate of radius unity, the circumference of which is kept at the temperature unity and the bounding diameter of which is kept at the temperature 0, given that the temperature u satisfies the differential equation of Ex. 20.
where u is the ex 2 and x is measured parallel to the direction in which temperature at any time the heat flows. If a slab of thickness TT is originally at the temperature unity
linear flow of heat
is
,
22.
a2
ct
ture at
throughout, and both faces are then kept at a temperature 0, find the tempera any point of the slab, the slab being so large that only the flow of heat
to its
normal
ANSWERS
(The answers to some problems are intentionally omitted.)
Page 33
CHAPTER
II
12. log(logx).
13. log(tan-ix).
19.
-log
(a
6cosz).
24. log
20
4(1
25.
x2)2
-- _
1
(1
Ve 2 * + tan2x.
n) [log(x
+ o)]-i
21
26
tan-ix-l!.
27.
Page 34
28.
Oa
29.
30. x
2 e *
6)3.
ctn bx).
- 2 Va 2 - x 2
-
-ctn (ax a
6).
34.
-=(Vox-Vte)*
-
2cosx.
-2
<
35
36.
? sin4x
45.
6)
tan x
ctnx.
x.
-L + 6a [sine (ox
- cos
(ax
46>
6)1
47.
- sec 3 x) 2tanx-secx-x.
tan 3 x
ANSWERS
98.
i
375
99.
~
V2
log(2x+V4x2-3).
log (2 x
101.
102.
*2
+ 2-V2
a - Vz* -
100.
3x-V2
103. log (x
tan
2 x tan
a-
l)
Page 36
104. lo
105. log (x 106.
sin
a + Vz 2 +
2 x sin
a+
l).
2
107.
V3
3x
+ V3
2
-V5
-3
108. ilo
x-5
- 6x +
3).
109.
\/3
110.
111.
v2
112. |
log(2x
10).
lo
113. i
114.
115. 2 116. 3
117.
V2
2+V3
119. 5 sin-i ?-
V5
120.
+ 2 Vl -
4x
x2.
4xsec
2
tan a)
Vs
log
2^+sec^-
-3Vl-2x-x
376
123.
ANSWERS
1
,2x4-3
+ Vx 4
2V5 - i sec- ~
1
V5
.
-f
Vx 2 -
l)
sec-ix.
131.
132.
)
4 log a
127.
1
128. 4 log a
a2x
a- 2 *
133.
c(l
129.
log a)
134.
2
n log a
~l
<
2m log 6
n log a
+ m log 6
135.
1
136.
137.
log a
log (a*
4- 1
+Va + 2 a* 4- sec
2a:
a).
138.
140.
2x -alog(e4-l).
x
(e
141. 2 log
1)
x.
pax
152.
sec- 1
ab
153. x
154.
155.
63
_b
1).
4-
sV
+ 4 Vx 4- 41og(Vx 2 - 6 x 46) (2 x (5 x
log(a
3)1
bx)
156
157. 3 158. isec- 1 -.
159. T
160.
161.
49(5
162.
-7x
+
3 2
)
4(1
2x2
x2 ) 2
4
4-
163. log
151. J (x 2
Vx 2 +
2 a2 )
Va2 + x2
164.
179.
(sin
ax
ax cos ax).
183
181.
.
2 2 * -(a x sec- ax
- Va 2x 2 a3 ax
l).
x2
.
sin
185.
1 86.
ax
-|
2 x cos ax
2 sin ax
.
a2 a2x 2
2
[(3
6) sin
3 3 (a x
8 a2
^e
^e
-
2:r
+ cos2x +
sin2x).
193.
2 cos 2 x)]
378
2
ANSWERS
-a 2
a2 log
+ Vz 2 -
a2 \
)
23. 24.
21
*
2 | log
22.
-.
36.
.6366.
25
2-
5
-
Page 62
35.
IT.
Page 63
46. .4621. 47. .016. 48. .8746.
CHAPTER IV
Page 80
1.
170 f.
2.
|a
2
.
3.
22.
67r
-|
23.
24.
2
|7ra
25. 5?.
27
-(-3
a
/
00 1 Q 33. i7ra d \e a
-
Tra 2 h.
97
-1).
7ra 3 (31og2
-2).
36. ITT (a 2
4_
ft
2
)*.
^^3
77-2^25
Tj-a-3
42.
40.
3a2
41.
43.
(3
a
2
ft).
44 44.
_
T^ 5
^^(^
ANSWEKS
Page 83
45.
37 J
_5A_ (3 h* +
4Q pah*
is
+ 240 pW).
46.
vpW (5 a - 3
is
ft).
47. 1 7ra 3 (l
of the cone).
cos a:) (a
and 2 a
48. 07r(l
54. 55.
56.
OVOTr).
z
49.
rra 8
50.
?,
Tra 3
53.
a3
(TT
tan
%)ha (a
2
and h
is
is
the altitude).
4 /m (a
4
/
1
is
and h
the altitude).
-a
8
7T\
(a is
2/
Page 84
59.
6
7ra 2 6.
is
60. T Q4j a 3 (a
61.
a& 2
a --} -U-ej.
(
71
8a
78
68
63. 1152 cu. in.
64. 65.
l-
73>
73
2
1
^[(4 + 0A)-8].
log(e
4 (a 2 -
+
a
a&
2 -f 6 )
74
177
in
ft.
116 +
75. 1007
e-i).
66. Ga.
Page 85
77.
* a.
78.
|7ra.
79. 80.
80. 27ra(h 2
hi) (a
is
81.
irVA +
a
--.
>*-*.
iTra 2
82
x-
gg
83. 27ra 2
87. 27T& 2
+
2.
siu-ie
(e is
88.
3/7ra
-V2).
CHAPTER V
C(C+f)
380
-
ANSWERS
r- sinC
(I
is
0.
9.
^/I a
2
\c
v^Ttf/
L=Y
11.
^ 2 - V(c +
a 2 ).
Page 100
12.
,
sm
2
14.
2ac).
3 (a
^ba
15
below the
2
c)
24
surface.
16. 18.
surface). 26. fir -n-b below the surface. 27. 2250 Ib.
20.
Page 101
29. 2234| ft.-lb. 30. 769.4 Ib.
31. 33. 88.4 tons.
36.
(fa, fa).
(0,
34.
35.
41 tons
37.
38.
fa).
104 If tons.
On
(
40.
\5 4 / the axis, three fifths of the distance from the vertex to the chord. k, 0)(x = k is the equation of the ordinate).
42.
7T
k ^}.
V
(If,
-^.
43
(t
\3
7T,
,5
57
Page 102
48.
\5
**
*} m2 m I
9 9
51.
176 ?
fp,
V
TT)/
5 (2
49.
52.
/i^,ii^&)
r
3?r
50.
medians.
53.
(-, \2 2
+ -^-1.
12p/
the radius perpendicular to the base of the hemisphere and three eighths of the distance from the base. 54. On the diameter of the sphere perpendicular to the planes, at a distance \ (hi + hz) from the center.
55. x
On
58.
= y = =
a.
56.
(y
is
y=
|fc.
57.
5 T^ 6
(6
4 pa).
^ yi
b.
parabola).
59. 60.
fir
At
the base.
ANSWERS
61.
base.
62.
381
On
the axis of the cone, two thirds of the distance from the vertex to the
On
of the distance
the radius of the hemisphere perpendicular to the base, two thirds from the base to the vertex.
CHAPTER VI
Page 117
+ 4x +
log [(x
2)
zJx2
1x2
Jx
tan-i(2x
3)6].
+
1
1).
-!)( +
Iog(9x2
6 Iog(x2
12x
8)
+
4
24.
+ 4x +
- 2x -
1)
22 ~^
tan-i^t?.
V2 log^
x
~1 - 1 + V2
9.
Sx
lo-ff
(X
1
2)
)*.
382
30.
ANSWERS
x2
2
- 2x +
log (3
1
1)
1 log(2x
1)
+ V- lo S(x +
3 )-
31.
^ (x
x)
3)
32. Iog[x 3
(2x-l)]
33. log(x
2x
2) -f
(x
2)2
34.
log[(x-l)V2x
2 (2 x
3)
Page 118
35.
2x
log (x
2).
38. x
oX
log(3x-2).
39.
x>
logx.
-i^- z + 8 -^rij
Vx 2 43.
1
.
4x
V2
-2+V2
44.
a
.
lOg
6
2 /x \x 2 +
a
1
h-
x2 5 45. - log 2 3x 2
46.
-2x+3
x2
+ +
2
= tan- *
2
^
05
2
3
V2
V2
.
VO
-^
5
V6
\
47. x
1
5 2 x
2
;
-f-
tan-
V3
+
2)
V3
3 tan1
V^9 1)
(X
2
g log (x
(x
tan-
(x
1).
48.
-2X)+1
/
(2x
3)
4x-3
3V3
49.
V3
50.
x
2
+ V3
V61
V51
tan-
2V3
51.
V3
+x 2 (x 2 + 3)
4
52. 3 log
2V2
+
17
2x +
1
3V3
g
13
53. log
4V2
xV2 xV2 +
_V3
+ 7x
2
2(2x -l)
ANSWERS
CHAPTER
137
VII
383
+ 4 V1 +
/
2 log (x
, -V 1 +
x)
= log
14.
(8x6-1) (3x6 +
1)8.
17.
18.
19.
V5
1
log
x
.
20.
lo
22.
V3 Vx 2 + 2x +
2(1
V2 + V2 x 2 + 3 x + V3 + 3X-V3-X V3 + 3x+V3-x
3
+ V5
21.
2(2x
+
h3).
24.
log(l
23.
+
3x
6x)
/l-3x
2(28x
12 x
-8)
243(1- x-2x 2 )^
cos3x).
Page 138
28. I cos x
cos x
cos x
cosx.
gin
x\ /.
2x _
29. sinx
30.
31.
sin 8 x
sin 6 x.
33.
a \4
(-sm 4 ox
/I
\ -sin 6 ox).
.
384
ANSWERS
38.
A Vco
8/
39.log
2*(cos*2z-7). 1+ sinrp
---sin8--2sin-. n
*
f\
41
"i .
1-sin2
Sln 8 sin
8
1 l
*! lOg
l-cos2x l+cos2x
- -3
cos2x _
4sin22x
42. 43.
i
12cos*3x
tan 2 3 x
sin 3
44.
45.
1.
log sin 3 x
l ctn 2 3 x
- TL
ctn* 3 x.
^an3|_2tan|
46.
47.
50.
o1
x.
4
"
Ctn
3
l (
4cos22x
--sin2x
1
-^ctn3x(l+
8
ctn23x
ctn*3x+
l-sin2x
l
rf
sin2 sin2x
52
5 cos5
15 cos !?
4sin 4 5 53.
-
x
5
+ ^io
16
ctrt
54.
-(sinax a\
+ 2cscax-icsc 3 axV
8-/
55.
52
-sec 5 -.
ANSWERS
66.
385
i [x Vx
a2
a 2 log(
+ Vx 2 + a 2)].
x
2
67.
2 a3
Vx +
,
a2
68.
2a 2x 2
-
8
70.
x(2 x
a2 )
Vx 2 +
a2
log(x
+ Vx 2 +
a2 ).
8
71. 72.
2 2 2 2 -x(2x - a ) Va - x
sin-i-. a
75.
- TV(3x2 + 2a 2 )(a2 v
2 (a2
i
(1
x2 )
76.
x
73.
77.
78.
- V2 ax
V2ax x2
x2 x a
74.
a sin- 1
79.
(2
x2
(x
+
x
1
ax
3 a2 )
V2 ax x2
x2
+ -sin-i^-^.
sm-i*-^. + y ^ sin x cos x +
1
80.
81.
82.
3 a)
cos5
-
V2 ax x
sin
TjL
si n
x cos 3 x
.
x.
-sin
x cos 2 x
3 sin x
2cos2 x
3 log (sec x 2
tan
x).
83.
84.
86.
tan 3
2 cos 3
3x+
2x-3cos2x 3. --.
2 sin 2 x
85.
4 cos4 x
4sin 2 2x
log (esc 2 x
ctn 2 x).
Page 139
/
87.
15 h?
5 a2
.i a2 log
")92.
88.
97.
Tra 2
.
15
89.
CJ
93.
06
90.
4n
99.
30
91.
96.
2.
i-4-
100.
^(7r-2)a
101.
102. 4 A/2
a.
103.
104. 4
Tr 2 a 3 .
107.
386
Page 140
108.
(Tra,
(Tra,
ANSWERS
*
a).
111
256a
256a \
315
TT/
109.
a).
\315Tr
112.
110.
2(47r-3V3),
CHAPTER
Page 154
1.
VIII
3 x2
e x8
2 x3
c.
2
?y
y2
2 ?/
c.
2.
3.
siny
=
-f
6.
x x2
Vl
tanx
Vi +
c.
7.
= ce*. = 2c?/ +
c2.
4.
cosy.
8.
21ogx + (sin- 1 -)
cosx sin y
c.
9.
c.
Page 155
10.
xsin-
=
e
c.
25. y
cosx - 2 cos 2 x.
x
x)
26.
11. x \ex
c.
12. (x 14.
15.
13. x 2
16.
17. 18.
+ y) 5 + 4x?/ - 2 - Gx - 2y = (y + 3)(x + y + 1) = c. (x + y)* + 2y = c. 2y = sinx cosx + ce~ x = (x + l)2(ex + c). y = ^(x + l) + c(a; + l).
?/
.
28. y 2
c.
=-
|(2 x
-J-
3) -f
29.
?/
=
=
i /I
^21
2
30.
+
x
ex
1
gtan"
a;
7/
31.
32.
33.
19. x
-sin^
ce
x
.
34.
35.
23. 24.
+c X 2 (l- 2 = C(l-f-X 2 ). x 2 logx 2 + (x 3 + y 3 )5 = ex 2 y (ex + 1) = e x + x + c. 3 (secx + tanx)(l + 2/4 y = ce 2 * - (2 x 2 + 2 x + 1). y = (x+ c)eax
e tan
?/
)
.
37.
38.
39.
c
2
40.
41.
42.
Cl
x2
sin-
c2
?/
c2
r=^W(X.
47.
y
T/
c2
c2
48.
=
(1X2
+ Vc
51.
-l)]+C 2
Cicosh[fc(x
c 2 )].
ANSWEKS
Page 156
52. y(x
53.
387
-4)2
y
9.
.
56.
?/
=-l+
= cx n = ax 2 + =
.
e*
tan
ex- 1
ce
x
57. y
54
y tan?/3
"^2
r
C
58. y 59.
r"
c.
2~
=
55. 4
62.
64. 65.
Q(k x
2.
60
c)]. is
fc
x=
Ce
= = =
-cosh [A: (x
a cosh
2
(& is
y y
-1
(a
sino
8x
K*
Vk*x -
_
^
63. x 2
-f
y2
ex.
4 x2
66. y
k cosh
--
c.
(k
is
*"=
70. (x
Ci)
+
(x
(y
c2 ) 2
=
1.
c2
(c is
71. ciy 2
-1
fc
c2 ) 2
Page 157
72.
Harmonic motion.
73.
and x
74.
c+-*/^fVax-x
=
if
- -sin-i
a
,
where
A:
is
the
body
fell freely.
75.
About
CHAPTER X
Page 195
1.
(1,
2, 2).
2.
3.
6.
x2
z2
-L9,
_
iy>,
2x
4y
2z
49-).
43
0.
11.
cos--
13
2x-37/ +
ay
6z21 = 0.
Page 196
14. x 17. TTX
+ y + z - 6 = 0. - 2y - 2z + 2?r =
ef )
16.
0.
(
+
0.
kz
0.
18. e (x 19. x
e- f (y
e0.
+ 2y +
9
3z
7
-0 =
+ V2(z
v7 2) =
25. x
26. 27.
2 y
0.
20.
sin-i].*.
(i, 2, i), (i, 4, ^).
Viiio
28.
Viso Viso
29.
x-z + 2 = 0.
llx+ 13y-37 =
0,
3x+13z+
10
0.
388
Page 197
30. (2,
31.
ANSWERS
1, 2).
37. (1,
39.
1, 1).
32.
x-1 ~2~
x
e*
-2
40.
41.
~T~
y
e~
f
33.
34.
&
x
z
=
z
0,
-ey =
0.
V2 V2
t
42.
0.
43. 44.
a;
35.
2y +
1
36. cos-
-2^,
VlS
-,
2
46.
c
(1,
-2,4),
(f,
y,y).
Vl3
47.
(0, 1, 2),
CHAPTER XI
Page 218
10.
AA =
12.
AF=
sin sin (a
dA =
dV=
ft
in.
ft.
11.
AL =
.057 in.,
dL =
.057 in.
h sin
j8)
cos (a
+
/3)
sin 2 (a
(zi
18. xix
21
/_
yi?/ n, ad
a) (z
+ a) =
+
0.
~
a2
cd
62
c2
a2
52
C 2/ a).
22. (a, a, a), a, a, a, a), ( a), (a, 23. Point of intersection of the medians.
24.
(a,
a,
V=
8 abc
aK
a2
3V3
Page 219
32
a2
b2
c2
a2
+
_
6*
c2
_+
!l*L J- Ii
62
c2
39. cos-
52
2ac
49.
0.
ANSWERS
Page 221
\,
389
cx 2
1^ + 2-^cycx
1
70. Trlog
+V1 -a2
71. log(a
l).
CHAPTER
Page 234
XII
CHAPTER
Page 253
1.
XIII
2. 4.
fs Va6 (a +
3
2 6) (5 a
64a 4 Va/l
1056
\3
2 ab
8. 9.
5 6 2 ).
.
lUp)
if
a*
V3.
iTra 4
12.
iTra 4
10.
11.
Tra4
13
.
3465
4
.
63
T%7ra
14.
Page 254
15.
21.
24.
8 a2
16.
17.
(107T- /)a 4
22.
25.
2a 2
.
26. 2
18.
(27T-
2 |) a
27. 8 a 2 23.
19. OTT.
20. 29. x 2
--a
28. 2
2
.
a2 esc 2
or.
(y
z tan a) 2
a2
2 a2 (ctn
a+ a
csc 2 a).
30.
31.
32.
-37T).
Page 255
33.
35. /O
\
3a
57r
+ 8 )\
37
H5a\
39
357T/
,
/ 26Ga
256 a\
V 15 *-
\3157r
315W
5(67r-4)/
36.
288 a\ - I.
1757T/
40.
4
(
(
;
a
0).
41.
128V2a
105
TT
42.
]a,
43.
] Tra, 0).
390
5a
iO,
48. 49.
ANSWERS
5a(k,+ko)\
*-=:
-)
46.
/8a
(
47.
/4a
26
.
8a
On
On
distant from
vertex.
Page 256
50. (^ a, 51.
being in the
On
the origin, and the octant a), the center of the sphere being at octant bounded by the coordinate planes. the axis of the cone, midway between the vertex and the base.,
-|
a,
first
74.
} 2
irpa*h.
75.
76.
^L
^
fcTrA6
,
tan*a.
(fc
fora6
is
QM(l /i
cos a)
8Q
TTpq (2 6
a)
tan 2 a
(JW
is
&
81.
82
-3a i3^
2
"
25 a 2
(3f
is
83.
^
.
(M is
CHAPTER XIV
Page 276
3
1.
7ra 2
2.
^(36
-.
7).
-2 a).
Page 277
5.
8. 2. 6.
0.
7.
k logr
;
<j
(fc
-
and
r as in
Ex.
14. x 2 15.
16.
i
i- i I
+ ?/ - xy + x + ^ 2 + xv - C x 2
c.
5. 3.
_L
(x+
llA;Ll 5
17. x 2 18. lo
ANSWERS
Page 278
19. X*
391
_
3 X7/2
=
xy
r-7/2.
24
25.
,
20.
tan-ix
=
c.
x3y
x2y2
-f
2/ )
=
+
1
c
c.
_x
21. e -;+log
2x + sm
2x
4y cosz =
26
22
10
^ + 3V
log C os2(z
27.
28.
log*- l--
^
y2
=c
23. xy
+ log^c. x
Page 302
14.
-l<x<l.
CHAPTER XV
18. All values of x.
19.
21.
-l<x<l.
15.
16.
-l<x<l. -l<x<l.
-l<x<l.
All values of
-l<x<l.
x.
20.
22
a
<X<
~b
17.
no
+
,
X2
5a;4
24.
x2
+
3
+
+
22
....
27.
+
2
x
2
+ + 23
45
25.
x3
+
\
-_
I2
..-.
28
cos 3 x
_^
_^_^_17x
12
2520
29
30
cosx 4i
cos 2 *
32
sinh air
_
+
a sinh
TT /
~^
2 sinh
TT
CTTT
\rM^-oTT7 +
2
cos x
cos 2 x
\
"7
sinx
_ ~
2 sin 2 x 22
-f
\1 2
a2
a2
3 sin 3 x
32
a2
31
4 / ^if
\
+ !l^x
I2
sin5x
K~ +
cos^x
\
32 30
r
!
_2/cosx
TT
cos3x
4
3jr 4
~32~
cos3x
~3^~"
~52~
cos5x ~~52~
/sinx
(,"1-
sin 2
a;
-~2~-
+ ~Q
sin3x
_
+
2 /cos x
^l
/
I2
3 sin x
_ sin 2 z
22
234
3 sin 3 x
cos 3 x
32
~|
sin 4
I2
Page 303
40
38.],,,".
2.
43.5.
44. 0.
45. 0.
37
39
-f
-
46.0. 47.0.
48
0.
42.
392
ANSWERS
CHAPTER XYII
Page 336
1.
+ a*x +
2.
3.
y
y
= =
-
a
a
+
2
3 a: 3 ao 3
111 ^
3
(a
l)x
/a 4
^jx
+
.
(a
--
4a
+ rr-f^
5a
5
4. (y
5.
8.
9.
+ a x + (a + )x* + +a x+a 6. (x 2 y - c) (y - ex) = 0. + c) (y + 2 x + c) = 0. 2 - x 2 - c 2 = 0. 7. (y-c)(y-ce-* )(3y-x 3 -c)=:0. ex) (y (y = 0. c (x + a) ec (x + a) e] [x a a [x 2 2 2 y sin x + 2 cy + c = 0. 2 13. c 2 (1 -f y 2 - 2 c 3 xy + c 4 x2 = 1. 2 c 2 xy + c 3 x2 = 1. cy 2 14. x = logp + p + c, y = _p + c2 p2 y = 2cx 2 2 2 = 2 ex = c 15. c + y x) y (c
x2
3
.
5x
Page 337
16. x 2
y 18. y
19. x
17.
log
+ I) 3 -x 4 -c) = 0.
.
22
=
(P
I)
2
23. (l
-Vy
l)
ce
_(P-1) --a2v^Ti.
c) (XT/
24. (cy
25. y 26. 27. 28.
30.
31.
e 2")(x 3
3?y
cy
1)
0.
= cpW,
2
(1
2 2 x]
.
c2
0.
32.
29
^=
ca a
+ l. c
?/
0.
2/
39.
41.
42.
x)
c.
ANSWERS
43. 2/(z
393
x
+
V
z
z)
+
x
c(7/
z)
0.
^
47.
c.
44
+ V_ Z
lQnz
Cf
45. log(x
y)
loz =
48. x 2
49. 50. 52.
51
*+
=<*
Page 338
53. x 2
z2
c2
=
2
log
~ Cl + Ci + ci = 0.
* z
<*.
!!
58.
59.
60.
61. 62.
63.
74.
- c 2 ^. = cie 2 66. 27 p^2 = 4(x - 2p) 3 a = c 2 = x 6T. 3 2 - 4y = 0. 2 y. y -y ciz, 2 = 68. X + T/+ z-Ci, x 2 + 2/2 + z 2 = c|. 4px + 4p 2 22 =c = = 69. x* c e 2 x z x + + + -y 2 ci, 2 2 70. x 3 + (x + 2p) y* = 0. + z 2 = c 2 z. y = ciz, x + 2 - 2 71. (x 10 y 3 + 27 x = 0. k(x + y) + 2 72. x 2 - 4 a (a - y) = 0. 4x2/ = c 73. x* + y = a x 2 - 4 2/2 = 0. 2 (x - c) = k log (A; V^ - y) T Vfc2 - 4 y2
y
,
_!
65.
+ yl ? 2xy =
Cl
,
.
c2
z/
e"
?/
2/
2/
7/
_
-i
2/)
A;
0.
Page 339
75. r
k.
77.
2x 2 +
?/
c2
To. 81.
^=^0
7*
78. x 2
CC
?/
79. y
2 a2 logx
c.
80. y 2
= ex 4 = 4 ax +
.
4 a2
A
A
82. x 2 84.
OX at 0.
=
f or
c-
common
axis.
85. r
c(l-cos0).
86. r
= e^
- o\
CHAPTER
Page 360
1.
XVIII
y
y y y y y y
=
= = = = = =
T*.
ce- 3 * + -J x 2 ce2x + e3x +
a;
2.
3.
| x
1
^e
(sin
(3 sin x 5r + x cosx).
j
-.
cosx).
4.
5.
6.
7.
+ 3x)e- +|(2x-l)e ce- 4 x + 5 - ^V (2 cos 2 x -f sin 2 x). e [c + 2x- Iog(e 2 r + 1)]. sin 5 x + 5 cos 5 x) + ce 2x (2 sin x + -J-g (2
(c
-
cos x).
394
8.
ANSWERS
= Cl e 2 * + c 2 e-4* 10. y = Cl + c 2 x) e-** = cie5x +c 2 11. y = cisinSx + c 2 cos3x. y = e 3x (c!cos2x + C 2 sin2x). x ~ Wy = cie* + c 2 e- 3 * - J x 4 - f x 3 - y z 2 x y = GI(? + c 2 e- - 2 + f cos2x. y = cie 2 * + c 2 e~ 5a; + ^j(9sin3x - 19 cos 3 x). y= cie* + c 2 e- 4 *- f. y = ci + c 2 e- 3 * + TL x4 + 1 x 3 - x 2 + x. y = (ci + J x 3 -x 2 - f x)e 2 *+ c 2 e~ 8a:
y
7/ (
.
9.
18.
Page 361
19.
20.
21. y 22.
= = =
18 x
25.
y=(ci +
c 2 x)e- 2 *H
e 2x
125
(7 sin
3x
24 cos 3
x).
23. y 24. y
25.
GI sin ci sin
c\
2x
c2
cos 2 x H
g2x
(sin 2
2 cos 2 x).
26. y 27.
28.
= = =
y.=
cos 2 x
2 sin 2 x.
e,
29. y 30.
= =
e~ x (ci cos 2 x
e2
(
c 2 sin 2 x) -f (| h c 2 sin
x2
3 x2
x ^) e~
+
+
ci
cos
2
C 2x c2
2
.
10 x
3.
31. y
32.
33.
?/
=d+ = GI +
.
C 3 e 3x
cos x
e
c 3 sin x.
y
?/
cie^
-*/ 2
\
(c 2 cos
xV3
2
hc 3 sm
xV3
2
34. 35.
= =
(ci
x2
36. y
= -(e^-e-^+e^/2 / c^os 4
V
c2
sin-^-
V2
V2/
c4
-^ +
_
37.
V2
sin-^Y V2/
Cie~
e2
X
f
c2
cos
(2 sin
cos x)
1 x y ^ e~
(2 sin
3 cos x).
ANSWERS
38. y
395
c4
39.
?/
40.
41. 42.
= &^*(ci cos2x 4- c 2 sin 2 x) + e~ * (c a cos 2 x 4 e 8:r + &x*-?nT x 2 3 C x 47 2x 4 3 e*. = Ci 4 c 2 x 4 (1 x x c ^ x2 sin 2 x. y = (ci + c 2 x) cos 2 x 4 (c 3 4 2 2 *. x )e y = ci 4 x 4 (c 2 4- c 3 x + - 3 x 2 + x 3 - } x4 + ^ x5 x y = cie~ + c 2 + c 3 x
^
-
sin2x)
-^
4
43. x
ce 2 ,
6_
ce2 .
L<
44. x
45.
49.
= ce 2 4f e5<-2e 2 y = ce 2 - fe^-e2 + 1 e + ^V (5cos2 + sin2 ), x = c est + c 2 e2 c = + ^ e - ^V (17 cos 2 + 19 sin 2 3 2 cie y ^ e- 2 c 2 e4 + ^. x = cie + cae4 + -U-, y = Cie 4 3 x = c^ 3 + cae4 + 3, y = 2 Cie + Cae + 2. 2 +^ 3 x = ci + c 2 e 2 + c 3 e~ + -^ - | - 2c 2 e2* + C8 e- + f ^2 + 3 y = 2ci + I 2 + i 3 x = d + c 2 e 2 + c 3 e- 4- | - J
.
2<
).
<
<
<
<
50
3.
_
=
cos
-^ +
V2
-
03 sin
^ V2/
4- e
W
V
\
c3
cos
^- + V2
V2
c 4 sin
V2/
c 4 cos
ec
CiX
cos
V2
- d sin -^^ +
V2/
^2 /c 3 sin -^ -
-V2/
)
Page 362
51. 52.
?/
c 2 x2
+ ^x 3
4
2
?/
=X
5
[ci
cos (log x2 )
4- c 2 sin (log
x 2 )]
+
-]
-^-
(5
logx
2
2).
53. y
54.
?/
=
=
ci
I
j
cos (2 logx)
C 2 sin (2
logx)
+
.
(logx)
x2
4 4
ti
(log x)
c2
log x
c 3 sin
c3
55. y
56.
CiX
ca
cos (logx)
(logx)
z/
= =
Cl
4-c 2 x 2
2
.
4^-^(logx)
2-3
22 3
(r
57.
2)
x3
S8.
j,
59. y
ri
(35-42x +
21 x 2
4 x 3 ) 4-
(3
- 14x4-21x 2 ).
396
ANSWERS
6
3.8
[8.6.7.8*
61
.
^FT^T
ir
4.6.6...(r
Cl
- i (nz-3) + L-4
62.
= cjl +
L
"x.
+ ^LZlil^ + n(-4)(,-18)
|4
|_6
[2
...
+ + +
63. s
+ *(n-4)(n-16)...rn-(2r-2)1
[2r
"
C2
xFl +
.
^^ + (!L^H^i^)
[3
x
^4
,
(n
1) (n
|_7
9)
25)
[6
)(
9 )(^
25)
[n
(2r
1)2]
Cl
cos
^+
Atf
c 2 sin
^+
+
|2r
C os
+
W. ^
(^
is
ci
cos
c 2 sin kt
sin A:, if
yfc.
a (A 2
jp) cos kt
did sin kt
a(h
a(h*-k*)coskt
"
2 akh sin to
65. h
(A
k.
and
Page 370
CHAPTER XIX
ANSWERS
Page 371
5.
6.
397
z
z
<t>[e-
8z
(2x
<
8.
y,
?/
2)
2)
=
0.
0.
9.
(x
2
,
=
-
1^-
0(^2/5
xyz\
= 0.
16.
\~
/
11.
0(x
+
2
y
?y
+
2
,
2,
x2
2
?/
2
)
=
0.
0.
17. 18.
(?/\
x
(x
/
2
?/
,
2
?/
z 2)
I
0.
tan-i-J
- r 3 sin 3
=
x
(x
z,
xz
?/ 2 \
0.
21.
Ir sin x
+
2<
- r5 sin 5 x
+).
25
2
22.
=77
(e\
sinx
- e3
sin3x
- e5
sin5x
-V
/
INDEX
(The
Roman numerals
Abscissa,
I,
36
305
II,
283
207
length in plane rectangular coordi nates, II, 75 length in space rectangular coordi nates, II, 179
limit of ratio to chord,
I,
178
195
equations
implicit,
(see
I,
Equations) 188
integration, II, 26, 113, 119 Amplitude of complex number, II, 305
Analytic function,
of ellipse,
II,
311
radii
191
348
derivative in rectangular coordi nates, I, 204 II, 47
;
184
I,
between straight
183
determination
304
nates, II, 67
in
polar
coordi
329
moment
of
of
rectangular
any surface,
ellipse,
I,
241
II,
304;
65,
66,
261
of lemniscate, I, 348 of parabolic segment,
I,
216
II,
coordinates, II, 78
95
399
400
Area
of rose of three leaves, II, 69 of sphere, II, 242 of surface of revolution, II, 79
INDEX
Center of gravity, of parabolic seg ment, II, 95
of plane area
by
single integra
tion
II,
II,
94
of plane area
tion, II,
by double integra
246
Argument
128
of plane curve, II, 92 of quarter circumference, II, 93 of solid, II, 248 of solid or surface of revolution,
II,
of hyperbola,
I,
145
96
Attraction,
by multiple
integration, II,
252
by
supplemental,
I,
264
Axis of parabola,
I,
147
cumference,
definition
II,
93
I,
134
involute of, I, 311 of curvature, I, 354
of, II,
175
149
I,
303
II,
II,
360
59
Bisection of straight line, I, 39 Boyle-Mariotte s law, I, 43 Cardioid, I, 337 radius of curvature, Cassini, ovals of, I, 338
through known point, I, 136 through three known points, 1, 138 with center on known line, I, 137
Cissoid,
I,
I,
362
281
151
I,
II,
I,
152
of element of a determinant,
I,
134
238
104
I,
90
defined in space, II, 245 of elliptic segment, II, 96, 247
38
INDEX
Complex numbers, argument,
conjugate,
I,
401
I,
II,
305
Coordinates, Cartesian,
224
32
;
denned,
I,
31
II,
304
functions of,
II,
307
change from plane rectangular to oblique, I, 224 change from plane rectangular to
polar,
I,
341
to
modulus
of, II,
305
;
305
II,
349
Components
of force,
I,
I,
34
112
of velocity,
200
I,
II,
165
I,
II,
237
diameter,
I,
252
I,
general equation,
limiting cases,
polar,
I,
193
I,
234
217
193
II,
247
I,
polar equation,
tangent,
I,
343
246
oblique in space, II, 159 polar in plane, I, 329 polar in space, II, 231
rectangular in plane,
I,
35
Pa
circle of,
I,
354
I,
definition,
353
radius
of, in
parametric form,
polar coordinates,
I,
360
radius
of, in
I,
Conoid,
I,
262
40
361
I,
I,
Constant, defined,
of integration,
206
II,
12
Contact, chord
of, I,
248
center of gravity,
166"
II,
92
two
variables, II,
200
Convergence, absolute,
II,
II,
170
283
comparison
test, II,
280
of
plane
I,
330
second-degree curves,
I,
229
402
Curve, slope of plane curve,
I,
I,
INDEX
99 104
189
tangent to plane curve, tangent to space curve, with given slope, I, 207
Curves, family of,
II,
coordinates with
second,
I,
110
intersection of,
161
with
common
points of intersec
tion, I, 171
theorems on,
I,
I,
179
132
Descartes folium,
rule of signs,
I,
tangent
Cylinders,
to, I,
315
I,
87
I,
II,
169 173
Cylindroid,
Definite
II,
integrals,
applications
to
minors,
I,
geometry,
II, 64,
236
I, 1,
12-23
236
I,
258-262
256
double,
II,
222
64
41
element,
II,
evaluation, II, 47
graphical representation,
limits of, II, 40
II,
properties, II, 45
triple, II,
230
with with
independent variable,
II, 8
166
I,
Derivative, applications,
202, 203
I,
198
higher order, II, 10 of plane arc, II, 78 of space arc, II, 180
partial, II,
111, 187
II, 212,
I,
202
higher partial,
illustrations of,
214
total, II,
200
203
(a%x
b2 y
c2 )
dy
+ Ci) = 0, II,
tions of s
and
t,
II, 206,
214
146
Bernoulli
Bessel
s, II,
of f(x, y) tions of
y are func t, II, 202, 214 of polar coordinates with respect to plane arc, I, 347
when x and
148
s, II,
359
321
Clairaut
s, II,
INDEX
Differential equations, first order, ex istence of solution, II, 316
first
403
10
defined,
I,
order not of
first
degree, II,
102
I,
318
general formulas,
s,
s,
184
II,
of algebraic functions, I, 178 of definite integrals, II, 216 of exponential functions, I, 284 of hyperbolic functions, I, 290 of implicit functions, I, 188
;
Legendre
linear, II, linear,
s, II,
357
340
II,
210
of inverse hyperbolic functions,
I,
292
of
inverse
tions, I,
second
trigonometric 276
func
constant coefficients, solu tion by partial fractions, II, 347 linear, constant coefficients, solu
linear,
tion
by undetermined
350
coeffi
cients, II,
partial,
independent of order,
II,
354
213
successive, I, 187 use of logarithm, I, 288 See also Derivative, Differential
re sume
II,
317
Direction, cosines defined, II, 180 cosines found from two equations
of line, II, 186 normal to plane, II, 184 of plane curve in polar coordi
variables
sepa
of
order of,
II,
143
partial, II.
363
0,
integrable
328
0,
noninte-
ordinates, I, 197 of space curve, II, 182 of straight line in space, II, 180 Directrix of circle, I, 149
of conic, I, 148 of ellipse, I, 149
problems in geometry,
151, 327
II,
141,
problems
in mechanics, II,
142,
of hyperbola,
of parabola,
I,
149
101
I,
146
I,
second order, special cases, II, 149 singular solutions, II, 325 simultaneous of first order, II,
332
simultaneous,
solution
linear,
Discontinuity defined,
examples
283
;
II,
constant
Discriminant defined,
117
i
coefficients, II,
353
:;:r,
by
404
INDEX
Equations, fractional roots, I, 90 first degree in two variables, I, 52
first
between two points in space, II, 178 of point from plane, II, 191 of point from straight line, I, 63
Divergence,
II,
irrational roots,
92
multiple roots,
I,
116
279
e,
the number,
I,
280
I,
12
Eliminant,
Ellipse,
I,
23
I, 1
by
Elimination,
factoring, I, 77 of roots, I, 82
I,
focal radii,
area,
I,
293
I,
304
261
79
Exact
276
II,
in
two variables,
269
139
I,
evolute,
308
parametric equations,
I,
303
259
77
volume,
II, 73,
249
Factors, integrating,
II, 271,
328
list of integrating, II, 273 of polynomial, I, 81, 83 Families of curves, II, 316
307
Epitrochoid,
I,
309
I,
82
II, 314, 327 of liquid, II, 259, 266 Focus of conic, I, 148
orthogonal,
Flow
equa
discriminant,
I,
117
Folium
INDEX
Force,
I,
405
linear
differential
202 266
General solution,
function, II,
182
Gravity
(see
Center of gravity)
I,
113
Harmonic
II,
division of line,
I,
250
311
motion,
275
I,
property of polars,
249
267
43
II,
101
II,
entropy,
II,
272
106
Homogeneous
145
Homogeneous equations, I, 21 Homogeneous functions, II, 145 Homer s method referred to, I, 92
Hyperbola, conjugate,
definition
I, I,
262
142
equilateral,
146
increasing,
I,
106
I,
100
expressed by general equation of second degree, I, 231, 235 referred to asymptotes, I, 224
referred to conjugate diameters,
I,
mean
value, II, 54
I,
259
I,
notation,
44
200
149
I,
288
63
291
163
II,
1,43
illustrating differential, II, 8
illustrating function, II, 168
two
Hypocycloid,
309
I,
four-cusped,
132 31
Imaginary unit,
I,
numbers
(see
Complex numbers)
406
210
INDEX
See also Definite, Indefinite, and
II,
Line integrals
Integrand, defined, infinite, II, 53
Integrating factors,
II,
12
100
II,
273
200
constant
of, II, 12
Vq + 6x, II, 29, 119 2 containing Va + bx + x II, 121 x 2 II, 122 containing Va + bx 2 x 2 II, 29 containing Va 2 2 containing Vx + a II, 29 2 2 Vx a containing II, 29
containing
, , ,
,
definition, II, 12
141
fundamental formulas, dx
of
4- J3)
II,
26
,
_
+
c
II,
29
preliminary discussion,
special
I,
205
Vax 2 +
x
bx
methods
of, II,
119
dx
of
dx
6 cos
b sin
II,
integrals Intercepts,
I,
53
129
a cos x
Intersection,
curves
with
169
common
31
of rational fractions, II, 113 of sec M xdx, cscxdx, II, 127 of
I,
of plane curves,
I,
161
sinxdx,
of sin m xcosw xdx, II, 124, 135 of tanxdx, ctn w xdx, II, 126
of tan
126 11,292
;
xsecxdx,
II, II,
ctn m x
Kinetic energy,
I,
203
csc"xdx,
II, 128
Laplace
28
of
of of
32
130
II,
14
II, 120, II, 130,
of x
(a
+ 6x)^dx,
135
Latus rectum, I, 211 Legendre s coefficients, II, 359 Legendre s equation, II, 357 Lemniscate, I, 340
area,
I,
348
I,
Indeterminate forms,
Indicator diagram,
Inertia (see
II,
295-301
54
Cartesian equation,
341
II, 43,
Length (see Arc and Distance) Lima9on, I, 336 Limit, approached by variable, defined,
I,
Infinitesimals,
97
I,
order
Infinity,
I,
of, II, 1
195
I.
270
29
of (1
1
I,
h}*
and
283
INDEX
Limits, theorems relating to, I, 178 of definite integral, change of,
II,
407
49
52
59
defined, II, 40
infinite, II,
II, 267 Line integral, defined, II, 258 dependent on path, II, independent of path, II, 203
Line, adiabatic,
287
I,
2(>7
defined,
s
108
II,
discussed by Taylor 60
for functions of
theorem,
Line,
straight,
determined by I, 60
two
two
variables, II,
205
problems,
test
test
I,
192, 275
58
Mean
value of function,
54
202
equations in space,
II,
170
61
I,
intersection in plane,
I,
normal equation
in plane,
64
catenary, II, 142 center of gravity, II, 90, 245 center of pressure, II, 98
coefficient of expansion,
I,
204 200
parametric equations
in plane, I,
I,
302
57
II,
components of components of
force,
I,
34, 35
I,
velocity,
damped
elasticity,
204
II, 259,
flow of liquid,
force,
I,
266
1,58
tangent to plane curve,
I,
202
Gas)
I,
104
gas
(see
tangent to space curve, II, 189 Linear algebraic equations, I, 1 Linear differential equations, II, 146, 340
harmonic motion,
heat
(see
275
Heat)
192
266
236, 251
problems,
I,
316
I,
Motion)
Logarithm, Naperian,
280
pendulum,
II,
153
408
203
INDEX
Numbers,
rational, I, 28
tential, II,
real, I,
29
pressure-temperature-volume sur
face, II, 168
projectile,
I,
II,
,
340
II,
314
I,
formulas for
192
D -a
342
refraction of light,
Order of
II,
saturated steam,
I,
42
of infinitesimal, II,
367
Ordinarte, I, 36
198
II,
327
II,
II,
95
95
305
Moment, bending,
II,
149
Moment
I,
146
any plane
solid, II,
251
Momentum,
Motion of
I,
203
292
medium,
harmonic,
in circle,
I,
I,
275 314
203
latus rectum,
314
in ellipse,
I,
path
of, I,
313
I,
Paraboloid,
elliptic, II,
II,
162
uniform,
346
hyperbolic,
II,
166
315
202 349
Particular integral,
II,
64
Pedal curves,
I,
319 290
Pendulum,
II,
153
II,
Periodic function,
Numbers,
complex,
31
II,
304
Physics (see Mechanics) Plane determined by normal and point, II, 184
irrational,
I,
28
II,
190
INDEX
Plane, direction of normal, II, 184 distance of point from, II, 191 equation, II, 161
409
equation of surface,
II,
168
normal equation,
II,
185 183
192
volume of
solid, II,
II,
69
II,
80
Roots, complex,
line, II,
I,
82
fractional,
I,
90
location,
I, I,
86
116
multiple,
I,
of system of coordinates,
329
number
of, I,
80
Polynomial, defined,
derivative of,
factors, I, 81,
first
I,
I,
43
97
83
50
I,
78
degree,
I,
sum and
Rose of three
product,
I,
82
121
Ruled surfaces,
Segments of
172
line,
addition of,
I,
32
279
on
98
173
Fourier
s, II,
geometric,
II, 74,
I,
II, II,
83
harmonic, Maclaurin
s, II,
I,
314
286
318, 356
65, 287
Radius of
curvature
in
parametric
Taylor
s, II,
1,361
of
325
I,
99
Ratio test for convergence, II, 281 Rationalization of integrals, II, 119
of straight line, I, 64 Solid (see Center of gravity, Moment of inertia, and Volume)
II,
130
134
II,
II,
97
Region of convergence,
285
79
moment
II,
Spiral of Archimedes,
332
410
Spiral, hyperbolic,
I,
INDEX
332
Transformation of coordinates
ordinates)
(see
Co
Trigonometric equations,
I,
293
Subnormal,
polar,
I,
I,
210
351
119
general discussion,
II,
269
Sub tangent,
polar,
I,
I,
210
of real
number,
306
I,
266
351
Trochoid,
I,
Undetermined
efficients)
coefficients
(see
Co
Value
(see
Variable, defined,
Absolute and I, 40
Mean
value)
tangent plane to, II, 204, 211 See also Area, Center of gravity, Moment of inertia, Volume
Sylvester s
I,
87
329
I,
method
axis of,
of elimination,
I,
1,
24
329
Symmetry,
Tangent
121
to circle,
I,
190
144
147
246
Volume, any
solid, II,
249
104;
II,
210
common
to
two
cylinders, II, 74
249
II,
polar coordinates,
II,
233
74
prismoidal formula,
solid
II,
69
II,
for several variables, II, 288 Temperature of long plate, II, 367
72
Time
as parameter,
I,
313
Witch,
I,
II,
200
327
points of inflection,
194
Work,
II,
defined, II,
40
II,
dependent on path,
267
Trajectories, orthogonal,
num
Zero,
I,
29
,HfTUNED TO
?m
BOOK tJtKAKIMhNT
LD
21--50m-6 60
)
(B1321slO)476
MS298790